Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 14 Respiration from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 14 Respiration Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 14 Respiration Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 14 Respiration Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Respiration Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The number of ATP molecules formed by complete oxidation of one molecule of pyruvic acid is:
(a) 12
(b) 13
(c) 14
(d) 15
Answer:
(a) 12

Question 2.
During oxidation of two molecules of cytosolic NADH + H+, number of ATP molecules produced in plants are:
(a) 3
(b) 4
(c) 6
(d) 8
Answer:
(c) 6

Question 3.
The compound which links glycolysis and Krebs cycle is:
(a) succinic acid
(b) pyruvic acid
(c) acetyl CoA
(d) citric acid
Answer:
(c) acetyl CoA

Question 4.
Assertion (A): Oxidative phosphorylation takes place during the electron transport chain in mitochondria.
Reason (R): Succinyl CoA is phosphorylated into succinic acid by substrate phosphorylation.
(a) A and R is correct. R is correct explanation of A
(b) A and R is correct but R is not the correct explanation of A
(c) A is correct but R is wrong
(d) A and R is wrong.
Answer:
(a) A and R is correct. R is correct explanation of A

Question 5.
Which of the following reaction is not . involved in Krebs cycle.
(a) Shifting of phosphate from 3C to 2C
(b) Splitting of Fructose 1,6 bisphosphate of into two molecules 3C compounds.
(c) Dephosphorylation from the substrates
(d) All of these
Answer:
(d) All of these

Question 6.
What are enzymes involved in phosphorylation and dephosphorylation reactions in EMP pathway?
Answer:
(i) Enzymes involved phosphorylation in EMP pathway:

  • Hexokinase
  • Phospho – fructokinase
  • Glyceraldehyde – 3 – phosphate dehydrogenase

(ii) Enzymes involved in dephosphorylation in EMP pathway:

  • Phospho glycerate kinase,
  • Pyruvate kinase

Question 7.
Respiratory quotient is zero in succulent plants. Why?
Answer:
In some succulent plants like Opuntia, Bryophyllum carbohydrates are partially oxidised to organic acid, particularly malic acid without corresponding release of CO2 but O2 is consumed hence the RQ value will be zero.

Question 8.
Explain the reactions taking place in mitochondrial inner membrane.
Answer:
In plants, an additional NADH dehydrogenase (External) complex is present on the outer surface of inner membrane of mitochondria which can oxidise cytosolic NADH + H+. Ubiquinone (UQ) or Coenzyme Quinone (Co Q) is a small, lipid soluble electron, proton carrier located within the inner membrane of mitochondria.

Question 9.
What is the name of alternate way of glucose breakdown? Explain the process involved in it?
Answer:
During respiration breakdown of glucose in cytosol occurs both by glycolysis (about 2 / 3) as well as by oxidative pentose phosphate pathway (about 1 / 3). Pentose phosphate pathway was described by Warburg, Dickens and Lipmann (1938). Hence, it is also called Warburg – Dickens – Lipmann pathway. It takes place in cytoplasm of mature plant cells. It is an alternate way for breakdown of glucose.

It is also known as Hexose monophosphate shunt (HMP Shunt) or Direct Oxidative Pathway. It consists of two phases, oxidative phase and non – oxidative phase. The oxidative events convert six molecules of six carbon Glucose – 6 – phosphate to 6 molecules of five carbon sugar Ribulose – 5 phosphate with loss of 6CO2 molecules and generation of 12 NADPH + H+ (not NADH). The remaining reactions known as non – oxidative pathway, convert Ribulose – 5 – phosphate molecules to various intermediates such as Ribose – 5 – phosphate(5C), Xylulose – 5 – phosphate(5C), Glyceraldehyde – 3 – phosphate(3C), Sedoheptulose – 7 – Phosphate (7C), and Erythrose – 4 – phosphate (4C). Finally, five molecules of glucose – 6 – phosphate is regenerated. The overall reaction is:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 1
The net result of complete oxidation of one glucose – 6 – phosphate yield 6CO2 and 12 NADPH + H+. The oxidative pentose phosphate pathway is controlled by glucose – 6 – phosphate dehydrogenase enzyme which is inhibited by high ratio of NADPH to NADP+.

Question 10.
How will you calculate net products of one sucrose molecule upon complete oxidation during aerobic respiration as per recent view?
Answer:
When the cost of transport of ATPs from matrix into the cytosol is considered, the number will be 2.5 ATPs for each NADH + H+ and 1.5 ATPs for each FADH2 oxidised during electron transport system. Therefore, in plant cells net yield of 30 ATP molecules for complete aerobic oxidation of one molecule of glucose. But in those animal cells (showing malate shuttle mechanism) net yield will be 32 ATP molecules. Since sucrose molecule gives, two molecules of glucose and net ATP in plant cell will be 30 × 2 = 60. In animal cell it will be 32 × 2 = 64.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Respiration Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose the correct answer (1 Mark)
Question 1.
The term respiration was coined by:
(a) Lamark
(b) Kerb
(c) Pepys
(d) Blackman
Answer:
(c) Pepys

Question 2.
In floating respiration the substrates are:
(a) carbohydrate or protein
(b) carbohydrate or fat
(c) protein or fat
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) carbohydrate or fat

Question 3.
The discovery of ATP was made by:
(a) Lipman
(b) Hans Adolt
(c) Warburg
(d) Karl Lohman
Answer:
(d) Karl Lohman

Question 4.
The end product of glycolysis is:
(a) pyruvate
(b) ethanol
(c) malate
(d) succinate
Answer:
(a) pyruvate

Question 5.
On hydrolysis, one molecule of ATP releases energy of:
(a) 8.2 K cal
(b) 32.3 kJ
(c) 7.3 K cal
(d) 7.8 K cal
Answer:
(c) 7.3 K cal

Question 6.
Which of the following is known as terminal oxidation:
(a) glycolysis
(b) electron transport chain
(c) Kreb’s cycle
(d) pyruvate oxidation
Answer:
(b) electron transport chain

Question 7.
Identify the link reaction:
(a) conversion of glucose into pyruvic acid
(b) conversion of glucose into ethanol
(c) conversion of acetyl CoA into CO2 and water
(d) conversion of pyruvic acid into acetyl coenzyme – A
Answer:
(d) conversion of pyruvic acid into acetyl coenzyme – A

Question 8.
Who was awarded Nobel prize in 1953 for the discovery of TCA cycle?
(a) Lipmann
(b) Hans Adolf Kreb
(c) Petermitchell
(d) Dickens
Answer:
(b) Hans Adolf Kreb

Question 9.
Kreb’s cycle is a:
(a) catabolic pathway
(b) anabolic pathway
(c) amphibolic pathway
(d) hydrolytic pathway
Answer:
(c) amphibolic pathway

Question 10.
Electron transport system during aerobic respiration takes place in:
(a) cytoplasm
(b) mitochondria
(c) chloroplast
(d) golgi apparatus
Answer:
(b) mitochondria

Question 11.
The oxidation of one molecule of NADH + H+ gives rise to:
(a) 2 ATP
(b) 3 ATP
(c) 4 ATP
(d) 2.5 ATP
Answer:
(b) 3 ATP

Question 12.
In aerobic prokaryotes each molecule of glucose produces:
(a) 36 ATP
(b) 32 ATP
(c) 34 ATP
(d) 38 ATP
Answer:
(d) 38 ATP

Question 13.
Cyanide acts as electron transport chain inhibitor by preventing:
(a) synthesis of ATP from ADP
(b) flow of electrons from NADH + H+
(c) flow of electrons from cytochrome a3 to O2
(d) oxidative phosphorylation
Answer:
(c) flow of electrons from cytochrome a3 to O2

Question 14.
Respiratory quotient for oleic acid is:
(a) 0.69
(b) 0.71
(c) 0.80
(d) 0.36
Answer:
(b) 0.71

Question 15.
End products of fermentation in yeast is:
(a) pyruvic acid and CO2
(b) lactic acid qnd CO2
(c) ethyl alcohol and CO2
(d) mixed acid and CO2
Answer:
(c) ethyl alcohol and CO2

Question 16.
The end products of mixed acid fermentation in enterobacteriaceae are:
(a) lactic acid, ethanol, formic acid, CO2 and H2
(b) lactic acid, formic acid and CO2
(c) lactic acid, ethanol, CO2 and O2
(d) ethanol, formic acid, CO2 and H2
Answer:
(a) lactic acid, ethanol, formic acid, CO2 and H2

Question 17.
The external factors that affect the respiration are:
(a) temperature, insufficient O2 and amount of protoplasm
(b) temperature, insufficient O2 and high concentration of CO2
(c) temperature, high concentration of CO2 and respiratory substrate
(d) temperature, high concentration of CO2 and amount of protoplasm
Answer:
(b) temperature, insufficient O2 and high concentration of CO2

Question 18.
Pentose phosphate pathway was described by:
(a) Pepys and Black man
(b) Kreb and Embden
(c) Warburg, Dickens and Lipmann
(d) Warburg and Pamas
Answer:
(c) Warburg, Dickens and Lipmann

Question 19.
The oxidative pentose phosphate pathway is controlled by the enzyme:
(a) glucose, 1, 6 diphosphate dehydrogenase
(b) glucose 6 phosphate dehydrogenase
(c) fructose – 6 – phosphate dehydrogenase
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) glucose 6 phosphate dehydrogenase

Question 20.
In pentose phosphate pathway the glucose – 6 – phosphate dehydrogenase enzyme is inhibited by high ratio of:
(a) FADH to FAD
(b) glucose to glucose – 6 – phosphate
(c) NADPH to NADP
(d) GTPH to GTP
Answer:
(c) NADPH to NADP

Question 21.
In plant tissue erythrose is used for the synthesis of:
(a) Erythromycin
(b) Xanthophill
(c) Erythrocin
(d) Arithocyanin
Answer:
(d) Arithocyanin

Question 22.
As per the recent view, when a glucose molecule is completely aerobically oxidised, the net yield of ATP in plant cell is:
(a) 38
(b) 36
(c) 30
(d) 32
Answer:
(c) 30

Question 23.
Identify the electron transport inhibitor:
(a) phosphophenol
(b) dinitrophenol
(c) xylene
(d) indol acetic acid
Answer:
(b) dinitrophenol

Question 24.
The phenomenon of climacteric is present in:
(a) banana
(b) coconut
(c) cauli flower
(d) brinjal
Answer:
(a) banana

Question 25.
Cyanide resistant respiration is known to generate heat in thermogenic tissues as high as:
(a) 35° C
(b) 38° C
(c) 40° C
(d) 51° C
Answer:
(d) 51° C

Question 26.
Match the following:

Substrate

RQ

A. Palmitic acid(i) 1.6
B. Oleic acid(ii) 4.0
C. Tartaric acid(iii) 0.36
D. Oxalic acid(iv) 0.71

(a) A – (ii), B – (iii); C – (i); D – (iv)
(b) A – (iii), B – (iv); C – (i); D – (ii)
(c) A – (ii); B – (iv); C – (i); D – (iii)
(d) A – (iii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (ii)
Answer:
(b) A – (iii), B – (iv); C – (i); D – (ii)

Question 27.
Indicate the correct statement:
(a) In Bryophyllum, carbohydrates are partially oxidised to organic acid
(b) In opuntia, the Respiratory Quotient value is 0.5
(c) Alcoholic fermentation takes place in enterobacteriaceae
(d) Muscles of vertebrate does not have lactate dehydrogenase enzyme
Answer:
(a) In Bryophyllum, carbohydrates are partially oxidised to organic acid

Question 28.
The order of aerobic respiration in plant cell is:
(a) glycolysis, Kreb’s cycle, pyruvate oxidation and electron transport chain
(b) glycolysis, pyruvate oxidate, Kreb’s cycle, electron transport chain
(c) pyruvate oxidation, glycolysis, Kreb’s cycle, electron transport chain
(d) none of the above order
Answer:
(b) glycolysis, pyruvate oxidate, Kreb’s cycle, electron transport chain

Question 29.
The complete reactions of glycolysis take place in:
(a) mitochondria
(b) cristae
(c) cytoplasm
(d) outer membrane of mitochondria
Answer:
(c) cytoplasm

Question 30.
The Co – enzyme quinone is a proton carrier located within:
(a) outer membrane of mitochondria
(b) cytoplasm
(c) inner membrane of mitochondria
(d) matrix of mitochondria
Answer:
(c) inner membrane of mitochondria

Question 31.
How many molecules of CO2 are produced during link reaction:
(a) 1
(b) 6
(c) 4
(d) 2
Answer:
(d) 2

Question 32.
In the case of ground nut, during seed germination they use:
(a) carbohydrate as respiratory substrate
(b) fat alone as respiratory substrate
(c) fat and protein as respiratory substrate
(d) protein alone as respiratory substrate
Answer:
(c) fat and protein as respiratory substrate

Question 33.
Lactic acid fermentation takes place in:
(a) yeast
(b) bacillus
(c) enterobacteriaceae
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) bacillus

Question 34.
The net result of complete oxidation of one glucose-6-phosphate in pentose phosphate pathway yield:
(a) 6 CO2 and 12 NADPH + H+
(b) 6 CO2 and 10 NADPH + H+
(c) 8 CO2 and 16 NADPH + H+
(d) 8 CO2 and 14 NADPH + H
Answer:
(a) 6 CO2 and 12 NADPH + H+

Question 35.
Ribose – 5 – phosphate and its derivatives are used in the synthesis of:
(a) lignin
(b) coenzyme A
(c) anthocyanin
(d) xanthophyll
Answer:
(b) coenzyme A

II. Answer the following (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Define respiration?
Answer:
Respiration is a biological process in which oxidation of various food substances like carbohydrates, proteins and fats take place and as a result of this, energy is produced where O2 is taken in and CO2 is liberated.

Question 2.
What is meant by protoplasmic respiration?
Answer:
Respiration utilizing protein as a respiratory substrate, it is called protoplasmic respiration. Protoplasmic respiration is rare and it depletes structural and functional proteins of protoplasm and liberates toxic ammonia.

Question 3.
What do you understand by compensation of point?
Answer:
The point at which CO2 released in respiration is exactly compensated by CO2 fixed in photosynthesis that means no net gaseous exchange takes place, it is called compensation point.

Question 4.
Explain briefly about aerobic respiration.
Answer:
Respiration occurring in the presence of oxygen is called aerobic respiration. During aerobic respiration, food materials like carbohydrates, fats and proteins are completely oxidised into CO2, H2O and energy is released.

Question 5.
What is anaerobic respiration?
Answer:
In the absence of molecular oxygen glucose is incompletely degraded into either ethyl alcohol or lactic acid. It includes two steps:

  1. Glycolysis
  2. Fermentation

Question 6.
What do you know about transition reaction?
Answer:
In aerobic respiration the pyruvate with coenzyme A is oxidatively decarboxylated into acetyl CoA by pyruvate dehydrogenase complex. This reaction is irreversible and produces two molecules of NADH + H+ and 2CO2. It is also called transition reaction or Link reaction.

Question 7.
Who is Sir Hans Adolf Krebs?
Answer:
Sir Hans Adolf Krebs was born in Germany on 25th August 1900. He was awarded Nobel Prize for his discovery of Citric acid cycle in Physiology in 1953.

Question 8.
Explain briefly about amphibolic pathway.
Answer:
Krebs cycle is primarily a catabolic pathway, but it provides precursors for various biosynthetic pathways thereby an anabolic pathway too. Hence, it is called amphibolic pathway.

Question 9.
Mention the role of NADH dehydrogenase enzyme in electron transport system.
Answer:
NADH dehydrogenase contains a flavoprotein (FMN) and associated with non – heme iron Sulphur protein (Fe – S). This complex is responsible for passing electrons and protons from mitochondrial NADH (Internal) to Ubiquinone (UQ).

Question 10.
What is oxidative phosphorylation?
Answer:
The transfer of electrons from reduced coenzyme NADH to oxygen via complexes I to IV is coupled to the synthesis of ATP from ADP and inorganic phosphate (Pi) which is called Oxidative phosphorylation.

Question 11.
Mention any two electron transport chain inhibitors.
Answer:
Two electron transport chain inhibitors:

  1. 2, 4 DNP (Dinitrophenol) – It prevents synthesis of ATP from ADP, as it directs electrons from Co Q to O2.
  2. Cyanide – It prevents flow of electrons from Cytochrome a3 to O2.

Question 12.
Define respiratory quotient.
Answer:
The ratio of volume of carbon dioxide given out and volume of oxygen taken in during respiration is called Respiratory Quotient.

Question 13.
What are the significances of Respiratory Quotient?
Answer:
The significances of Respiratory Quotient:

  1. RQ value indicates which type of respiration occurs in living cells, either aerobic or anaerobic.
  2. It also helps to know which type of respiratory substrate is involved.

Question 14.
Explain the term alcoholic fermentation.
Answer:
The cells of roots in water logged soil respire by alcoholic fermentation because of lack of oxygen by converting pyruvic acid into ethyl alcohol and CO2. Many species of yeast (Saccharomyces) also respire anaerobically. This process takes place in two steps:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 2

Question 15.
Mention any two industrial uses of alcoholic fermentation.
Answer:
Two industrial uses of alcoholic fermentation:

  1. In bakeries, it is used for preparing bread, cakes, biscuits.
  2. In beverage industries for preparing wine and alcoholic drinks.

Question 16.
What do you understand by the term mixed acid fermentation?
Answer:
This type of fermentation is a characteristic feature of Enterobacteriaceae and results in the formation of lactic acid, ethanol, formic acid and gases like CO2 and H2.

Question 17.
Mention any two internal factors, that affect the rate of respiration in plants.
Answer:
Two internal factors, that affect the rate of respiration in plants:

  1. The amount of protoplasm and its state of activity influence the rate of respiration.
  2. Concentration of respiratory substrate is proportional to the rate of respiration.

Question 18.
What is the control mechanism of pentose phosphate pathway?
Answer:
The oxidative pentose phosphate pathway is controlled by glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase enzyme which is inhibited by high ratio of NADPH to NADP+.

Question 19.
Write down any two significance of pentose phosphate pathway.
Answer:
Two significance of pentose phosphate pathway:

  1. HMP shunt is associated with the generation of two important products,
  2. Coenzyme NADPH generated is used for reductive biosynthesis and counter damaging the effects of oxygen free radicals.

III. Answer the following (3 Marks)

Question 1.
In biosphere how do plants and animals are complementary systems, which are integrated to sustain life?
Answer:
In plants, oxygen enters through the stomata and it is transported to cells, where oxygen is utilized for energy production. Plants require carbon dioxide to survive, to produce carbohydrates and to release oxygen through photosynthesis, these oxygen molecules are inhaled by human through the nose, which reaches the lungs where oxygen is transported through the blood and it reaches cells. Cellular respiration takes place inside or the cell for obtaining energy.

Question 2.
What will happen, when you sleep under a tree during night time?
Answer:
If you are sleeping under a tree during night time you will feel difficulty in breathing. During night, plants take up oxygen and release carbon dioxide and as a result carbon dioxide will be abundant around the tree

Question 3.
What are the factors associated with compensation point in respiration?
Answer:
The two common factors associated with compensation point are CO2 and light. Based on this there are two types of compensation point. They are CO2 compensation point and light compensation point. C3 plants have compensation points ranging from 40 – 60 ppm (parts per million) CO2 while those of C4 plants ranges from 1 – 5 ppm CO2.

Question 4.
Why do you call ATP as universal energy currency of cell?
Answer:
ATP is a nucleotide consisting of a base- adenine, a pentose sugar – ribose and three phosphate groups. Out of three phosphate groups the last two are attached by high energy rich bonds. On hydrolysis, it releases energy (7.3 K cal or 30.6 KJ / ATP) and it is found in all living cells and hence it is called universal energy currency of the cell.

Question 5.
What is a redox reaction?
Answer:
NAD+ + 2e + 2H+ → NADH + H+
FAD + 2e + 2H+ → FADH2
When NAD+ (Nicotinamide Adenine Dinucleotide – oxidised form) and FAD (Flavin Adenine Dinucleotide) pick up electrons and one or two hydrogen ions (protons), they get reduced to NADH + H+ and FADH2 respectively. When they drop electrons and hydrogen off they go back to their original form. The reaction in which NAD+ and FAD gain (reduction) or f lose (oxidation) electrons are called redox reaction (Oxidation reduction reaction). These reactions are important in cellular respiration.

Question 6.
Write down any three differences between aerobic and anaerobic respiration.
Answer:
Aerobic respiration:

  • It occurs in all living cells of higher organisms.
  • It requires oxygen for breaking the respiratory substrate.
  • The end products are CO2 and H2O.

Anaerobic Respiration:

  • It occurs yeast and some bacteria.
  • Oxygen is not required for breaking the respiratory substrate.
  • The end products are alcohol, and CO2 (or) lactic acid.

Question 7.
Mention the significance of Kreb’s cycle.
Answer:
The significance of Kreb’s cycle:

  1. TCA cycle is to provide energy in the form of ATP for metabolism in plants.
  2. It provides carbon skeleton or raw material for various anabolic processes.
  3. Many intermediates of TCA cycle are further metabolised to produce amino acids, proteins and nucleic acids.
  4. Succinyl CoA is raw material for formation of chlorophylls, cytochrome, phytochrome and other pyrrole substances.
  5. α – ketoglutarate and oxaloacetate undergo reductive amination and produce amino acids.
  6. It acts as metabolic sink which plays a central role in intermediary metabolism.

Question 8.
Derive the respiratory quotient for carbohydrate as substrate in oxidative metabolism.
Answer:
The respiratory substrate is a carbohydrate, it will be completely oxidised in aerobic respiration and the value of the RQ will be equal to unity.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 3

Question 9.
Write down the characteristic of Anaerobic respiration.
Answer:
The characteristic of Anaerobic respiration:

  1. Anaerobic respiration is less efficient than the aerobic respiration.
  2. Limited number of ATP molecules is generated per glucose molecule.
  3. It is characterized by the production of CO2 and it is used for Carbon fixation in photosynthesis.

Question 10.
Distinguish between glycolysis and fermentation.
Answer:
Glycolysis:

  1. Glucose is converted into pyruvic acid.
  2. It takes place in the presence or absence of oxygen.
  3. Net gain is 2ATR
  4. 2 NADH + H+ molecules are produced.

Fermentation:

  1. Starts from pyruvic acid and is converted into alcohol or lactic acid.
  2. It takes place in the absence of oxygen.
  3. No net gain of ATP molecules.
  4. 2 NADH + H+ molecules are utilised.

Question 11.
Write down any three external factors, that affect respiration in plants.
Answer:
Three external factors, that affect respiration in plants:

  1. Optimum temperature for respiration is 30°C. At low temperatures and very high temperatures rate of respiration decreases.
  2. When sufficient amount of O2 is available the rate of aerobic respiration will be optimum and anaerobic respiration is completely stopped. This is called Extinction point.
  3. High concentration of CO2 reduces the rate of respiration

Question 12.
How alcoholic beverages like beer and wine is made?
Answer:
The conversion of pyruvate to ethanol takes place in malted barley and grapes through fermentation. Yeasts carryout this process under anaerobic conditions and this Conversion increases ethanol concentration. If the concentration increases, it’s toxic effect kills yeast cells .and the left out is called beer and wine respectively.

IV. Answer the following (5 Marks)

Question 1.
Give the schematic representation of glycolysis or EMP pathway.
Answer:
The schematic representation of glycolysis or EMP pathway:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 4

Question 2.
Write down the biochemical events in Kreb’s cycle.
Answer:
The biochemical events in Kreb’s cycle:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 5

Question 3.
Mention the schematic diagram of the various steps involved in pentose phosphate pathway.
Answer:
The schematic diagram of the various steps involved in pentose phosphate pathway:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 6

Question 4.
Describe the events in electron transport chain in plant cell.
Answer:
During glycolysis, link reaction and Krebs cycle the respiratory substrates are oxidised at several steps and as a result many reduced coenzymes NADH + H+ and FADH2 are produced. These reduced coenzymes are transported to inner membrane of mitochondria and are converted back to their oxidised forms produce electrons and protons. In mitochondria, the inner membrane is folded in the form of finger projections towards the matrix called cristae.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 14
In cristae many oxysomes (F1 particles) are present which have election transport carriers are present. According to Peter Mitchell’s Chemiosmotic theory this electron transport is coupled to ATP synthesis. Electron and hydrogen (proton) transport takes place across four multiprotein complexes (I – IV). They are

(i) Complex – I (NADH dehydrogenase: It contains a flavoprotein (FMN) and associated with non – heme iron Sulphur protein (Fe – S). This complex is responsible for passing electrons and protons from mitochondrial NADH (Internal) to Ubiquinone (UQ).
NADH + H+ + UQ ⇌ NAD+ + UQH2
In plants, an additional NADH dehydrogenase (External) complex is present on the outer surface of inner membrane of mitochondria which can oxidise cytosolic NADH + H+ Ubiquinone (UQ) or Coenzyme Quinone (Co Q) is a small, lipid soluble electron, proton carrier located within the inner membrane of mitochondria.

(ii) Complex – II (Succinic dehydrogenase): It contains FAD flavoprotein is associated with non – heme iron Sulphur (Fe – S) protein. This complex receives electrons and protons from succinate in Krebs cycle and is converted into fumarate and passes to ubiquinone.
Succinate + UQ → Fumarate + UQH2

(iii) Complex – III (Cytochrome bc1 complex): This complex oxidises reduced ubiquinone (ubiquinol) and transfers the electrons through Cytochrome bc1 Complex (Iron Sulphur center bc1 complex) to cytochrome c. Cytochrome c is a small protein attached to the outer surface of inner membrane and act as a. mobile carrier to transfer electrons between complex III to complex IV.
UQH2 + 2Cyt coxidised  ⇌  UQ + 2Cyt creduced  + 2H+

(iv) Complex IV (Cytochrome c oxidase): This complex contains two copper centers (A and B) and cytochromes a and as. Complex IV is the terminal oxidase and brings about the reduction of 1/2 O2 to H2O. Two protons are needed to form a molecule of H2O (terminal oxidation).
2Cyt coxidised + 2H+ + 1/2 O⇌  2Cyt creduced + H2O

The transfer of electrons from reduced coenzyme NADH to oxygen via complexes I to IV is coupled to the synthesis of ATP from ADP and inorganic phosphate (Pi) which is called Oxidative phosphorylation. The F0F1 – ATP synthase (also called complex V) consists of F0 and F1. F1 converts ADP and Pi to ATP and is attached to the matrix side of the inner membrane. F0 is present in inner membrane and acts as a channel through which protons come into matrix.

Oxidation of one molecule of NADH + H+ gives rise to 3 molecules of ATP and oxidation of one molecule FADH2 produces 2 molecules of ATP within a mitochondrion. But cytoplasmic NADH + H+ yields only two ATPs through external NADH dehydrogenase. Therefore, two reduced coenzyme (NADH + H+) molecules from glycolysis being extra mitochondrial will yield 2 × 2 = 4 ATP molecules instead of 6 ATPs. The Mechanism of mitochondrial ATP synthesis is based on Chemiosmotic hypothesis.

According to this theory electron carriers present in the inner mitochondrial membrane allow for the transfer of protons (H+). For the production of single ATP, 3 protons (H+) are needed. The terminal oxidation of external NADH bypasses the first phosphorylation site and hence only two ATP molecules are produced per external NADH oxidised through However, in those animal tissues in which malate shuttle mechanism is present, the oxidation of external NADH will yield almost 3 ATP molecules.

Complete oxidation of a glucose molecule in aerobic respiration results in the net gain of 36 ATP molecules in plants. Since huge amount of energy is generated in mitochondria in the form of ATP molecules they are called ‘power house of the cell’. In the case of aerobic prokaryotes due to lack of mitochondria each molecule of glucose produces 38 ATP molecules.

Question 5.
Define respiratory quotient. Explain the derivation of respiratory quotient for various substrates oxidised :
Answer:
The ratio of volume of carbon dioxide given out and volume of oxygen taken in during respiration is called Respiratory Quotient or Respiratory ratio. RQ value depends, upon respiratory substrates and their oxidation.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 13
(i) The respiratory substrate is a carbohydrate, it will be completely oxidised in aerobic respiration and the value of the RQ will be equal to unity.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 7
(ii) If the respiratory substrate is . a carbohydrate it will be incompletely oxidised when it goes through anaerobic respiration and the RQ value will be infinity.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 8
(iii) In some succulent plants like Opuntia, Bryophyllum carbohydrates are partially oxidised to organic acid, particularly malic acid without corresponding release of CO2 but O2 is consumed hence the RQ value will be zero.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 9
(iv) When respiratory substrate is protein or fat, then RQ will be less than unity.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 10
(v) When respiratory substrate is an organic acid the value of RQ will be more than unity.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 11

Question 6.
Describe an experiment to demonstrate the production of CO2 in aerobic respiration.
Answer:
Take small quantity of any seed (groundnut or bean seeds) and allow them to germinate by imbibing them. While they are germinating place them in a conical flask. A small glass tube containing 4 ml of freshly prepared Potassium hydroxide (KOH) solution is hung into the conical flask with the help of a thread and tightly close the one holed cork. Take a bent glass tube, the shorter end of which is inserted into the conical flask through the hole in the cork, while the longer end is dipped in a beaker containing water.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 14 Respiration 12
Observe the position of initial water level in bent glass tube. This experimental setup is kept for two hours and the seeds were allowed to germinate. After two hours, the level of water rises in the glass tube. It is because, the CO2 evolved during aerobic respiration by germinating seeds will be absorbed by KOH solution and the level of water will rise in the glass tube.
CO2 + 2KOH → K2CO3 + H2O
In the case of groundnut or bean seeds, the rise of water is relatively lesser because these seeds use fat and proteins as respiratory substrate and release a very small amount of CO2. But in the case of wheat grains, the rise in water level is greater because they use carbohydrate as respiratory substrate. When carbohydrates are used as substrate, equal amounts of CO2 and O2 are evolved and consumed.

Textbook Page No. 145

Question 1.
How many ATP molecules are produced from one sucrose molecule?
Answer:
One sucrose molecules gives rise to two glucose molecules. The net production of ATP during complete oxidation of one glucose molecule in plant cell is 36 ATP. Therefore one sucrose molecule yields 36 x 2 = 72 ATP molecules.
As per recent view in plants cells, one molecules of glucose, after complete aerobic oxidation yields only 30 ATP molecules and hence one sucrose molecule yield only 30 x 2 = 60 ATP molecules.

Textbook Page No. 156

Question 1.
Why Microorganisms respire anaerobically?
Answer:
Some of the microorganism live in environments devoid of oxygen and they have to adopt themselves in anoxic condition. Hence they respire anaerobically and they are called anaerobic microbes.

Question 2.
Does anaerobic respiration take place in higher plants?
Answer:
Anaerobic respiration some time occur in the root of some water – logged plants.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 14 Respiration textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 8 Excretion from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 8 Excretion Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 8 Excretion Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 8 Excretion Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Excretion Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evulation Solved 
Question 1.
Arrange the following structures in the order that a drop of water entering the nephron would encounter them?

  1. (a) Afferent arteriole
  2. (b) Bowman’s capsule
  3. (c) Collecting duct
  4. (d) Distal tubule
  5. (e) Glomerulus
  6. (f) Loop of Henle
  7. (g) Proximal tubule
  8. (h) Renal pelvis

Answer:

  1. (a) Afferent arteriole
  2. (b) Bowman’s capsule
  3. (e) Glomerulus
  4. (g) Proximal tubule
  5. (j) Loop of Henle
  6. (d) Distal tubule
  7. (c) Collecting duct
  8. (h) Renal pelvis

Question 2.
Name the three filtration barriers that solutes must come across as they move from plasma to the lumen of Bowman’s capsule. What components of the blood are usually excluded by these layers?
Answer:
The three filtration barriers that solutes must come across as they move from plasma to the lumen of Bowman’s capsule are,

  1. Glomerular capillary endothelium
  2. Basal lamina or basement membrane
  3. Epithelium of Bowman’s capsule. Blood corpuscles and plasma protein are excluded by these layers.

Question 3.
What forces promote glomerular filtration? What forces opposes them? What is meant by net filtration pressure?
Answer:
Glomerular hydrostatic pressure (55 mm Hg) is the force that promotes filtration. The colloidal osmotic pressure (30 mm Hg) and the capsular hydrostatic pressure (15 mm Hg) are the two opposing forces.

The difference between the force promoting and opposing filtration is the net filtration pressure. It is responsible for filtration. Net filtration pressure = Glomerular hydrostatic pressure – (Colloidal osmotic pressure + Capsular hydrostatic pressure).

Question 4.
Identify the following structures and explain their significance in renal physiology?

  1. Juxtaglomerular apparatus
  2. Podocytes
  3. Sphincters in the bladder
  4. Renal cortex

Answer:
1. Juxtaglomerular apparatus:
Juxtaglomerular apparatus is a specialized tissue in the afferent arteriole of the nephron that consists of macula densa and granular cells. The macula densa cells sense distal tubular flow and affect afferent arteriole diameter. The granular cells secrete an enzyme called renin. It plays an important role in reabsorption of water, Na+ and excretion of K+.

2. Podocytes:
The visceral layer of the Bowman’s capsule is made up of epithelial cells called podocytes. The podocytes end in foot processes which cling to the basement membrane of the glomerulus. The openings between the foot processes are called filtration slits. It is important for glomerular filtration.

3. Sphincters in the bladders:
Sphincter muscles in the bladder controls the flow of urine from the bladder. When urinary bladder is filled with urine, it stretches and stimulates the central nervous system through the sensory neurons of the parasympathetic nervous system and brings about contraction of the bladder.

Simultaneously, somatic motor neurons induce the sphincters to close. Smooth muscles contracts resulting in the opening of the internal sphincters passively and relaxing the external sphincter. When the stimulatory and inhibitory controls exceed the threshold, the sphincter opens and the urine is expelled out.

4. Renal cortex:
The outer portion of the kidney is the renal cortex. It contains renal corpuscles and the proximal and distal tubules. It is thin and fibrous.

Question 5.
In which segment of the nephron most of the re-absorption of substances takes place?
Answer:
In proximal convoluted tubule cells, Glucose, lactate, amino acids, Na+ and water, are reabsorbed. In the descending limb of Henle’s loop, water is reabsorbed. In the ascending limb, Na+, Cl and K+ are reabsorbed. In the distal convoluted tubule, water is reabsorbed.

Question 6.
When a molecule or ion is reabsorbed from the lumen of the nephron, where does it go? If a solute is filtered and not reabsorbed from the tubule, where does it go?
Answer:
When a molecule or ion is reabsorbed from the lumen of the nephron, it goes to the blood stream through efferent arteriole which carries blood away from the glomerulus. If a solute is filtered and not reabsorbed from the tubule, it goes along with urine.

Question 7.
Match each of the following substances with its mode of transportation in proximal tubular reabsorption?
(a) Na+ – 1. indirect active transport
(b) Glucose – 2. endocytosis
(c) Urea – 3. paracellular movement
(d) Plasma – 4. facilitated diffusion
(e) Water – 5. primary active transport
Answer:
(a) 5
(b) 1
(c) 4
(d) 2
(e) 3

Question 8.
Which segment is the site of secretion and regulated reabsorption of ions and pH homeostasis?
Answer:
Distal convoluted tubule.

Question 9.
What solute is normally present in the body to estimate GFR in humans?
Answer:
Creatinine.

Question 10.
Which part of the autonomic nervous system is involved in micturition process?
Answer:
Parasympathetic nervous system.

Question 11.
Match the following terms.
(a) a- adrenoceptor – 1. afferent arteriole
(b) Autoregulation – 2. basal lamina
(c) Bowman’s capsule – 3. capillary blood pressure
(d) Capsule fluid – 4. colloid osmotic pressure
(e) Glomerulus – 5. GFR
(f) Podocyte – 6. JG cells
(g) Vasoconstriction – 7. plasma proteins Norepinepherine
Answer:
(a) 7
(b) 6
(c) 5
(d) 3
(e) 1
(f) 2
(g) 4

Question 12.
If the afferent arteriole of the nephron constricts, what happens to the GFR in that nephron? If the efferent arteriole constricts what happens to the GFR in that nephron? Assume that no auto regulation takes place?
Answer:
If the afferent arteriole of the nephron constricts, GFR is reduced. If the efferent arteriole constricts, GFR is increased.

Question 13.
How is the process of micturition altered by toilet training?
Answer:
The process of release of urine from the bladder is called micturition or urination. It is controlled by central nervous system and smooth muscles of sphincter. In young children, micturition cannot be controlled. By toilet training, one can temporarily postpone the signal reaching from the central nervous system to the motor neurons carrying stimuli to the urinary bladder.

Question 14.
Concentration of urine depends upon which part of the nephron?
a. Bowman’s capsule
b. Length of Henle’s loop
c. P.C.T.
d. Network of capillaries arising from glomerulus
Answer:
b. length of Henle’s loop

Question 15.
If Henle’s loop were absent from mammalian nephron, which one of the following is to be expected?
a. There will be no urine formation.
b. There will be hardly any change in the quality and quantity of urine formed.
c. The urine will be more concentrated.
d. The urine will be more dilute.
Answer:
d. The urine will be more dilute.

Question 16.
A person who is on a long hunger strike and is surviving only on water, will have
a. Less amino acids in his urine
b. Macula densa cells
c. Less urea in his urine
d. More sodium in his urine
Answer:
d. More sodium in his urine

Question 17.
What will happen if the stretch receptors of the urinary bladder wall are totally removed?
a. Micturition will continue
b. Urine will continue to collect normally in the bladder
c. There will be no micturition
d. Orine will not collect in the bladder
Answer:
c. There will be no micturition

Question 18.
The end product of Ornithine cycle is
a. Carbon dioxide
b. Uric acid
c. Urea
d. Ammonia
Answer:
c. Urea

Question 19.
Identify the wrong match
a. Bowman’s capsule – Glomerular Alteration
b. DCT – Absorption of glucose
c. Henle’s loop – Concentration of urine
d. PCT – Absorption of Na+ and K+ ions
Answer:
b. DCT – Absorption of glucose

Question 20.
Podocytes are the cells present on the
a. Outer wall of Bowman’s capsule
b. Inner wall of Bowman’s capsule
c. Neck of nephron
d. Wall glomerular capillaries
Answer:
b. Inner wall of Bowman’s capsule

Question 21.
Glomerular filtrate contains
a. Blood without blood cells and proteins
b. Plasma without sugar
c. Blood with proteins but without cells
d. Blood without urea
Answer:
a. Blood without blood cells and proteins

Question 22.
Kidney stones are produced due to deposition of uric acid and
a. Silicates
b. Minerals
c. Calcium carbonate
d. Calcium oxalate
Answer:
d. calcium oxalate

Question 23.
Animal requiring minimum amount of water to produce urine are
a. Ureotelic
b. Ammonotelic
c. Uricotelic
d. Chemotelic
Answer:
c. Uricotelic

Question 24.
Aldosterone acts at the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct resulting in the absorption of water through
a. Aquaporins
b. Spectrins
c. GLUT
d. Chloride channels
Answer:
a. Aquaporins

Question 25.
The hormone which helps in the reabsorption of water in kidney tubules is ………..
a. Cholecystokinin
b. Angiotensin II
c. Antidiuretic hormone
d. Pancreozymin
Answer:
b. Angiotensin II

Question 26.
Malphigian tubules remove excretory products from ………….
a. Mouth
b. Oesophagus
c. Haemolymph
d. Alimentary canal
Answer:
d. Alimentary canal

Question 27.
Indentify the biological term Homeostasis, excretion, glomerulus, urea, glomerular filtration, ureters, urine, Bowman’s capsule, urinary system, reabsorption, micturition, osmosis, glomerular capillaries via efferent arteriole, proteins?

  1. A liquid which gathers in the bladder?
  2. Produced when blood is filtered in a Bowman’s capsule?
  3. Temporary storage of urine?
  4. A ball of inter twined capillaries?
  5. A process that changes glomerular filtrate into urine?
  6. Removal of unwanted substances from the body?
  7. Each contains a glomerulus?
  8. Carry urine from the kidneys to the bladder?
  9. Contains urea and many useful substances?
  10. Blood is filtered through its walls into the Bowman’s capsule?
  11. Scientific term for urination?
  12. Regulation of water and dissolved substances in blood and tissue fluid?
  13. Carry urine from the kidneys to the bladder?
  14.  Consists of the kidneys, ureters and bladder?
  15. Removal of useful substances from glomerular filtrate?
  16. The process by which water is transported in the proximal convoluted tubule?
  17. Where has the blood in the capillaries surrounding the proximal convoluted tubule come from?
  18. What solute the blood contains that are not present in the glomerular filtrate?

Answer:

  1. Urine
  2. Glomerular filterate
  3. Urinary bladder
  4. Glomerulus
  5. Reabsorption
  6. Excretion
  7. Bowman’s capsule
  8. Ureters
  9. Glomerular filterate
  10. Glomerulus
  11. Micturition
  12. Homeostatic
  13. Ureters
  14. Urinary system
  15. Reabsorption
  16. Osmosis
  17. Glomerular capillaries via efferent arteriole
  18. Proteins

Question 28.
With regards to toxicity and the need for dilution in water, how’ different are ureotelic and uricotelic excretions? Give examples of animals that use these types of excretion?
Answer:
Ureotelic animals excrete urea with minimum loss of water, e.g., Mammals and terrestrial amphibians. Uricotelic animals excrete uric acid with the least loss of water, e.g., Birds and reptiles.

Question 29.
Differentiate protonephridia from metanephridia?
Answer:

ProtonephridiaMetanephridia     
1. Primitive kidneys are protonephridia1. Tubular excretory structures are
2. These are found in flatworms.2. These are found in annelids and molluscs

Question 30.
What is the nitrogenous waste produced by amphibian larvae and by the adult animal?
Answer:
Amphibian larvae produce ammonia and the adult produces urea.

Question 31.
How is urea formed in the human body?
Answer:
More toxic ammonia produced as a result of breakdown of amino acids is converted into less toxic urea in the liver by a cyclic process called Ornithine cycle.

Question 32.
Differentiate cortical from medullary nephrons?
Answer:

Cortical nephronsMedullary nephrons
1. These are found in the cortex.1. These are found in the medulla.
2. These have short Henle’s loop.2. These have long Henle’s loop.

Question 33.
What vessels carry blood to the kidneys? Is this blood arterial or venous?
Answer:
Renal artery carries oxygenated (arterial) blood to the kidney.

Question 34.
Which vessels drain filtered blood from the kidneys?
Answer:
Renal veins carry deoxygenated blood from the kidney.

Question 35.
What is tubular secretion? Name the substances secreted through the renal tubules?
Answer:
The movement of substances such as H+, K+, NH4+, creatinine and organic acids from the peritubular capillaries into the tubular fluid, the filtrate is called Tubular secretion.

Question 36.
How are the kidneys involved in controlling blood volume? How is the volume of blood in the body related to arterial pressure?
Answer:
Renin- Angiotensin stimulates Na+ reabsorption from the glomerular filtrate. This stimulates Adrenal cortex to secrete aldosterone that causes reabsorption of Na+, K+ excretion and absorption of water.

This reduces loss of water into the urine. This maintains the volume of blood. An increase in blood volume increases central venous pressure. This increases right atrial pressure, right ventricular end – diastolic pressure and volume. This increases ventricular stroke volume and cardiac output and arterial blood pressure.

Question 37.
Name the three main hormones that are involved in the regulation of the renal function?
Answer:
Antidiuretic hormone, aldosterone and atrial natriuretic peptide factor.

Question 38.
What is the function of antidiuretic hormone? Where is it produced and what stimuli increases or decreases its secretion?
Answer:
Antidiuretic hormone increases reabsorption of water in the kidney tubules. It is produced in the posterior lobe of the pituitary gland. When there is excess loss of fluid from the body or increase in the blood pressure, ADH is secreted more. When there is no loss of fluid from the body, it is secreted less.

Question 39.
What is the effect of aldosterone on kidneys and where is it produced?
Answer:
Aldosterone is produced by the Adrenal cortex. It increases reabsorption of sodium and water by distal convoluted tubule and increased secretion of potassium. Hence, it maintains blood volume, blood pressure and urine output.

Question 40.
What evolutionary hypothesis could explain the heart’s role in secreting a hormone that regulates renal function? What hormone is this?
Answer:
The cardiac atrial cells secrete atrial natriuretic peptide or factor. It travels to the kidney and increases blood flow to the glomerulus. It acts as vasodilator on the afferent arteriole and vasoconstrictor on efferent arteriole. It decreases aldosterone release for the adrenal cortex and decreases the release of renin Angiotensin-II. Health of the heart depends on the normal blood pressure and hence evolution might have preserved atrial natriuretic factor which acts upon the renal function.

In – Text Questions Solved

Question 1.
What is the importance of having a long loop of Henle and short loop of Henle in a nephron?
Answer:
The major function of Henle’s loop is to concentrate Na+ and Cl. The longer the Henle’s loop, the more concentrated is the urine that is above the osmotic concentration of plasma.

Question 2.
A person with cirrhosis of the liver has lower than normal levels of plasma proteins and higher than normal GFR. Explain why a decrease in plasma protein would increase GFR?
Answer:
The net filtration pressure of 10 mmHg is responsible for the renal filtration. Net filtration Pressure = Glomerular hydrostatic pressure – (Colloidal osmotic pressure + Capsular hydrostatic pressure). Therefore, when there is decrease in plasma proteins, the value of Colloidal osmotic pressure + Capsular hydrostatic pressure decreases. This contributes to the increased net filtration pressure resulting in increase of GFR.

Question 3.
List various pathways involved in the homeostatic compensation in the case of severe dehydration?
Answer:
The below flowchart shows the pathways involved in the homeostatic compensation in case of severe dehydration.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 1

  1. If there is decreased extracellular fluid volume, it increases sympathetic stimulation and decreases blood pressure and decreases fluid and sodium delivery to the distal tubule.
  2. This enhances secretion of renin.
  3. It converts angiotensinogen to angiotensen 1 and angiotensen 1 to angiotehsen 2.
  4. This increase in the angiotensen 1 increases the secretion of aldosterone which increases the reabsorption of sodium by distal tubule and increased secretion of potassium.
  5. The increase in angiotensen 2 increases thirst and reabsorption of sodium in the PCT.

Question 4.
Angiotensin Converting Enzyme inhibitors (ACE inhibitors) are used to treat high blood pressure. Using a flow chart, explain why these drugs are helpful in treating hypertension?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 2
Angiotensin Converting Enzyme inhibitors (ACE inhibitors) prevent the conversion of angiotensinogen into angiotensen I and angiotensen I into angiotensen II. This decreases the reabsorption of sodium by proximal convoluted tubule and secretion of aldosterones. This prevents the increased secretion of potassium. All these reactions help in treating hypertension.

Question 5.
Consider how different foods affect water and salt balance, and how the excretory system must respond to maintain homeostasis?
Answer:
The excessive intake of sodium chloride„i.e. common salt increases osmolarity. This increases thirst and secretion of vasopressin. The vasopressin increases reabsorption of water in the renal tubule. Kidneys prevent the loss of water. Due to intake of water due to thirst, extracellular fluid volume increases.

This stimulates kidneys to excrete salt and water to bring osmolarity to normal. When there is an increase in the blood pressure due to increase in the extracellular fluid volume, cardiovascular reflexes occur to reduce the blood pressure. This brings the volume and blood pressure to normal. Thus, the excessive intake of sodium affects the water and salt balance. The excretory system responds to those changes and maintains homeostasis.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 3

Text Book Activties Solved

Question 1.
Visit a nearby health center to observe the analysis of urine. Dip strips can be used to test urine for a range of different factors such as pH, glucose, ketones and proteins. Dip sticks for detecting glucose contain two enzymes namely, glucose oxidase and peroxidase? These two enzymes are immobilized on a small pad at one end of the stick. The pad is immersed in urine. If the urine contains glucose, a brown coloured compound is produced. The resulting colour pad is matched against a colour chart. The colour does not indicate the current blood glucose concentrations?
Answer:
Students can visit near by health centre under the guidance of the teacher.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Excretion Additional Questions & Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
The elimination of ……………………….. requires large amount of water.
(a) Urea
(b) Uric acid
(c) Ammonia
(d) creatinine
Answer:
(c) ammonia

Question 2.
Reptiles, birds, land snails and insects excrete ……………..
(a) Ammonia
(b) Urea
(c) Uric
(d) purines
Answer:
(c) uric acid

Question 3.
Solenocytes are the specialized cells for excretion in
(a) Flatworms
(b) Molluscs
(c) Insects
(d) Amphioxus
Answer:
(d) amphioxus

Question 4.
Insects have for excretion.
(a) Flame cells
(b) Malphigian tubules
(c) Solenocytes
(d) Green glands
Answer:
(b) Malphigian tubules

Question 5.
…………………… have antennal glands or green glands which perform excretory function.
(a) Insects
(b) Annelids
(c) Crustaceans
(d) Flatworms
Answer:
(c) Crustaceans

Question 6.
Reptiles produce very little ……………….. urine
(a) Hypotonic
(b) Hypertonic
(c) Isotonic
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(a) Hypotonic

Question 7.
Mammals have long Henle’s loop, hence they produce ……………………… urine.
(a) Hypotonic
(b) Hyperosmotic
(c) Isotonic
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Hyperosmotic

Question 8.
Aglomerlar kidneys of marine fishes produce little urine that is ………………………. to the body fluid.
(a) Hypotonic
(b) Hyperosmotic
(c) Isoosmotic
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Isoosmotic

Question 9.
The external parietal layer of the Bowman’s capsule is made up of simple ……………………. epithelium.
(a) Columnar
(b) Ciliated
(c) Squamous
(d) Glandular
Answer:
(c) Squamous

Question 10.
The nitrogenous wastes are formed as a result of catabolism of …………..
(a) Carbohydrates
(b) Proteins
(c) Fats
(d) Minerals
Answer:
(b) proteins

Question 11.
The net filtration pressure ………………………. of is responsible for renal filtration.
(a) 15mmHg
(b) 30 mmHg
(c) 55 mmHg
(d) 10 mmHg
Answer:
(d) 10 mmHg

Question 12.
Glucose, amino acids, Na+ and water in the filtrate are reabsorbed in the
(a) descending limb of Henle’s loop
(b) ascending limb of Henle’s loop
(c) proximal convoluted tubule
(d) distal convoluted tubule
Answer:
(c) Proximal convoluted tubule

Question 13.
Defects in ADH receptors or inability to secrete ADH leads to a condition called ……………….
(a) diabetes mellitus
(b) diabetes insipidus
(c) Cushing’s syndrome
(d) renal failure
Answer:
(b) diabetes insipidus

Question 14.
The process of release of urine from the bladder is called …………….
(a) Ultra filtration
(b) Reabsorption
(c) Micturition
(d) Secretion
Answer:
(c) Micturition

Question 15.
The pH value of human urine is ……………
(a) 7.5
(b) 6.0
(c) 4.3
(d) 9.5
Answer:
(a) 6.0

Question 16.
On an average, …………………… gm of urea is excreted per day.
(a) 10 – 15
(b) 15-20
(c) 40 – 50
Answer:
(d) 25 – 30

Question 17.
…………………….. is characterised by increase in urea and other non-protein nitrogenous substances like uric acid and creatinine.
(a) Renal calculi
(b) Uremia
(c) Glomerulonephritis
(d) Renal failure
Answer:
(b) Uremia

Question 18.
The formation of hard stone like masses in the renal tubules of renal pelvis is called ……………
(a) Uremia
(b) Micturition
(c) Renal calculi
(d) Renal failure
Answer:
(c) Renal calculi

Question 19.
The inflammation of the glomeruli of kidneys due to Streptococcus bacteria is called …………..
(a) Renal failure
(b) Uremia
(c) Glomerulonephritis
(d) Renal calculi
Answer:
(c) Glomerulonephritis

Question 20.
Through haemodialysis, ……………………….. can be removed from the blood.
(a) Ketone bodies
(b) Glucose
(c) Amino acids
(d) Urea
Answer:
(d) Urea

Question 21.
The transfer of healthy kidney from one person to another person with kidney failure is called ……………
(a) Kidney failure
(b) Haemodialysis
(c) Kidney transplantation
(d) Uremia
Answer:
(c) Kidney transplantation

II. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
……………………………. regulation is the control of tissues osmotic pressure which acts as a driving force for movement of water across biological membranes.
Answer:
Osmotic

Question 2.
……………………. regulation is the control of the ionic composition of body fluids.
Answer:
Ionic

Question 3.
……………………. is the toxic nitrogenous end product of protein catabolism.
Answer:
Ammonia

Question 4.
…………………….. are able to change their internal osmotic concentration with change in external environment.
Answer:
Osmoconformers

Question 5.
…………………….. maintain their internal osmotic concentration irrespective of their external osmotic environment.
Answer:
Osmoregulators

Question 6.
The …………………. animals can tolerate only narrow fluctuations in the salt concentration.
Answer:
stenohaline

Question 7.
The ……………………. animals are able to tolerate wide fluctuations in the salt concentrations.
Answer:
euryhaline

Question 8.
…………………….. is the waste product of protein metabolism in spiders.
Answer:
Guanine

Question 9.
…………………….. requires large amount of water for its elimination.
Answer:
Ammonia

Question 10.
…………………. is the least toxic waste product of protein metabolism.
Answer:
Uric acid

Question 11.
Animals that excrete ammonia are called …………
Answer:
Ammonoteles

Question 12.
The animals that excrete uric acid crystals are called ……………………..
Answer:
Uricoteles

Question 13.
The animals that excrete urea are called ……………………..
Answer:
Ureoteles

Question 14.
…………………….. are the excretory structures in flatworms.
Answer:
Flame cells

Question 15.
Solenocytes are the excretory cells present in ……………………..
Answer:
Amphioxus

Question 16.
…………………….. are the excretory structures in insects.
Answer:
Malphigian tubules

Question 17.
…………………….. function excretory function in prawns.
Answer:
Antennal glands/ Green glands

Question 18.
…………………….. are the structural and functional unit of kidneys.
Answer:
Nephrons

Question 19.
The right kidney is placed slightly lower than the left kidney due to the presence of ……………………..
Answer:
liver

Question 20.
The medulla of kidney is divided into a few conical tissue masses called ……………………..
Answer:
Renal pyramids

Question 21.
The urinary bladder opens into ……………………..
Answer:
Urethra

Question 22.
The Bowman’s capsule and the glomerulus together constitute the ……………………..
Answer:
Renal corpuscle

Question 23.
Some nephron have very long loop of Henle that run deep into the medulla and are called ……………………..
Answer:
Juxta medullary nephrons

Question 24.
The nitrogenous waste formed as a result of breakdown of amino acids is converted to urea in the …………………….. Ornithine cycle.
Answer:
Liver

Question 25.
The filtration of blood that takes place in the ……………………..
Answer:
Glomerulus.

Question 26.
The fluid that leaves the glomerular capillaries and enters the Bowman’s capsule is called the ……………………..
Answer:
Glomerular filtrate

Question 27.
Sodium is reabsorbed by …………………….. in the proximal convoluted Tubule.
Answer:
Active transport

Question 28.
Descending limb of Henle’s loop is permeable to water due the presence of ……………………..
Answer:
Aquaporins

Question 29.
Reabsorption of …………………….. ions regulates the pH of blood
Answer:
Bicarbonate

Question 30.
…………………….. Is the hormone that facilitates reabsorption of water by increasing the number of aquaporins on the DCT and collecting duct.
Answer:
Antidiuretic hormone/ vasopressin

Question 31.
The under secretion of ADH leads to ……………………..
Answer:
Diabetes insipidus

Question 32.
The granular cells of afferent arteriole secrete an enzyme called ……………………..
Answer:
Renin

Question 33.
Renin converts …………………….. into angiotensin.
Answer:
Angiotensinogen

Question 34.
Atrial Natriuretic Peptide or factor decreases release of …………………….. , thereby decreasing angiotensin II.
Answer:
Renin

Question 35.
The process of release of urine from the bladder is called ……………………..
Answer:
Micturition

Question 36.
The yellow colour of the urine is due to the presence of a pigment, ……………………..
Answer:
Urochrome

Question 37.
The presence of ketone bodies in the urine is called ……………………..
Answer:
Ketonuria

Question 38.
…………………….. is characterized by increase in urea and other non-protein nitrogenous substances like uric acid and creatinine in blood.
Answer:
Uremia

Question 39.
The formation of hard stone like masses in the renal tubules of renal pelvis is called ……………………..
Answer:
Renal calculi

Question 40.
Renal calculi is due to accumulation of soluble crystals of …………………….. and certain phosphates.
Answer:
Sodium oxalates

Question 41.
Renal stones can be removed by techniques like …………………….. or lithotripsy.
Answer:
Pyleothotomy

Question 42.
Inflammation of the glomeruli of both kidneys is known as ……………………..
Answer:
Glomerulonephritis/ Bright’s disease

Question 43.
haematuria, proteinuria, salt and water retention, oligouria, hypertension and pulmonary oedema are symptoms of ……………………..
Answer:
Glomerulonephritis/ Bright’s disease

Question 44.
The process of removing toxic urea from the person with kidney failure is called ……………………..
Answer:
Haemodialysis

Question 45.
…………………….. drugs are administered to the patient after kidney transplantation to avoid tissue rejection.
Answer:
Immunosuppressive

III. Answer The Following Questions

Question 1.
What is osmotic regulation?
Answer:
Osmotic regulation is the control of tissue osmotic pressure which acts as a driving force for movement of water across biological membranes.

Question 2.
What is ionic regulation?
Answer:
Ionic regulation is the control of the ionic composition of body fluids.

Question 3.
Define excretion?
Answer:
The process by which the body gets rid of the nitrogenous waste products of protein metabolism is called excretion.

Question 4.
Distinguish between Osmoconformers and Osmoregulators?
Answer:

OsmoconformersOsmoregulators
1. These animals are able to change their internal osmotic concentration with change in external environment.1. These animals maintain their internal osmotic concentration irrespective of their external osmotic environment.
2. e.g. Marine molluscs and Sharks2. e.g. Otters

Question 5.
Distinguish between Stenohaline and Euryhaline animals?
Answer:

StenohalineEuryhaline
1. These animals can tolerate only

narrow fluctuations in the salt concentration.

1. These animals are able to tolerate wide fluctuations in the salt concentrations.
2. e.g. Gold fish2. e.g. Artemia, Tilapia and Salmon.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 6.
Name some nitrogenous waste product produced by various animals?
Answer:
Some of the nitrogenous wastes produced by various animals other than ammonia, urea and uric acid are:
Jrimethyl amine oxide (TMO) in marine teleosts, guanine in spiders, hippuric acid in mammals, reptiles and other nitrogenous wastes include allantonin, allantoic acid, omithuric acid, creatinine, creatine, purines, pyramidines and pterines.

Question 7.
What are ammonotelic animals?
Answer:
Animals that excrete ammonia with excess of water are called ammonoteles. e.g., fishes, aquatic amphibians and aquatic insects.

Question 8.
What are the excretory organs of crustaceans?
Answer:
Antennal glands or green glands.

Question 9.
What is the difference between nephron present in reptiles and mammals?
Answer:
Reptiles have reduced glomerulus or lack glomerulus and Henle’s loop. Mammals have a long Henle’s loop. Reptiles produce hypotonic urine whereas mammals produce hypertonic urine.

Question 10.
Explain the structure of human excretory system?
Answer:
1. Excretory system in human consists of a pair of kidneys, a pair of ureters, urinary bladder and urethra. Kidneys are reddish brown, bean shaped structures that lie in the lumbar region between the last thoracic and third lumber vertebra.

2. The right kidney is slightly lower than the left kidney. Each kidney weighs about 120-170 grams. The outer layer of the kidney is covered by three layers of supportive tissues namely, renal fascia, perirenal fat capsule and fibrous capsule.

3. The longitudinal section of kidney shows an outer cortex, inner medulla and pelvis. The medulla is divided into a few conical tissue masses called medullary pyramids or renal pyramids.

4. The part of cortex that extends in between the medullary pyramids is the renal columns of Bertini. The centre of the inner concave surface of the kidney has a notch called the renal hilum.

5. Through this ureter, blood vessels and nerves innervate. There is a broad funnel shaped space called the renal pelvis with projection called calyces.

6. The walls of the calyces, pelvis and ureter have smooth muscles. The calyces collect the urine and empties into the ureter. It is stored in the urinary bladder temporarily. The urinary bladder opens into the urethra through which urine is expelled out.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 4

Question 11.
Explain the structure of Nephron?
Answer:
Each kidney has nearly one million tubular structures called nephrons. Each nephron consists of a filtering corpuscle called renal corpuscle or malphigian body and a renal tubule. The renal tubule opens into a longer tubule called the collecting duct. The renal corpuscle has a double walled cup shaped structure called the Bowman’s capsule. It encloses a ball of capillaries called the glomerulus.

The Bowman’s capsule and the Glomerulus together constitute the renal corpuscle. The endothelium of glomerulus has many pores called fenestrae.

The external parietal layer of the Bowman’s capsule is made up of simple squamous epithelium. The visceral layer is made of epithelial cells called podocytes. The podocytes end in foot processes which cling to the basement membrane of the glomerulus. The openings between the foot processes are called filtration slits.

The renal tubule continues further to form the proximal convoluted tubule, Henle’s loop and the distal convoluted tubule. The Henle’s loop has a thin descending limb and a thick ascending limb.

The distal convoluted tubule of many nephrons open into a collecting duct. The proximal and the distal convoluted tubule are situated in the cortical region whereas the Henle’s loop is situated in the medullary region of the kidney.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 5

Question 12.
Explain the mechanism of urine formation in human?
Answer:
The nitrogenous waste formed as a result of breakdown of amino acids is converted to urea in the liver by the Ornithine cycle or urea cycle. Urine formation involves three main processes:

  1. Glomerular filtration
  2. Tubular reabsorption
  3. Tubular secretion

1. Glomerular Filtration:
Blood enters the kidney from the renal artery, into the glomerulus. The glomerular membrane has a large surface area and is more permeable to water and small molecules present in the blood plasma.

Blood enters the glomerulus faster with greater force through the afferent arteriole and leaves the glomerulus through the efferent arterioles, much slower. This is because of the wider afferent arteriole and glomerular hydrostatic pressure which is around 55 mm Hg.

This is the chief force that pushes water and solutes out of the blood and across the filtration membrane. The pressure is much higher than in other capillary beds. The colloidal osmotic pressure (30 mm Hg) and the capsular hydrostatic pressure (15 mm Hg) are the opposing forces.

The net filtration pressure of 10 mm Hg is responsible for the renal filtration.
Net filtration pressure = Glomerular hydrostatic pressure – (Colloidal osmotic pressure + Capsular hydrostatic pressure) = 55 mm Hg – (30 mm Hg + 15 mm Hg) = 10 mm Hg.

The effective glomerular pressure of 10 mm Hg results in ultrafiltration. The fluid that leaves the glomerular capillaries and enters the Bowman’s capsule is called the glomerular filtrate.

It is similar to blood plasma except that there are no plasma proteins. Kidneys produce about 180L of glomerular filtrate in 24 hours. It has water, glucose, amino acids and minerals along with urea and other nitrogenous waste.

2. Tubular Reabsorption:
The substances of glomerular filtrate are reabsorbed by the renal tubules as they are needed by the body. This process is called selective reabsorption.

In the Proximal Convoluted Tubule, glucose, lactate, amino acids, Na+ and water are reabsorbed. Sodium is reabsorbed by active transport through sodium-potassium pump. The descending limb of Henle’s loop is permeable to water due to the presence of aquaporins, but impermeable to salts.

Water is lost in this region and hence Na+ and Cl gets concentrated in the filtrate. In the ascending limb of Henle’s loop, Na+, Cl and K+ are reabsorbed. This region is impermeable to water. The distal convoluted tubule reabsorbs water and secretes potassium into the tubule. Na+, Cl and water remains in the filtrate. In the collecting duct, water and Na+ are reabsorbed and K+ is secreted.

3. Tubular secretion:
In this process, substances such as H+, K+, NH4+, creatinine and organic acids move into the filtrate from the peritubular capillaries into the tubular fluid. Human produces 1.5 L of urine per day.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 6Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 6a
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 7Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 7a

Question 13.
What is Diabetes insipidus?
Answer:
The defect in the production of ADH results in the excretion of large quantities of dilute urine, this is called Diabetes insipidus. This results in the dehydration and fall in blood pressure.

Question 14.
What is Micturition?
Answer:
The process of release of urine from the bladder is called micturition or urination.

Question 15.
What is the nature of urine of human being?
Answer:
The urine formed is a yellow coloured watery fluid which is slightly acidic in nature (pH 6.0).

Question 16.
What is glucosuria and ketonuria?
Answer:
The presence of glucose in the urine is called glucosuria. The presence of ketone bodies in the urine is called ketonuria. These are the indications of Diabetes Mellitus.

Question 17.
Name the pigment present in the urine?
Answer:
The yellow colour of the urine is due to the presence of pigment urochrome.

Question 18.
Explain the excretory role of other organs?
Answer:

  • Lungs: Lungs remove large quantities of carbon dioxide (18 L /day) and significant quantities of water.
  • Liver: Liver secretes bile which contain bilirubin, biliverdin, cholesterol, steroid hormones, vitamins and drugs. These are excreted out along with the digestive wastes. .
  • Skin: Sweat glands eliminate certain wastes like urea and lactate. Sebaceous glands eliminate sterols, hydrocarbons and waxes through serum.
  • Saliva: Small quantities of nitrogenous wastes are excreted through saliva.

Question 19.
Explain the hormones regulating the kidney function?
Answer:
Antidiuretic hormone or Vasopressin, juxtaglomerular apparatus and atrial natriuretic factor regulate the kidney function. Antidiuretic hormone or Vasopressin When there is excessive loss of fluid from the body or when there is an increase in the blood pressure, the osmoreceptors of the hypothalamus stimulates the neurohypophysis to secrete the antidiuretic hormone or vasopressin.

It facilitates reabsorption of water by increasing the number of aquaporins on the cell surface membrane of the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct.

When the water loss from the body is less or when you drink excess amount of juice, osmoreceptors stop secreting ADH and the aquaporins of the collecting ducts move into the cytoplasm. Hence dilute urine is produced to maintain the blood volume.

Renin angiotensin:
Juxtaglomerular apparatus (JGA) is a specialized tissue in the afferent arteriole of the nephron. It consists of macula densa and granular cells. The macula densa cells sense distal tubular flow and affect afferent arteriole diameter.

The granular cells secrete an enzyme called renin. A fall in glomerular blood flow, glomerular blood pressure and glomerular filtration rate, can activate JG cells to release renin.

This converts angiotensinogen into angiotensin-I. Angiotensin converting enzyme converts angiotensin-I to angiotensin- II. Angiotensin-II stimulates Na+ reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule by vasoconstriction of the blood vessels and increases the glomerular blood pressure.

Angiotensin- II stimulate adrenal cortex to secrete aldosterone that causes reabsorption of Na+, K+ excretion and absorption of water from the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct. This increases the glomerular blood pressure and glomerular filtration rate. This complex mechanism is generally known as Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System (RAAS).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 8 Excretion img 8

Atrial natriuretic factor:
Excessive stretch of cardiac atrial cells cause an increase in blood flow to the atria of the heart and release Atrial Natriuretic Peptide or Factor (ANF). It travels to the kidney where it increases Na+ excretion and increases the blood flow to the glomerulus, acting as vasodilator on the afferent glomerular arterioles and as a vasoconstrictor on efferent arterioles.

It decreases aldosterone release from the adrenal cortex and decreases release of renin, thereby decreasing angiotensin-II. ANF acts antagonistically to the renin-angiotensin system, aldosterone and vasopressin.

Question 20.
Write a short note on urinary tract infection?
Answer:
Female’s urethra is very short and its external opening is close to the anal opening, hence improper toilet habits can easily carry faecal bacteria into the urethra. The urethral mucosa is continuous with the urinary tract and the inflammation of the urethra (urethritis) can ascend the tract to cause bladder inflammation (cystitis) or even renal inflammation (pyelitis or pyelonephritis).

Symptoms include dysuria (painful urination), urinary urgency, fever and sometimes cloudy or blood tinged urine. When the kidneys are inflammed, back pain and severe headache often occur. Most urinary tract infections can be treated by antibiotics.

Question 21.
Write a short note on Renal Failure or Kidney Failure?
Answer:
Failure of the kidneys to excrete wastes may lead to accumulation of urea with marked reduction in the urine output. Renal failure are of two types, acute and chronic renal failure.

In acute renal failure the kidney stops its function abruptly, but there are chances for recovery of kidney functions. In chronic renal failure there is a progressive loss of function of the nephrons which gradually decreases the function of kidneys.

Question 22.
Write a short note on Uremia?
Answer:
Uremia is characterized by increase in urea and other non-protein nitrogenous substances like uric acid and creatinine in blood. Normal urea level in human blood is about 17-30 mg/100 mL of blood. The urea concentration rises as 10 times of normal levels during chronic renal failure.

Question 23.
Write a short note on Renal calculi?
Answer:
Renal calculi, also called renal stone or nephrolithiasis, is the formation of hard stone like masses in the renal tubules of renal pelvis. It is mainly due to the accumulation of soluble crystals of salts of sodium oxalates and certain phosphates. This result in severe pain called “renal colic pain” and can cause scars in the kidneys. Renal stones can be removed by techniques like pyleothotomy or lithotripsy.

Question 24.
Write a short note on Glomerulonephritis?
Answer:
Glomerulonephritis is also called Bright’s disease and is characterized by inflammation of the glomeruli of both kidneys and is usually due to post-streptococcal infection that occurs in children. Symptoms are haematuria, proteinuria, salt and water retention, oligouria, hypertension and pulmonary oedema.

Question 25.
Write a short note on Haemodialysis?
Answer:
Malfunction of the kidneys can lead to accumulation of urea and other toxic substances, leading to kidney failure. In such patients toxic urea can be removed from the blood by a process called haemodialysis. A dialyzing machine or an artificial kidney is connected to the patient’s body. A dialyzing machine consists of a long cellulose tube surrounded by the dialysing fluid in a water bath.

The patient’s blood is drawn from a convenient artery and pumped into the dialysing unit after adding an anticoagulant like heparin. The tiny pores in the dialysis tube allows small molecules such as glucose, salts and urea to enter into the water bath, whereas blood cells and protein molecules do not enter these pores.

This stage is similar to the filtration process in the glomerulus. The dialysing liquid in the water bath consists of solution of salt and sugar in correct proportion in order to prevent loss of glucose and essential salts from the blood. The cleared blood is then pumped back to the body through a vein.

Question 26.
Write a short note on Kidney Transplantation?
Answer:
Kidney Transplantation is the ultimate method for correction of acute renal failures. This involves transfer of healthy kidney from one person (donor) to another person with kidney failure.

The donated kidney may be taken from a healthy person who is declared brain dead or from sibling or close relatives to minimise the chances of rejection by the immune system of the host. Immunosuppressive drugs are usually administered to the patient to avoid tissue rejection.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 8 Excretion textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 13 Mineral Nutrition from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 13 Mineral Nutrition Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 13 Mineral Nutrition Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 13 Mineral Nutrition Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Photosynthesis Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Questions 1.
Assertion (A): Increase in Proton gradient inside lumen responsible for ATP synthesis.
Reason (R): Oxygen evolving complex of PS I located on thylakoid membrane facing Stroma, releases H+ ions.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are True.
(b) Assertion is True and Reason is False.
(c) Reason is True and Assertion is False.
(d) Both Assertion and Reason are False.
Answer:
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are True.

Question 2.
Which chlorophyll molecule does not have a phytol tail?
(a) Chl – a
(b) Chl – b
(c) Chl – c
(d) Chl – d
Answer:
(c) Chl – c

Question 3.
The correct sequence of flow of electrons in the light reaction is:
(a) PS II, plastoquinone, cytochrome, PS I, ferredoxin.
(b) PS I, plastoquinone, cytochrome, PS II ferredoxin.
(c) PS II, ferredoxin, plastoquinone, cytochrome, PS I.
(d) PS I, plastoquinone, cytochrome, PS II, ferredoxin.
Answer:
(a) PS II, plastoquinone, cytochrome, PS I, ferredoxin.

Question 4.
For every CO2 molecule entering the C3 cycle, the number of ATP & NADPH required:
(a) 2 ATP + 2 NADPH
(b) 2 ATP + 3 NADPH
(c) 3 ATP + 2 NADPH
(d) 3 ATP + 3 NADPH
Answer:
(c) 3 ATP + 2 NADPH.

Question 5.
Identify true statement regarding light reaction of photosynthesis?
(a) Splitting of water molecule is associate with PS I.
(b) PS I and PS II involved in the formation of NDPH + H+.
(c) The reaction center of PS I is Chlorophyll a with absorption peak at 680 nm.
(d) The reaction center of PS II is Chlorophyll a with absorption peak at 700 nm.
Answer:
(b) PS I and PS II involved in the formation of NDPH + H+.

Question 6.
Two groups (A & B) of bean plants of similar size and same leaf area were placed in identical conditions. Group A was exposed to light of wavelength 400 – 450 nm and Group B to light of wavelength of 500 – 550 nm. Compare the photosynthetic rate of the 2 groups giving reasons.
Answer:
The rate of photosynthesis in group A bean plants is more than what is found in Group B plants because the rate of absorption of light is more at the wavelength is less beyond the wavelength of 500 – 550 nm.

Question 7.
A tree is believed to be releasing oxygen during night time. Do you believe the truthfulness of this statement? Justify your answer by giving reasons?
Answer:
Yes, a tree is believed to be releasing O2 during night time because at night CAM plants fix CO2 with the help of phospho Enol Pyruvic acid and produce oxala acetic acid, which is converted into malic acid like C4 cycle.

Question 8.
Grasses have an adaptive mechanism to compensate. photorespiratory losses – Name and describe the mechanism.
Answer:
Rate of respiration is more in light than in dark. Photorespiration is the excess respiration taking place in photosynthetic cells due to absence of CO2 and increase of O2. This condition changes the carboxylase role of RUBISCO into oxygenase. C2 Cycle takes place in chloroplast, peroxisome and mitochondria. RUBP is converted into PGA and a 2C – compound phosphoglycolate by Rubisco enzyme in chloroplast. Since the first product is a 2C – compound, this cycle is known as C2 Cycle. Phosphoglycolate by loss of phosphate becomes glycolate.

Glycolate formed in chloroplast enters into peroxisome to form glyoxylate and hydrogen peroxide. Glyoxylate is converted into glycine and transferred into mitochondria. In mitochondria, two molecules of glycine combine to form serine. Serine enters into peroxisome to form hydroxy pyruvate. Hydroxy pyruvate with help of NADH + H+ becomes glyceric acid. Glyceric acid is cycled back to chloroplast utilising ATP and becomes Phosphoglyceric acid (PGA) and v enters into the Calvin cycle (PCR cycle). Photorespiration does not yield any free energy in the form of ATP. Under certain conditions 50% of the photosynthetic potential is lost because of Photorespiration

Question 9.
In Botany class, teacher explains, Synthesis of one glucose requires 30 ATPs in C4 plants and only 18 ATPs in C3 plants. The same teacher explains C4 plants are more advantageous than C3 plants. Can you identify the reason for this contradiction?
Answer:
C4 plants requires 30 ATPs and 12 NADPH + H+ to synthesize one glucose, but C3 plants require only 18 ATPs and 12 NADPH + H+ to synthesize one glucose molecule. If then, how can you say C4 plants are more advantageous? C4 plants are more advantageous than C3 plants because C4 photosynthesis is advantages over C3 plant, because C4 photosynthesis avoids photorespiration and is thus potentially more efficient than C3 plants. Due to the absense of photorespiration, carbon di oxide compensation point for C4 is lower than that of C3 plants.

Question 10.
When there is plenty of light and higher concentration of O2, what kind of pathway does the plant undergo? Analyse the reasons.
Answer:
The rate of photosynthesis decreases when there is an increase of oxygen concentration. This Inhibitory effect of oxygen was first discovered by Warburg (1920) using green algae, Chlorella.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Photosynthesis Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose the correct answer (1 Mark)
Question 1.
Photosynthesis is the major:
(a) endothermic reaction
(b) exothermic reaction
(c) endergonic reaction
(d) exergonic reaction
Answer:
(c) endergonic reaction

Question 2.
Who has first explained the importance chlorophyll in photosynthesis:
(a) Joseph Priestly
(b) Dutrochet
(c) Stephen Hales
(d) Lovoisier
Answer:
(b) Dutrochet

Question 3.
How many million tonnes of dry matter produced annually by photosynthesis?
(a) 1700 million tonnes
(b) 1900 million tonnes
(c) 1400 million tonnes
(d) 2000 million tonnes
Answer:
(a) 1700 million tonnes

Question 4.
Who received 1988 Nobel prize for his work on photosynthesis in Rhodobacter:
(a) Emerson and Arnold
(b) Ruben and Kamem
(c) Arnon, Allen and Whatley
(d) Huber, Michael and Dissenhofer
Answer:
(d) Huber, Michael and Dissenhofer

Question 5.
Thylakoid disc diameter is:
(a) 0.35 to 0.75 microns
(b) 0.25 to 0.8 microns
(c) 0.45 to 0.8 microns
(d) 0.50 to 0.9 microns
Answer:
(b) 0.25 to 0.8 microns

Question 6.
Indicate the correct statement:
(a) Grana lamellae have only PS I
(b) Stroma lamellae have only PS II
(c) Grana lamellae have both PS I and PS II
(d) Stroma lamellae have both PS I and PS II
Answer:
(c) Grana lamellae have both PS I and PS II

Question 7.
Match the following:

A. Cyanobacteria(i) Chlorophyll D
B. Green algae(ii) Chlorophyll C
C. Brown algae(iii) Chlorophyll A
D. Red algae(iv) Chlorophyll B

(a) A – (iii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (ii)
(b) A – (ii); B – (iii); C – (iv); D – (i)
(c) A – (iii); B – (iv); C – (i); D – (ii)
(d) A – (iii); B – (iv); C – (ii); D – (i)
Answer:
(d) A – (iii); B – (iv); C – (ii); D – (i)

Question 8.
Each pyrrole ring comprises of:
(a) six carbons and one nitrogen atom
(b) three carbons and one nitrogen atom
(c) four carbons and one nitrogen atom
(d) four carbons and two nitrogen atom
Answer:
(c) four carbons and one nitrogen atom

Question 9.
Biosynthesis of chlorophyll ‘a’ requires:
(a) Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, Mn, K and nitrogen
(b) Mg, Fe, Cu, Mo, Mn, K and nitrogen
(c) Mg, Cu, Zn, Mo, Mn, K and nitrogen
(d) Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, Mo, K and nitrogen
Answer:
(a) Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, Mn, K and nitrogen

Question 10.
Pheophytin resembles chlorophyll ‘a’ except that it lacks:
(a) Fe atom
(b) Mn atom
(c) Mg atom
(d) Cu atom
Answer:
(c) Mg atom

Question 11.
Almost all carotenoid pigments have:
(a) 50 carbon atoms
(b) 40 carbon atoms
(c) 30 carbon atoms
(d) 60 carbon atoms
Answer:
(b) 40 carbon atoms

Question 12.
Which one of the photosynthetic pigments is called shield pigment:
(a) carotenes
(b) chlorophyll ‘b’
(c) pheophytin
(d) carotenoids
Answer:
(d) carotenoids

Question 13.
The visible spectrum of light ranges between:
(a) 200 to 2800 nm
(b) 300 to 2600 nm
(c) 200 to 800 nm
(d) 300 to 2400 nm
Answer:
(b) 300 to 2600 nm

Question 14.
Photosynthetic rate of red light (650 nm) is equal to:
(a) 42.5
(b) 10.0
(c) 43.5
(d) 40.8
Answer:
(c) 43.5

Question 15.
Indicate the correct statement in respect to Hill’s reaction:
(i) During photosynthesis oxygen is evolved from water
(ii) Electrons for the reduction of CO2 are obtained from H2S.
(iii) During photosynthesis oxygen is evolved from CO2
(iv) Electrons for the reduction of CO2 are obtained from water

(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (i) and (iv)
(d) (ii) and (iv)
Answer:
(c) (i) and (iv)

Question 16.
Phosphorylation taking place during respiration is called as:
(a) Photophorylation
(b) Oxidative phosphorylation
(c) Reductive phosphorylation
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Oxidative phosphorylation

Question 17.
Find out the odd one:
(a) Ferredoxin
(b) Succinate
(c) Cytochrome b6 – f
(d) Plastocyanin
Answer:
(b) Succinate

Question 18.
In bio – energetics of light reaction, to release one electron from pigment system it requires:
(a) two quanta of light
(b) four quanta of light
(c) one quanta of light
(d) eight quanta of light
Answer:
(a) two quanta of light

Question 19.
Chemiosmatic theory was proposed by:
(a) S. Michael
(b) R. Hill
(c) P. Mitchell
(d) G. Root
Answer:
(c) P. Mitchell

Question 20.
In C4 plants, how many ATPs and NADPH + H+ are utilised for the release of one oxygen molecule:
(a) 3 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+
(b) 4 ATPs and 3 NADPH + H+
(c) 2 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+
(d) 5 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+
Answer:
(d) 5 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+

Question 21.
The key enzyme in the carboxylation reaction is:
(a) Ribulose dehydrogenase
(b) Carboxylase
(c) Carboxylase oxygenase
(d) Carboxyl anhydrase
Answer:
(c) Carboxylase oxygenase

Question 22.
In sugarcane plant, the dicarboxylic acid pathway was first discovered by:
(a) Hatch and Slack
(b) Kortschak, Hart and Burr
(c) Calvin and Benson
(d) Mitchell and Root
Answer:
(b) Kortschak, Hart and Burr

Question 23.
In bundle sheath cells, malic acid undergoes dicarboxylation and produces 3 carbon compound:
(a) Glyceric acid and CO2
(b) Glyceraldehyde and CO2
(c) Pyruvic acid and CO2
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Pyruvic acid and CO2

Question 24.
Indicate the correct answer:
(a) C4 plants are adapted to only rainy conditions
(b) C4 plants are partially adapted to drought condition
(c) C4 plants are exclusively adapted to desert condition
(d) C4 plants are adapted to aquatic condition
Answer:
(b) C4 plants are partially adapted to drought condition

Question 25.
Crassulacean acid metabolism or CAM cycle was first observed in:
(a) sugarcane
(b) bryophyllum
(c) mango
(d) banana
Answer:
(b) bryophyllum

Question 26.
Glycolate protects plant cells from:
(a) Photophosphorylation
(b) Photo reduction
(c) Photo oxidation
(d) Photolysis
Answer:
(c) Photo oxidation

Question 27.
The important external factors affecting photosynthesis are:
(a) light, chlorophyll, temperature
(b) light, stomatal opening, oxygen
(c) light, protoplasmic factor, oxygen
(d) light, CO2 and oxygen
Answer:
(d) light, CO2 and oxygen

Question 28.
Hormones like gibberellin:
(a) increases the rate of photosynthesis
(b) increase respiration
(c) decrease the rate of photosynthesis
(d) decrease the rate of transpiration
Answer:
(a) increases the rate of photosynthesis

Question 29.
Bacterial photosynthesis differs from higher plant photosynthesis in:
(a) utilizing water as electron donar
(b) releasing O2
(c) releasing sulphur instead of oxygen
(d) utilizing SO2 as electron donar
Answer:
(c) releasing sulphur instead of oxygen

Question 30.
Splitting of water molecule (photolysis) produces:
(a) hydrogen and oxygen
(b) electrons, protons and oxygen
(c) electrons and oxygen
(d) hydrogen, carbon di oxide and oxygen
Answer:
(b) electrons, protons and oxygen

II. Answer the following (2 Marks)

Question 1.
What is the function of plant in the universe?
Answer:
Plants are the major machinery which produce organic compounds like carbohydrates,lipids, proteins, nucleic acids and other biomolecules.

Question 2.
Define photosynthesis.
Answer:
Photosynthesis is referred as photochemical oxidation and reduction reactions carried out with help of light, converting solar energy into Chemical energy.

Question 3.
What is the site of photosynthesis?
Answer:
Chloroplasts are the main site of photosynthesis and both energy yielding process (Light reaction) and fixation of carbon dioxide (Dark reaction) that takes place in chloroplast.

Question 4.
What is thylakoid? Explain how they are arranged?
Answer:
A sac like membranous system called thylakoid or lamellae is present in stroma and they are arranged one above the other forming a stack of coin like structure called granum (plural grana).

Question 5.
Endosymbiotic hypothesis says that chloroplasts evolved from bacteria. Substantiate the statement.
Answer:
Presence of 70S ribosome and DNA gives them status of semi-autonomy and proves endosymbiotic hypothesis which says chloroplast evolved from bacteria.

Question 6.
Define photosynthetic pigment.
Answer:
A photosynthetic pigment is a pigment that is present in chloroplasts or photosynthetic bacteria which captures the light energy necessary for photosynthesis.

Question 7.
Match the following:

A. Xanthophyll(i) Lycopene
B. Phycocyanin(ii) Red algae
C. Carotene(iii) Brown algae
D. Phycoerythin(iv) Cyanobacteria

Answer:
A – (iii), B – (iv), C – (i), D – (ii).

Question 8.
What are Xanthophylls?
Answer:
Yellow (C40H56O2) pigments are like carotenes but contain oxygen. Lutein is responsible for yellow colour change of leaves during autumn season. Examples: Lutein, Violaxanthin and Fueoxanthin.

Question 9.
Write down any two properties of light.
Answer:
Two properties of light:

  1. Light is a transverse electromagnetic wave.
  2. It consists of oscillating electric and magnetic fields that are perpendicular to each other and perpendicular to the direction of propagation of the light.

Question 10.
Define absorption spectrum.
Answer:
Pigments absorb different wavelengths of light. A curve obtained by plotting the amount of absorption of different wavelengths of light by a pigment is called its absorption spectrum.

Question 11.
Define the term fluorescence.
Answer:
The electron from first singlet state (SI) returns to ground state (SO) by releasing energy in the form of radiation energy (light) in the red region and this is known as fluorescence.

Question 12.
What is known as substrate level phosphorylation?
Answer:
Phosphorylation taking place during respiration is called as oxidative phosphorylation and ATP produced by the breakdown of substrate is known as substrate level phosphorylation.

Question 13.
Define photophosphorylation.
Answer:
Phosphorylation is the process of synthesis of ATP by the addition of inorganic phosphate to ADP. The addition of phosphate here takes place with the help of light generated electron and so it is called as photophosphorylation.

Question 14.
What are the phases of dark reaction?
Answer:
Dark reaction consists of three phases:

  • Carboxylation (fixation)
  • Reduction (Glycolytic Reversal)
  • Regeneration

Question 15.
What are significance of photo respiration?
Answer:
Significance of photo respiration:

  1. Glycine and Serine synthesised during this process are precursors of many biomolecules like chlorophyll, proteins, nucleotides.
  2. It consumes excess NADH + H+ generated.
  3. Glycolate protects cells from Photo oxidation.

Question 16.
What is meant by carbon dioxide compensation point?
Answer:
When the rate of photosynthesis equals the rate of respiration, there is no exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide and this is called as carbon dioxide compensation point.

Question 17.
What, are the internal factors, that affect photosynthesis?
Answer:
Pigments, protoplasmic factor, accumulation of carbohydrates, anatomy of leaf and hormones.

Question 18.
What are the air pollutants, that affect rate of photosynthesis?
Answer:
Pollutants like SO2, NO2, O3 (Ozone) and Smog affect rate of photosynthesis.

Question 19.
How does water affect the rate of photosynthesis?
Answer:
Photolysis of water provides electrons and protons for the reduction of NADP, directly. Indirect roles are stomatal movement and hydration of protoplasm. During water stress, supply of NADPH + H+ is affected.

Question 20.
Name any three photosynthetic bacteria.
Answer:
Three photosynthetic bacteria:

  1. Chlorobacterium
  2. Thiospirillum
  3. Rodhospirillum

III. Answer the following. (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Mention any three significance of photosynthesis.
Answer:
Three significance of photosynthesis:

  1. Photosynthetic organisms provide food for all living organisms on earth either directly or indirectly.
  2. It is the only natural process that liberates oxygen in the atmosphere and balances the oxygen level.
  3. Photosynthesis balances the oxygen and carbon cycle in nature.

Question 2.
How is the chlorophyll synthesized?
Answer:
Chlorophyll is synthesized from intermediates of respiration and photosynthesis. Succinic acid an intermediate of Krebs cycle is activated by the addition of coenzyme A and it reacts with a simple amino acid glycine and the reaction goes on to produce chlorophyll ‘a’. Biosynthesis of chlorophyll ‘a’ requires Mg, Fe, Cu, Zn, Mn, K and nitrogen. The absence of any one of these minerals leads to chlorosis.

Question 3.
What are phycobilins?
Answer:
They are proteinaceous pigments, soluble in water, and do not contain Mg and Phytol tail. They exist in two forms such as:

  1. Phycocyanin found in cyanobacteria.
  2. Phycoerythin found in rhodophycean algae (Red algae).

Question 4.
What are the conclusions of Hill’s reaction?
Answer:
The conclusions of Hill’s reaction:

  1. During photosynthesis oxygen is evolved from water.
  2. Electrons for the reduction of CO2 are obtained from water.
  3. Reduced substance produced, later helps to reduce CO2.

Question 5.
What is meant by ground state?
Answer:
The action of photon plays a vital role in excitation of pigment molecules to release an electron. When the molecules absorb a photon, it is in excited state. When the light source turned off, the high energy electrons return to their normal low energy orbitals as the excited molecule goes back to its original stable condition known as ground state.

Question 6.
Explain the term phosphorescence.
Answer:
Electron from Second Singlet State (S2) may return to next higher energy level (S1) by losing some of its extra energy in the form of heat. From first singlet state (S1) electron further drops to first triplet state (T1). Triplet State is unstable having half life time of 10-3 seconds and electrons returns to ground state with emission of light in red region called as phosphorescence. Phosphorescence is the delayed emission of absorbed radiations. Pathway of electron during Phosphorescence:
S2 → S1 → T1 → S0

Question 7.
Describe the method of carboxylation.
Answer:
The acceptor molecule Ribulose 1,5 Bisphosphate (RUBP) a 5 carbon compound with the help of RUBP carboxylase oxygenase (RUBISCO) enzyme accepts one molecule of carbon dioxide to form an unstable 6 carbon compound. This 6C compound is broken down into two molecules of 3 – carbon compound phospho glyceric acid (PGA).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 7

Question 8.
Explain the phase – 3 of dark reaction.
Answer:
Regeneration of RUBP involves the formation of several intermediate compounds of 6 – carbon, 5 – carbon, 4 – carbon and 7 – carbon skeleton. Fixation of one carbon dioxide requires 3 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+, and for the fixation of 6 CO2 requires 18 ATPs and 12 NADPH + H+ during C3 cycle. One 6 carbon compound is the net gain to form hexose sugar.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 1
Overall equation for dark reaction:
6CO2 + 18 ATP + 12 NADPH + H+ → C6H12O6 + 6H2O + 18 ADP + 18 Pi + 12 NADP+

Question 9.
What is meant by dicarfioxylic acid pathway?
Answer:
C4 pathway is completed in two phases, first phase takes place in stroma of mesophyll cells, where the CO2 acceptor mblecule is 3 – Carbon compound, phospho enol pyruvate (PEP) to form 4 – carbon Oxalo acetic acid (OAA). The first product is a 4 – carbon and so it is named as C4 cycle. Oxalo acetic acid is a dicarbokylic acid and hence this cycle is also known as dicarboxylic acid pathway.

Question 10.
Mention the significances of C4 cycle.
Answer:
The significances of C4 cycle:

  1. Plants having C4 cycle are mainly of tropical and sub – tropical regions and are able to survive in environment with low CO2 concentration.
  2. C4 plants are partially adapted to drought conditions.
  3. Oxygen has no inhibitory effect on C4 cycle since PEP carboxylase is insensitive to O2.
  4. Due to absence of photorespiration, CO2 Compensation Point for C4 is lower than that of C3 plants.

Question 11.
What is the type of carbon pathway in xerophytic plants?
Answer:
Crassulacean Acid Metabolism or CAM cycle is one of the carbon pathways identified in succulent plants growing in semi – arid or xerophytic condition. This was first observed in crassulaceae family plants like Bryophyllum, Sedum, Kalanchoe and is the reason behind the name of this cycle. It is also noticed in plants from other families eg: Agave, Opuntia, Pineapple and Orchids.

Question 12.
what are the significance of CAM cycle?
Answer:
The significance of CAM cycle:

  1. It is advantageous for succulent plants to obtain CO2 from malic acid when stomata are closed.
  2. During day time stomata are closed and CO2 is not taken but continue their photosynthesis.
  3. Stomata are closed during the day time and help the plants to avoid transpiration and water loss.

IV. Answer the following (5 Marks)

Question 1.
Explain in detail about absorption spectrum and action spectrum of light.
Answer:
1. Absorption spectrum: The term absorption refers to complete retention of light, without reflection or transmission. Pigments absorb different Wavelengths of light. A curve obtained by plotting the amount of absorption of different wavelengths of light by a pigment is called its absorption spectrum.

  • Chlorophyll ‘a’ and chlorophyll ‘b’ absorb quanta from blue and red region.
  • Maximum absorption peak for different forms of chlorophyll ‘a’ is 670 to 673, 680 to 683 and 695 to 705 nm.
  • Chlorophyll ‘a’ 680 (P680) and Chlorophyll ‘a’ 700 (P700) function as trap centre for PS II and PS I respectively.

2. Action Spectrum: The effectiveness of different wavelength of light on photosynthesis is measured by plotting against quantum yield. The curve showing the rate of photosynthesis at different wavelengths of light is called action spectrum. From the graph showing action spectrum, it can be concluded that maximum photosynthesis takes place in blue and red region of the spectrum. This wavelength of the spectrum is the absorption maxima for Chlorophyll (a) and Chlorophyll (b). The Action Spectrum is instrumental in the discovery of the existence of two photosystems in O2 evolving photosynthesis.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 2

Question 2.
Distinguish between Photo system – I and photo system – II
Answer:
Photo system – I:

  1. The reaction centre is P700.
  2. PS I is involved in both cyclic and non – cyclic.
  3. Not involved in photolysis of water and evolution of oxygen.
  4. It receives electrons from PS II during non – cyclic photophosphorylation.
  5. Located in unstacked region granum facing chloroplast stroma.
  6. Chlorophyll and Carotenoid ratio is 20 to 30 : 1.

Photo system – II:

  1. Reaction centre is P680.
  2. PS II participates in Non – cyclic pathway.
  3. Photolysis of water and evolution of oxygen take place.
  4. It receives electrons by photolysis of water.
  5. Located in stacked region of thylakoid membrane facing lumen of thylakoid.
  6. Chlorophyll and Carotenoid ratio is 3 to 7 : 1.

Question 3.
Explain the process of photolysis of photolysis water with suitable diagram.
Answer:
The process of Photolysis is associated with Oxygen Evolving Complex (OEC) or water splitting complex in pigment system II and is catalysed by the presence of Mn++ and Cl. When the pigment system II is active it receives light and the water molecule splits into OH ions and H+ ions. The OHions unite to form water molecules again and release O2 and electrons. Photolysis of water is due to strong oxidant which is yet unknown and designated as Z or Yz.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 3
Widely accepted theory proposed by Kok et al., (1970) explaining photo – oxidation of water is water oxidizing clock (or) S’ State Mechanism. It consists of a series of 5 states called as S0, S1, S2, S3 and S4. Each state acquires positive charge by a photon (hv) and after the S4 state it acquires 4 positive charges, four electrons and evolution of oxygen. Two molecules of water go back to the S0. At the end of photolysis 4H+, 4e and O2 are evolved from water.

Question 4.
Describe the process of non – cyclic photophosphorylation.
Answer:
When photons are activated reaction centre of pigment system II (P680), electrons are moved to the high energy level. Electrons from high energy state passes through series of electron carriers like pheophytin, plastoquinone, cytochrome complex, plastocyanin and finally accepted by PS I (P700). During this movement of electrons from PS II to PS I ATP is generated. PS I (P700) is activated by light, electrons are moved to high energy state and accepted by electron acceptor molecule ferredoxin reducing Substance (FRS). During the downhill movement through ferredoxin, electrons are transferred to NADP+ and reduced into NADPH + H+ (H+ formed from splitting of water by light).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 4
Electrons released from the photosystem II are not cycled back. It is used for the reduction of NADP+ in to NADPH + H+. During the electron transport it generates ATP and hence this type of photophosphorylation is called non – cyclic photophosphorylation. The electron flow looks like the appearance of letter ‘Z’ and so known as Z scheme.

When there is availability of NADP+ for reduction and when there is splitting of water molecules both PS I and PS II are activated. Non-cyclic electron transport PS I and PS II both are involved co – operatively to transport electrons from water to MADP+. In oxygenic species non – cyclic electron transport takes place in three stages.

  1. Electron transport from water to P680: Splitting of water molecule produce electrons, protons and oxygen. Electrons lost by the PS II (P680) are replaced by electrons from splitting of water molecule.
  2. Electron transport from P680 to P700: Electron flow starts from P680 through a series of electron carrier molecules like pheophytin, plastoquinone (PQ), cytochrome b6 – f complex, plastocyanin (PC) and finally reaches P700 (PS I).
  3. Electron transport from P700 to NADP: PS I (P700) is excited now and the electrons pass to high energy level. When electron travels downhill through ferredoxin, NADP+ is reduced to NADPH + H+.

Question 5.
Explain chemiosmotic theory with suitable I diagram.
Answer:
Chemiosmotic theory was proposed by P. Mitchell (1966). According to this theory electrons are transported along the membrane through PS I and PS II and connected by Cytochrome b6 – f complex. The flow of electrical current is due to difference in electrochemical potential of protons across the membrane. Splitting of water molecule takes place inside the membrane. Protons or H+ ions accumulate within the lumen of the thylakoid (H+ increase 1000 to 2000 times). As a result, proton concentration is increased inside the thylakoid lumen.

These protons move across the membrane because the primary acceptor of electron is located outside the membrane. Protons in stroma less in number and creates a proton gradient. This gradient is broken down due to the movement of proton across the membrane to the stroma through CFo of the ATP synthase enzyme. The proton motive force created inside the lumen of thylakoid or chemical gradient of H+ ion across the membrane stimulates ATP generation.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 5
The evolution of one oxygen molecule (4 electrons required) requires 8 quanta of light. C3 plants utilise 3 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+ to evolve one Oxygen molecule. To evolve 6 molecules of Oxygen 18 ATPs and 12 NADPH + H+ are utilised. C4 plants utilise 5 ATPs and 2 NADPH + H+ to evolve one oxygen molecule. To evolve 6 molecules of Oxygen 30 ATPs and 12 NADPH + H+ are utilised.

Question 6.
Compare and contrast the photosynthetic processes in C3 and C4 plants.
Answer:
Contrast the photosynthetic processes in C3 and C4 plants:
C3 Plants:

  • CO2 fixation takes place in mesophyll cells only.
  • CO2 acceptor is RUBP only.
  • First product is 3C – PGA.
  • Kranz anatomy is not present.
  • Granum is present in mesophyll cells.
  • Normal Chloroplast.
  • Optimum temperature 20° to 25° C.
  • Fixation of CO2 at 50 ppm.
  • Less efficient due to higher photorespiration.
  • RUBP carboxylase enzyme used for fixation.
  • 18 ATPs used to synthesize one glucose.
  • Efficient at low CO2.
  • eg: Paddy, Wheat, Potato and so on.

C4 Plants:

  • CO2 fixation takes place mesophyll and bundle sheath.
  • PEP in mesophyll and RUBP in bundle sheath cells.
  • First product is 4C – OAA.
  • Kranz anatomy is present.
  • Granum present in mesophyll cells and absent in bundle sheath.
  • Dimorphic chloroplast.
  • Optimum temperature 30° to 45° C.
  • Fixation of CO2 even less than 10 ppm.
  • More efficient due to less photorespiration.
  • PEP carboxylase and RUBP carboxylase used.
  • 30 ATPs to produce one glucose.
  • Efficient at higher CO2.
  • eg: Sugar cane, Maize, Sorghum, Amaranthus and so on.

Question 7.
Give the schematic diagram of photorespiration.
Answer:
The schematic diagram of photorespiration:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 13 Photosynthesis 6

Question 8.
Distinguish between photorespiration and dark respiration.
Answer:
Photo respiration:

  • It takes place in photosynthetic green cells.
  • It takes place only in the presence of light.
  • It involves chloroplast, peroxisome and mitochondria.
  • It does not involve Glycolysis, Kreb’s Cycle, and ETS.
  • Substrate is glycolic acid.
  • It is not essential for survival.
  • No phosphorylation and yield of ATP.
  • NADH2 is oxidised to NAD+.
  • Hydrogen peroxide is produced.
  • End products are CO2 and PGA.

Dark respiration:

  • It takes place in all living cells.
  • It takes place all the time.
  • It involves only mitochondria.
  • It involves glycolysis, Kreb’s Cycle and ETS.
  • Substrate is carbohydrates, protein or fats.
  • Essential for survival.
  • Phosphorylation produces ATP energy.
  • NAD+ is reduced to NADH2.
  • Hydrogen peroxide is not produced.
  • End products are CO2 and water.

CHECK YOUR GRASP
Textbook Page No: 123

Question 1.
(i) Name the products produced from Non – Cyclic photophosphorylation?
(ii) Why does PS II require electrons from water?
(iii) Can you find the difference in the Pathway of electrons during PS I and PS II?
Answer:
(i) The products of non-cyclic phosphorylation are NADPH + H+ and ATP.
(ii) The electrons received from water are responsible for the production of ATP and NADPH + H+ through electron transport system in PS I and PS II.
(iii) Yes. Electron flow starts from P680 through a series of electron carrier molecules and finally reaches P700 (PSI). From PS I the electrons travels downhill through ferredoxin, NADP+ is recorded to NADPH + H+.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 13 Mineral Nutrition textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Mineral Nutrition Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Identify correct match.

1. Die back disease of citrus(i) Mo
2. Whip tail disease(ii) Zn
3. Brown heart of turnip(iii) Cu
4. Little leaf(iv) B

(a) 1. (iii), 2. (ii), 3. (iv), 4. (i).
(b) 1. (iii), 2. (i), 3. (iv), 4. (ii).
(c) 1. (i), 2. (iii), 3. (ii), 4. (iv).
(d) 1. (iii), 2. (iv), 3. (ii), 4. (i).
Answer:
(b) 1. (iii), 2. (i), 3. (iv), 4. (ii).

Question 2.
If a plant is provided with all mineral nutrients but, Mn concentration is increased, what will be the deficiency?
(a) Mn prevent the uptake of Fe, Mg but not Ca
(b) Mn increase the uptake of Fe, Mg and Ca
(c) Only increase the uptake of Ca
(d) Prevent the uptake Fe, Mg, and Ca
Answer:
(a) Mn prevent the uptake of Fe, Mg but not Ca

Question 3.
The element which is not remobilized?
(a) Phosphorus
(b) Potassium
(c) Calcium
(d) Nitrogen
Answer:
(c) Calcium

Question 4.
Match the correct combination.

Minerals

Role

(a) Molybdenum1. Chlorophyll
(b) Zinc2. Methionine
(c) Magnesium3. Auxin
(d) Sulphur4. Nitrogenase

(a) A – 1, B – 3, C – 4, D – 2
(b) A – 2, B – 1, C – 3, D – 4
(c) A – 4, B – 3, C – 1, D – 2
(d) A – 4, B – 2, C – 1, D – 3
Answer:
(c) A – 4, B – 3, C – 1, D – 2

Question 5.
Identify the correct statement:
(i) Sulphur is essential for amino acids Cystine and Methionine
(ii) Low level of N, K, S and Mo affect the cell division
(iii) Non – leguminous plant Alnus which contain bacterium Frankia
(iv) Denitrification carried out by nitrosomonas and nitrobacter.

(a) (i), (ii) are correct
(b) (i), (ii), (iii) are correct
(c) I only correct
(d) all are correct
Answer:
(b) (i), (ii), (iii) are correct

Question 6.
The nitrogen is present in the atmosphere in huge amount but higher plants fail to utilize it. Why?
Answer:
The higher plants do not have the association of bacteria or fungi, which are able to fix atmospheric nitrogen.

Question 7.
Why is that in certain plants deficiency symptoms appear first in younger parts of the plants while in others, they do so in mature organs?
Answer:
In certain plants, the deficiency symptom appears first in the younger part of the plant, due to the immobile nature of certain minerals like calcium, sulphur, iron, boron and copper.

Question 8.
Plant A in a nutrient medium shows whiptail disease plant B in a nutrient medium shows a little leaf disease. Identify mineral deficiency of plant A and B?
Answer:
Mineral deficiency of plant A and B:

  1. Plant A is deficient of the mineral molybdenum (Mo).
  2. Plant B is deficient of the mineral zinc (Zn).

Question 9.
Write the role of nitrogenase enzyme in nitrogen fixation?
Answer:
The role of nitrogenase enzyme in nitrogen fixation:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 2

Question 10.
Explain the insectivorous mode of nutrition in angiosperms?
Answer:
Plants which are growing in nitrogen deficient areas develop insectivorous habit to resolve nitrogen deficiency.
(i) Nepenthes (Pitcher plant): Pitcher is a modified leaf and contains digestive enzymes. Rim of the pitcher is provided with nectar glands and acts as an attractive lid. When insect is trapped, proteolytic enzymes will digest the insect.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 3

(ii) Drosera (Sundew): It consists of long club shaped tentacles which secrete sticky digestive fluid which looks like a sundew.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 4

(iii) Utricularia (Bladder wort): Submerged plant in which leaf is modified into a bladder to collect insect in water.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 5

(iv) Dionaea (Venus fly trap): Leaf of this plant modified into a colourful trap. Two folds of lamina consist of sensitive trigger hairs and when insects touch the hairs it will close.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 6

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Mineral Nutrition Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose the correct answer (1 Mark)
Question 1.
Plants naturally obtain nutrients from:
(a) atmosphere
(b) water
(c) soil
(d) all of these
Answer:
(d) all of these

Question 2.
Which of the following are included under micro nutrients:
(a) sodium, carbon and hydrogen
(b) magnesium, nitrogen and silicon
(c) sodium, cobalt and selenium
(d) calcium, sulphur and potassium
Answer:
(c) sodium, cobalt and selenium

Question 3.
Who coined the term ‘Hydroponics’:
(a) Julius Von Sachs
(b) William Frederick Goerick
(c) Liebig
(d) Wood word
Answer:
(b) William Frederick Goerick

Question 4.
Selenium is essential for plants:
(a) to prevent water lodging
(b) to enhance growth
(c) to resist drought
(d) to prevent transpiration
Answer:
(a) to prevent water lodging

Question 5.
Actively mobile minerals are:
(a) nitrogen and phosphorus
(b) iron and manganese
(c) sodium and cobalt
(d) silicon and selenium
Answer:
(a) nitrogen and phosphorus

Question 6.
Copper shows deficiency symptoms first that appear in young leaves due to:
(a) less active movement of minerals to younger leaves
(b) active movement of minerals
(c) the immobile nature of mineral
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) the immobile nature of mineral

Question 7.
Molybdenum is essential for the reaction of:
(a) hydrolase enzyme
(b) nitrogenase enzyme
(c) carboxylase enzyme
(d) dehydrogenase enzyme
Answer:
(b) nitrogenase enzyme

Question 8.
Match the following:

A. Magnesium(i) dehydrogenase
B. Nickel(ii) ion exchange
C. Zinc(iii) chlorophyll
D. Potassium(iv) urease

(a) A – (ii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (iii)
(b) A – (iii); B – (ii); C – (i); D – (iv)
(c) A – (ii); B – (iv); C – (i); D – (iii)
(d) A – (iii); B – (iv); C – (i); D – (ii)
Answer:
(d) A – (iii); B – (iv); C – (i); D – (ii)

Question 9.
Nitrogen is the essential component of:
(a) carbohydrate
(b) fatty acids
(c) protein
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) protein

Question 10.
Which of the element is involved in the synthesis of DNA and RNA:
(a) calcium
(b) magnesium
(c) sulphuric
(d) potassium
Answer:
(b) magnesium

Question 11.
The deficiency of magnesium is the plant, causes:
(a) necrosis
(b) interveinal chlorosis
(c) sand drown of tobacco
(d) all the above
Answer:
(d) all the above

Question 12.
Sulphur is an essential components of amino acids like:
(a) histidine, leucine and aspartic acid
(b) valene, alkaline and glycine
(c) cystine, cysteine and methionine
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) cystine, cysteine and methionine

Question 13.
Indicate the correct statements:
(i) Iron is the essential element for the synthesis of chlorophyll and carotenoid
(ii) Iron is the activator of carboxylene enzyme
(iii) Iton is the component of cytochrome
(iv) lvon is the component of plastocyanin

(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) and (iv)
(c) (ii) and (iii)
(d) (i) and (iii)
Answer:
(d) (i) and (iii)

Question 14.
Khaira disease of rice is caused by:
(a) deficiency of boron
(b) deficiency of zinc
(c) deficiency of iron
(d) deficiency of all the three
Answer:
(b) deficiency of zinc

Question 15.
Match the following:

A. Marginal chlorosis(i) nitrogen
B. Anthocyanin formation(ii) zinc
C. Hooked leaf tip(iii) potassium
D. Little leaf(iv) calcium

(a) A – (ii); B – (iii); C – (i); D – (iv)
(b) A – (iii), B – (ii); C – (iv); D – (i)
(c) A – (iii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (ii)
(d) A – (iv); B – (iii); C – (i); D – (ii)
Answer:
(c) A – (iii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (ii)

Question 16.
Increased concentration of manganese in plants will prevent the uptake of:
(a) calcium and potassium
(b) sodium and potassium
(c) boron and silicon
(d) iron and magnesium
Answer:
(d) iron and magnesium

Question 17.
Which of the statement is not correct?
(a) Aluminium toxicity causes the appearance of brown spots in the leaves.
(b) Aluminium toxicity causes the precipitation of nucleic acid.
(c) Aluminium toxicity inhibits ATPase activity
(d) Aluminium toxicity inhibits cell division.
Answer:
(a) Aluminium toxicity causes the appearance of brown spots in the leaves.

Question 18.
The techniques of Aeroponics was developed by:
(a) Goerick
(b) Amon and Hoagland
(c) Soifer Hillel and David Durger
(d) Von Sachs
Answer:
(c) Soifer Hillel and David Durger

Question 19.
Nitrogen occurs in atmosphere in the form of N2, two nitrogen atoms joined together by strong:
(a) di – covalent bond
(b) triple covalent bond
(c) non – valent bond
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) triple covalent bond

Question 20.
The process of converting atmospheric nitrogen (N2) into ammonia is termed as:
(a) nitrogen cycle
(b) nitrification
(c) nitrogen fixation
(d) ammonification
Answer:
(c) nitrogen fixation

Question 21.
Find out the odd organism:
(a) Rhizobium
(b) Cyanobacteria
(c) Azolla
(d) Pistia
Answer:
(d) Pistia

Question 22.
The legume plants secretes phenolics to attract:
(a) Azolla
(b) Rhizobium
(c) Nitrosomonas
(d) Streptococcus
Answer:
(b) Rhizobium

Question 23.
Which are the organisms help in nitrogen fixation of lichens:
(a) Anabaena and Nostoc
(b) Anabaena alone
(c) Nostoc alone
(d) Anabaena azollae
Answer:
(a) Anabaena and Nostoc

Question 24.
Nitrogenase enzyme is active:
(a) only in aerobic condition
(b) only in anaerobic condition
(c) both in aerobic and anaerobic condition
(d) only in toxic condition
Answer:
(b) only in anaerobic condition

Question 25.
Ammonia (NH3+) is converted into nitrite (NO2) by a bacterium called:
(a) Nitrobacter bacterium
(b) Rhizobium
(c) Anabaena azollae
(d) Nitrosomonas
Answer:
(d) Nitrosomonas

Question 26.
Decomposition of organic nitrogen (proteins and amino acids) from dead plants and animals into ammonia is called:
(a) nitrification
(b) ammonification
(c) nitrogen fixation
(d) denitrification
Answer:
(b) ammonification

Question 27.
The bacteria involved in the denitrification process are:
(a) E.coli and Anabaena
(b) Streptococcus and Bacillus vulgaris
(c) Pseudomonas and Thiobacillus
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) Pseudomonas and Thiobacillus

Question 28.
In the process of ammonium assimilation:
(a) Ammonia is converted into nitrites
(b) Ammonia is converted into atmospheric nitrogen
(c) Ammonia is converted into ammonium ions
(d) Ammonia is converted into amino acids
Answer:
(d) Ammonia is converted into amino acids

Question 29.
The transfer of amino group (NH2) from glutamic acid to keto group of keto acid is termed as:
(a) Transamination
(b) Hydrogenation
(c) Nitrification
(d) Denitrification
Answer:
(a) Transamination

Question 30.
Monotrapa (Indian pipe) absorbs nutrients through:
(a) Rhizobium association
(b) mycorrhizal association
(c) microbial association
(d) animal association
Answer:
(b) mycorrhizal association

Question 31.
Cuscuta is a:
(a) partial parasite
(b) total root parasite
(c) obligate stem parasite
(d) partial stem parasite
Answer:
(c) obligate stem parasite

Question 32.
Indicate the correct statement:
(a) Loranthus grows on banana and coconut
(b) Loranthus grows on fig and mango trees
(c) Balanophora is a stem parasite
(d) Viscum is a root parasite
Answer:
(b) Loranthus grows on fig and mango trees

Question 33.
The association of mycorrhizae with higher plants is termed as:
(a) Parasitism
(b) Mutualism
(c) Symbiosis
(d) Saprophytic
Answer:
(c) Symbiosis

Question 34.
In Utricularia, the bladder is a modified form of:
(a) leaf
(b) stem
(c) tentacle
(d) lamina
Answer:
(a) leaf

Question 35.
Lichens are the indicators of:
(a) carbon monoxide
(b) nitrogen oxide
(c) sulphur di oxide
(d) hydrogen sulphide
Answer:
(c) sulphur di oxide

II. Answer the following (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Define micro nutrients of plants.
Answer:
Essential minerals which are required in less concentration called are as Micro nutrients.

Question 2.
Mention any two actively mobile minerals.
Answer:
Nitrogen and Phosphorus.

Question 3.
What is the role of molybdenum in the conversion of nitrogen into ammonia?
Answer:
Molybdenum (Mo) is essential for nitrogenase enzyme during reduction of atmospheric nitrogen into ammonia.

Question 4.
What is the role of potassium on osmotic potential of the cell?
Answer:
Potassium (K) plays a key role in maintaining osmotic potential of the cell. The absorption of water, movement of stomata and turgidity are due to osmotic potential.

Question 5.
What are the deficiency symptoms of nitrogen?
Answer:
Chlorosis, stunted growth, anthocyanin formation.

Question 6.
Explain the role of sulphur in plant biochemistry.
Answer:
Essential component of amino acids like cystine, cysteine and methionine, constituent of coenzyme A, Vitamins like biotin and thiamine, constituent of proteins and ferredoxin plants utilise sulphur as sulphate (SO4) ions.

Question 7.
Define the term Siderophores.
Answer:
Siderophores (iron carriers) are iron chelating agents produced by bacteria. They are used to chelate ferric iron (Fe3+) from environment and host.

Question 8.
List out any two iron deficiency symptoms in plants.
Answer:
Interveinal chlorosis, formation of short and slender stalk and inhibition of chlorophyll formation.

Question 9.
What is the role of Boron in plant physiology.
Answer:
Translocation of carbohydrates, uptake and utilisation of Ca++, pollen germination, nitrogen metabolism, fat metabolism, cell elongation and differentiation. It is absorbed as borate BO3-  ions.

Question 10.
Write down the deficiency symptoms of molybdenum in plants.
Answer:
Chlorosis, necrosis, delayed flowering, retarded growth and whip tail disease of cauliflower.

Question 11.
Explain briefly about aluminium toxicity on plants.
Answer:
Aluminium toxicity causes precipitation of nucleic acid, inhibition of ATPase, inhibition of cell division and binding of plasma membrane with Calmodulin.

Question 12.
Define Aeroponics.
Answer:
It is a system where roots are suspended in air and nutrients are sprayed over the roots by a motor driven rotor.

Question 13.
Define nitrogen fixation.
Answer:
The process of converting atmospheric nitrogen (N2) into ammonia is termed as nitrogen fixation. Nitrogen fixation can occur by two methods:

  1. Biological
  2. Non – Biological.

Question 14.
Mention any two ways of non – biological nitrogen fixation.
Answer:
Two ways of non – biological nitrogen fixation:

  1. Nitrogen fixation by chemical process in industry.
  2. Natural electrical discharge during lightening fixes atmospheric nitrogen.

Question 15.
Match the following.

A. Lichens(i) Anabaena Azolla
B. Anthoceros(ii) Frankia
C. Azolla(iii) Anabaena and Nostoc
D. Casuarina(iv) Nostoc

Answer:
A – (iii), B – (iv), C – (i), D – (ii).

Question 16.
Define the term Nitrate assimilation.
Answer:
The process by which nitrate is reduced to – ammonia is called nitrate assimilation and occurs during nitrogen cycle.

Question 17.
Explain.the term Transamination.
Answer:
Transfer of amino group (NH3+) from glutamic acid glutamate to keto group of keto acid. Glutamic acid is the main amino acid from which other amino acids are synthesised by transamination.

Question 18.
Explain briefly about total stem parasite.
Answer:
The leafless stem twine around the host and produce haustoria. eg: Cuscuta (Dodder), a rootless plant growing on Zizyphus, Citrus and so on.

Question 19.
Give two examples of symbiotic mode of nutrition.
Answer:
Two examples of symbiotic mode of nutrition:

  1. Lichens: It is a mutual association of Algae and Fungi. Algae prepares food and fungi absorbs water and provides thallus structure.
  2. Mycorrhizae: Fungi associated with roots of higher plants including Gymriosperms. eg: Pinus.

Question 20.
Explain briefly about insectivorous mode of nutrition.
Answer:
Plants which are growing in nitrogen deficient areas develop insectivorous habit to resolve nitrogen deficiency.

III. Answer the following (3 Marks)

Question 1.
What are the criteria required for essential minerals in plants?
Answer:
The criteria required for essential minerals in plants:

  1. Elements necessary for growth and development.
  2. They should have direct role in the metabolism of the plant.
  3. It cannot be replaced by other elements.
  4. Deficiency makes the plants impossible to complete their vegetative and reproductive phase.

Question 2.
Explain the unclassified minerals required for plants.
Answer:
Minerals like Sodium,Silicon, Cobalt and Selenium are not included in the list of essential nutrients but are required by some plants, these minerals are placed in the list of unclassified minerals. These minerals play specific roles for example, Silicon is essential for pest resistance, prevent water lodging and aids cell wall formation in Equisetaceae (Equisetum), Cyperaceae and Gramineae.

Question 3.
Distinguish between macro and micro nutrients?
Answer:
Macro nutrients:

  • Excess than 10 mmole Kg-1 in tissue concentration or 0.1 to 10 mg per gram of dry weight.
  • eg: C, H, O, N, P, K, Ca, Mg and S.

Micro nutrients:

  • Less than 10 mmole Kg-1 in tissue concentration or equal or less than 0.1 mg per gram of dry weight.
  •  eg: Fe, Mn, Cu, Mo, Zn, B, Cl and Ni.

Question 4.
Explain briefly the functions and deficiency symptoms of potassium.
Answer:
Functions: Maintains turgidity and osmotic potential of the cell, opening and closure of stomata, phloem translocation, stimulate activity of enzymes, anion and cation balance by ion – exchange. It is absorbed as K+ ions. Deficiency symptoms: Marginal chlorosis, necrosis, low cambial activity, loss of apical dominance, lodging in cereals and curled leaf margin.

Question 5.
What is meant by Chelating agents? Explain the role of EDTA as chemical chelating agent.
Answer:
Plants which are growing in alkaline soil when supplied with all nutrients including iron will show iron deficiency. To rectify this, we have to make iron into a soluble complex by adding a chelating agent like EDTA (Ethylene Diamine Tetra Acetic acid) to form Fe – EDTA.

Question 6.
Explain the term critical concentration of minerals.
Answer:
To increase the productivity and also to avoid mineral toxicity knowledge of critical concentration is essential. Mineral nutrients lesser than . critical concentration cause deficiency symptoms. Increase of mineral nutrients more than the normal concentration causes toxicity. A concentration, at which 10% of the dry weight of tissue is reduced, is considered as toxic critical concentration.

Question 7.
Describe the competitive behaviour of iron and manganese.
Answer:
Iron and Manganese exhibit competitive behaviour. Deficiency of Fe and Mn shows similar symptoms. Iron toxicity will affect absorption of manganese. The possible reason for iron toxicity is excess usage of chelated iron in addition with increased acidity of soil (pH less than 5.8) Iron and manganese toxicity will be solved by using fertilizer with balanced ratio of Fe and Mn.

Question 8.
Who are people responsible for developing hydroponics?
Answer:
Hydroponics or Soil less culture: Von Sachs developed a method of growing plants in nutrient solution. The commonly used nutrient solutions are Knop solution (1865) and Amon and Hoagland Solution (1940). Later the term Hydroponics was coined by Goerick (1940) and he also introduced commercial techniques for hydroponics. In hydroponics roots are immersed in the solution containing nutrients and air is supplied with help of tube.

Question 9.
List out the free living bacteria and fungi responsible for non-symbiotic nitrogen fixation.
Answer:
Free living bacteria and fungi also fix atmospheric nitrogen.

AerobicAzotobacter, Beijerneckia and Derxia
AnaerobicClostridium
PhotosyntheticChlorobium and Rhodospirillum
ChemosyntheticDisulfovibrio
Free living fungiYeast and Pullularia
CyanobacteriaNostoc, Anabaena and Oscillatoria.

Question 10.
Define the term Ammonification.
Answer:
Decomposition of organic nitrogen (proteins and amino acids) from dead plants and animals into ammonia is called ammonification. Organisim involved in this process are Bacillus ramosus and Bacillus vulgaris.

Question 11.
Explain briefly Catalytic amination.
Answer:
Glutamate amino acid combines with ammonia to form the amide glutamine.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 8
Glutamine reacts with a ketoglutaric acid to form two molecules of glutamate.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 9
(GOGAT – Glutamine – 2 – Oxoglutarate aminotransferase)

Question 12.
Compare the partial stem parasite and partial root parasite.
Answer:
The partial stem parasite and partial root parasite:

  1. Partial Stem Parasite: eg: Loranthus and Viscum (Mistletoe) Loranthus grows on fig and mango trees and absorb water and minerals from xylem.
  2. Partial root parasite: eg: Santalum album (Sandal wood tree) in its juvenile stage produces haustoria which grows on roots of many plants.

Question 13.
Explain the mode of nutrition in pitcher plant.
Answer:
Pitcher is a modified leaf and contains digestive enzymes. Rim of the pitcher is provided with nectar glands and acts as an attractive lid. When insect is trapped proteolytic enzymes will digest the insect.

Question 14.
What is meant by saprophytic mode of nutrition?
Answer:
Saprophytes derive nutrients from dead and decaying matter. Bacteria and fungus are main saprophytic organisms. Some angiosperms also follow saprophytic mode of nutrition. eg: Neottia. Roots of Neottia (Bird’s Nest Orchid) associate with mycorrhizae and absorb nutrients as a saprophyte. Monotropa (Indian Pipe) grow on humus rich soil found in thick forests. It absorbs nutrient through mycorrhizal association.

Question 15.
Describe briefly the method of nitrogen fixation in leguminous plants.
Answer:
Rhizobium bacterium is found in leguminous plants and fix atmospheric nitrogen. This kind of symbiotic association is beneficial for both the bacterium and plant. Root nodules are formed due to bacterial infection. Rhizobium enters into the-host cell and proliferates, it remains separated from the host cytoplasm by a membrane.

IV. Answer the following (5 Marks)

Question 1.
Write an essay on the functions and deficiency symptoms of macro nutrients.
Answer:
Macronutrients, their functions, their mode of absorption, deficiency symptoms and deficiency diseases are discussed here:
(i) Nitrogen (N): It is required by the plants in greatest amount. It is an essential component of proteins, nucleic acids, amino acids, vitamins, hormones, alkaloids, chlorophyll and cytochrome. It is absorbed by the plants as nitrates (NO3).

Deficiency symptoms: Chlorosis, stunted growth, anthocyanin formation.

(ii) Phosphorus (P): Constituent of cell membrane, proteins, nucleic acids, ATP, NADP, phytin and sugar phosphate. It is absorbed as H2PO4+ and HPO4 ions.

Deficiency symptoms: Stunted growth, anthocyanin formation, necrosis, inhibition of cambial activity, affect root growth and fruit ripening.

(iii) Potassium (K): Maintains turgidity and osmotic potential of the cell, opening and closure of stomata, phloem translocation, stimulate activity of enzymes, anion and cation balance by ion – exchange. It is absorbed as K+ ions.

Deficiency symptoms: Marginal chlorosis, necrosis, low cambial activity, loss of apical dominance, lodging in cereals and curled leaf margin.

(iv) Calcium (Ca): It is involved in synthesis of calcium pectate in middle lamella, mitotic spindle formation, mitotic cell division, permeability of cell membrane, lipid metabolism, activation of phospholipase, ATPase, amylase and activator of adenyl kinase. It is absorbed as Ca2+ exchangeable ions.

Deficiency symptoms: Chlorosis, necrosis, stunted growth, premature fall of leaves and flowers, inhibit seed formation, Black heart of Celery, Hooked leaf tip in Sugar beet, Musa and Tomato.

(v) Magnesium (Mg): It is a constituent of chlorophyll, activator of enzymes of carbohydrate metabolism (RUBP Carboxylase and PEP Carboxylase) and involved in the synthesis of DNA and RNA. It is essential for binding of ribosomal sub units. It is absorbed as Mg2+ ions.

Deficiency symptoms: litter veinal chlorosis, necrosis, anthocyanin (purple) formation and Sand drown of tobacco.

(vi) Sulphur (S): Essential component of amino acids like cystine, cysteine and methionine, constituent of coenzyme A, Vitamins like biotin and thiamine, constituent of proteins and ferredoxin. plants utilise sulphur as sulphate (SO4) ions.

Deficiency symptoms: Chlorosis, anthocyanin formation, stunted growth, rolling of leaf tip and reduced nodulation in legumes.

Question 2.
Describe the role of micro nutrients on plant health and function.
Answer:
Micronutrients even though required in trace amounts are essential for the metabolism of plants. They play key roles in many plants. eg: Boron is essential for translocation of sugars, molybdenum is involved in nitrogen metabolism and zinc is needed for biosynthesis of auxin. Here, we will study about the role of micro nutrients, their functions, their mode of absorption, deficiency symptoms and deficiency diseases.

(i) Iron (Fe): Iron is required lesser than macronutrient and larger than micronutrients, hence, it can be placed in any one of the groups. Iron is an essential element for the synthesis of chlorophyll and carotenoids. It is the component of cytochrome, ferredoxin, flavoprotein, formation of chlorophyll, porphyrin, activation of catalase, peroxidase enzymes. It is absorbed as ferrous (Fe2+) and ferric (Fe3+) ions. Mostly fruit trees are sensitive to iron.

Deficiency: Interveinal Chlorosis, formation of short and slender stalk and inhibition of chlorophyll formation.

(ii) Manganese (Mn): Activator of Carboxylases, oxidases, dehydrogenases and kinases, involved in splitting of water to liberate oxygen (photolysis). It is absorbed as manganous (Mn2+) ions.

Deficiency: Interveinal chlorosis, grey spot on oats leaves and poor root system.

(iii) Copper (Cu): Constituent of plastocyanin, component of phenolases, tyrosinase, enzymes involved in redox reactions, synthesis of ascorbic acid, maintains carbohydrate and nitrogen balance, part of oxidase and cytochrome oxidase. It is absorbed as cupric (Cu2+) ions,

Deficiency: Die back of citrus, Reclamation disease of cereals and legumes, chlorosis, necrosis and Exanthema in Citrus.

(iv) Zinc (Zn): Essential for the synthesis of Indole acetic acid (Auxin) activator of carboxylases, alcohol dehydrogenase, lactic dehydrogenase, glutamic acid dehydrogenase, carboxy peptidases and tryptophan synthetase. It is absorbed as Zn2+ ions.

Deficiency: Little leaf and mottle leaf due to deficiency of auxin, Inter veinal chlorosis, stunted growth, necrosis and Khaira disease of rice.

(v) Boron (B): Translocation of carbohydrates, uptake and utilisation of Ca++, pollen germination, nitrogen metabolism, fat metabolism, cell elongation and differentiation. It is absorbed as borate BO3- ions.

Deficiency: Death of root and shoot tips, premature fall of flowers and fruits, brown heart of beet root, internal cork of apple and fruit cracks.

(vi) Molybdenum (Mo): Component of nitrogenase, nitrate reductase, involved in nitrogen metabolism, and nitrogen fixation. It is absorbed as molybdate (Mo2+) ions.

Deficiency: Chlorosis, necrosis, delayed flowering, retarded growth and whip tail disease of cauliflower.

(vii) Chlorine (Cl): It is involved in Anion – Cation balance, cell division, photolysis of water. It is absorbed as Cl ions.
Deficiency: Wilting of leaf tips.

(viii) Nickel (Ni): Cofactor for enzyme urease and hydrogenase.

Deficiency: Necrosis of leaf tips.

Question 3.
Give the details of minerals and their deficiency symptoms.
Answer:
Name of the deficiency disease and symptoms:

  1. Chlorosis (Overall)
    • (a) Interveinal chlorosis
    • (b) Marginal chlorosis
  2. Necrosis (Death of the tissue)
  3. Stunted growth
  4. Anthocyanin formation
  5. Delayed flowering
  6. Die back of shoot, Reclamation disease, Exanthema in citrus (gums on bark)
  7. Hooked leaf tip
  8. Little Leaf
  9. Brown heart of turnip and Internal cork of apple
  10. Whiptail of cauliflower and cabbage
  11. Curled leaf margin

Deficiency minerals:

  1. Nitrogen, Potassium, Magnesium, Sulphur, Iron, Manganese, Zinc and Molybdenum. Magnesium, Iron, Manganese and Zinc Potassium
  2. Magnesium, Potassium, Calcium, Zinc, Molybdenum and Copper.
  3. Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Calcium, Potassium and Sulphur.
  4. Nitrogen, Phosphorus, Magnesium and Sulphur
  5. Nitrogen, Sulphur and Molybdenum
  6. Copper
  7. Calcium
  8. Zinc
  9. Boron
  10. Molybdenum
  11. Potassium

Question 4.
Give the schematic diagram of nitrogen cycle.
Answer:
The schematic diagram of nitrogen cycle:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 7

Question 5.
Describe the modes of biological nitrogen fixation.
Answer:
Symbiotic bacterium like Rhizobium fixes atmospheric nitrogen. Cyanobacteria found in Lichens, Anthoceros, Azolla and coralloid roots of Cycas also fix nitrogen. Non – symbiotic (free living bacteria) like Clostridium also fix nitrogen. Symbiotic nitrogen fixation:
1. Nitrogen fixation with nodulation: Rhizobium bacterium is found in leguminous plants and fix atmospheric nitrogen. This kind of symbiotic association is beneficial for both the bacterium and plant. Root nodules are formed due to bacterial infection. Rhizobium enters into the host cell and proliferates, it remains separated from the host cytoplasm by a membrane.

2. Stages of Root nodule formation:

  • Legume plants secretes phenolics which attracts Rhizobium.
  • Rhizobium reaches the rhizosphere and enters into the root hair, infects the root hair and leads to curling of root hairs.
  • Infection thread grows inwards and separates the infected tissue from normal tissue.
  • A membrane bound bacterium is formed inside the nodule and is called bacteroid.
  • Cytokinin from bacteria and auxin from host plant promotes cell division and leads to nodule formation

3. Non – Legume: Alnus and Casuarina contain the bacterium Frankia Psychotria contains the bacterium Klebsiella.
Nitrogen fixation without nodulation. The following plants and prokaryotes are involved in nitrogen fixation:

  • Lichens – Anabaena and Nostoc
  • Anthoceros – Nostoc
  • Azolla – Anabaena azollae
  • Cycas – Anabaena and Nostoc.

Solution To Activity
Textbook Page No: 95

Question 1.
Collect leaves showing mineral deficiency. Tabulate the symptoms like Marginal Chlorosis, Interveinal Chlorosis, Necrotic leaves, Anthocyanin formation in leaf, Little leaf and Hooked leaf. (Discuss with your teacher about the deficiency of minerals)
Answer:
Symptoms:

  1. Marginal Chlorosis
  2. interveinal Chlorosis
  3. Necrotic leaves
  4. Anthocyanin formation in leaves
  5. Little leaf
  6. Hooked leaf

Minerals:

  1. Potassium (K)
  2. Magnesium (Mg)
  3. Nickel (Ni)
  4. Phosphorus (P)
  5. Zinc (Zn)
  6. Calcium (Ca)

Textbook Page No: 98

Question 1.
Preparation of Solution Culture to find out Mineral Deficiency
1. Take a glass jar or polythene bottle and cover with black paper (to prevent algal growth and roots reacting with light).
2. Add nutrient solution.
3. Fix a plant with the help of split cork.
4. Fix a tube for aeration.
5. Observe the growth by adding specific minerals.
Answer:
The deficiency of minerals like nitrogen, phosphorus, calcium, potassium and sulphur cause stunted growth in plants.

Textbook Page No: 99

Question 1.
Collect roots of legumes with root nodules.
• Take cross section of the root nodule.
• Observe under microscope. Discuss your observations with your teacher.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition 1

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 12 Mineral Nutrition textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 11 Transport in Plants from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 11 Transport in Plants Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 11 Transport in Plants Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 11 Transport in Plants Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Transport in Plants Text Book Back Questions and Answers

I. Choose the correct answers.
Question 1.
In a fully turgid cell:
(a) DPD = 10 atm; OP = 5 atm; TP = 10 atm
(b) DPD = 0 atm; OP =10 atm; TP = 10 atm
(c) DPD = 0 atm; OP = 5 atm; TP = 10 atm
(d) DPD = 20 atm; OP = 20 atm; TP = 10 atm
Answer:
(b) DPD = 0 atm; OP =10 atm; TP = 10 atm

Question 2.
Which among the following is correct?
(i) Apoplast is fastest and operate in nonliving part
(ii) Trahsmembrane route includes vacuole
(iii) Symplast interconnect the nearby cell through plasmadesmata
(iv) Symplast and transmembrane route are in living part of the cell

(a) (i) and (ii) only
(b) (ii) and (iii) only
(c) (iii) and (iv) only
(d) All of these
Answer:
(c) (iii) and (iv) only

Question 3.
What type of transpiration is possible in the xerophyte Opuntia?
(a) Stomatal
(b) Lenticular
(c) Cuticular
(d) All the above
Answer:
(b) Lenticular

Question 4.
Stomata of a plant open due to:
(a) Influx of K+
(b) Efflux of K+
(c) Influx of Cl
(d) Influx of OH
Answer:
(a) Influx of K+

Question 5.
Munch hypothesis is based on:
(a) translocation of food due to TP gradient and imbibition force
(b) ranslocation of food due to TP
(c) translocation of food due to imbibition force
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) ranslocation of food due to TP

Question 6.
If the concentration of salt in the soil is too high and the plants may wilt even if the field is thoroughly irrigated. Explain.
Answer:
The salts present in the soil dissolve in the irrigated water and form hypertonic solution outside the root hairs of the plant and the root hairs cannot absorb water from hypertonic solution, since water molecules cannot move from hypertonic solution to hypotonic solution in the cells of root hair. Hence the plants become wilt even the field is irrigated.

Question 7.
How phosphorylase enzyme open the stomata in starch sugar interconversion theory?
Answer:
The discovery of enzyme phosphorylase in guard cells by Hanes (1940) greatly supports the starch – sugar interconversion theory. The enzyme phosphorylase hydrolyses starch into sugar and high pH followed by endosmosis and the opening of stomata during light. The vice versa takes place during the night.

Question 8.
List out the non photosynthetic parts of a plant that need a supply of sucrose?
Answer:
The non photosynthetic parts of a plant that need a supply of sucrose:

  1. Roots
  2. Tubers
  3. Developing fruits and
  4. Immature leaves.

Question 9.
What are the parameters which control water potential?
Answer:
Water potential (Ψ) can be controlled by,

  1. Solute concentration or Solute potential (Ψs)
  2. Pressure potential (Ψp).

By correlating two factors, water potential is written as, Ψw = Ψs + Ψp.
Water Potential = Solute potential + Pressure potential.

Question 10.
An artificial cell made of selectively permeable membrane immersed in a beaker (in the figure). Read the values ans answer the following questions?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 14
Ψw = 0, Ψs = 2, Ψp = 0.
(a) Draw an arrow to indicate the direction of water movement.
(b) Is the solution outside the cell isotonic, hypotonic or hypertonic?
(c) Is the cell isotonic, hypotonic or hypertonic?
(d) Will the cell become more flaccid, more turgid or stay in original size?
(e) With reference to artificial cell state, the process is endosmosis or exosmosis? Give reasons.
Answer:
(a) An arrow to indicate the direction of water movement:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 1
(b) Outside solution in hypotonic.
(c) The cell is hypertonic.
(d) The cell become more turgid.
(e) The process is endo – osmosis because the solvent (water) moves inside the cell.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Transport in Plants Additional Questions & Answers

I. Choose the correct answer (1 Mark)
Question 1 .
In plants, cell to cell transport is aided by:
(a) diffusion alone
(b) osmosis alone
(c) imbibition alone
(d) all the three above
Answer:
(d) all the three above

Question 2.
In passive transport:
(a) no energy expenditure is required
(b) energy expenditure is required
(c) no involvement of physical forces like gravity
(d) no involvement of osmosis
Answer:
(a) no energy expenditure is required

Question 3.
Which of the following statements are correct?
(i) Cell membranes allow water and non polar molecules to permeate by simple diffusion.
(ii) Polar molecules like amino acids can also diffuse through membrane.
(iii) Smaller molecules diffuse faster than larger molecules.
(iv) Larger molecules diffuse faster than smaller molecules.

(a) (i) and (iv) only
(b) (i) and (iii) only
(c) (i) and (ii) only
(d) (ii) and (iv) only
Answer:
(b) (i) and (iii) only

Question 4.
In co – transport across membrane:
(a) two different molecules are transported in opposite direction.
(b) two types of molecules are transported the same direction.
(c) three types of molecules are transported in opposite direction.
(d) two types of molecules are transported in all directions.
Answer:
(b) two types of molecules are transported the same direction.

Question 5.
The swelling of dry seeds is due to phenomenon called:
(a) osmosis
(b) transpiration
(c) imbibition
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(c) imbibition

Question 6.
The concept of water potential was introduced by:
(a) Slatyer and Mosses
(b) Slatyer and Taylor
(c) Armusten and Taylor
(d) Mosses and Robert
Answer:
(b) Slatyer and Taylor

Question 7.
At standard temperature the water potential pure water is:
(a) 1.0
(b) -1.0
(c) 0.5
(d) zero
Answer:
(d) zero

Question 8.
Addition of solute to pure water:
(a) increases water potential
(b) does not change water potential
(c) decreases water potential
(d) does not change the gradient of water potential
Answer:
(b) does not change water potential

Question 9.
Osmotic pressure is increased with:
(a) decrease of dissolved solutes in the solution
(b) increase of dissolved solutes in the solution.
(c) increase of solvent in a solution
(d) isotonic condition of the solution
Answer:
(b) increase of dissolved solutes in the solution.

Question 10.
Diffusion Pressure Deficit (DPD) was termed by Meyer in:
(a) 1928
(b) 1828
(c) 1936
(d) 1938
Answer:
(d) 1938

Question 11.
The root hairs are:
(a) unicellular extensions of epidermal cells with cuticle
(b) Unicellular extensions of xylem parenchyma cells without cuticle
(c) Unicellular extensions of epidermal cells without cuticle
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Unicellular extensions of epidermal cells without cuticle

Question 12.
Kramer (1949) recognised two distinct mechanisms, which independently operate in the absorption of water in plants are:
(a) osmosis and diffusion
(b) imbibition and diffusion
(c) diffusion and absorption
(d) active absorption and passive absorption
Answer:
(d) active absorption and passive absorption

Question 13.
Indicate the correct statements:
(i) the cell sap concentration in xylem is always high.
(ii) the cell sap concentration in xylem is not always high.
(iii) root pressure is not universal in all plants.
(iv) root pressure is universal in all plants.

(a) (i) and (iv) only
(b) (ii) and (iii) only
(c) (i) and (iii) only
(d) (ii) and (iv) only
Answer:
(b) (ii) and (iii) only

Question 14.
When respiratory inhibitors like KCN, chloroform are applied:
(a) there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and increase in the rate of absorption of water.
(b) there is an increase in the rate of respiration and decrease in the rate of absorption of water.
(c) there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and also decrease in the rate of absorption of water.
(d) there is an increase in the rate of respiration and also in the rate of absorption of water.
Answer:
(c) there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and also decrease in the rate of absorption of water.

Question 15.
Relay pump theory was proposed by:
(a) J.C. Bose
(b) Godlewski
(c) Stoking
(d) Strasburger
Answer:
(b) Godlewski

Question 16.
Pulsation theory was proposed by:
(a) Strasburger
(b) Godsey
(c) J.C. Bose
(d) C.V. Raman
Answer:
(c) J.C. Bose

Question 17.
The term ‘root pressure’ was coined by:
(a) Strasburger
(b) Stephen Hales
(c) Amstrong
(d) Overton
Answer:
(b) Stephen Hales

Question 18.
Indicate the correct statements:
(i) Root pressure is absent in gymnosperms.
(ii) Root pressure in totally absent in angiosperms.
(iii) There is a relationship between the ascent of sap and root pressure.
(iv) There is no relationship between the ascent of sap and root pressure.

(a) (i) and (ii)
(b) (ii) and (iii)
(c) (ii) and (iv)
(d) (i) and (iv)
Answer:
(d) (i) and (iv)

Question 19.
The capillary theory was suggested by:
(a) Unger
(b) J.C. Bose
(c) Boehm
(d) Sachs
Answer:
(c) Boehm

Question 20.
Cohesion and transpiration pull theory was originally proposed by:
(a) Unger and Sachs
(b) Xavier and Dixon
(c) Boehm and Jolly
(d) Dixon and Jolly
Answer:
(d) Dixon and Jolly

Question 21.
Loss of water from mesophyll cells causes:
(a) increase in water potential
(b) decrease in water potential
(c) does not change in water potential
(d) hone of the above events
Answer:
(b) decrease in water potential

Question 22.
The water may move through the xylem at the rate as fast as:
(a) 65 cm / min
(b) 85 cm / min
(c) 75 cm / min
(d) 45 cm / min
Answer:
(c) 75 cm / min

Question 23.
The length and breadth of stomata is:
(a) about 10 – 30μ and 2 – 10μ respectively
(b) about 10 – 14μ and 3 – 10μ respectively
(c) about 10 – 40μ and 3 – 10μ respectively
(d) about 5 – 30μ and 5 – 10μ respectively
Answer:
(c) about 10 – 40μ and 3 – 10μ respectively

Question 24.
The opening and closing of stomata depends upon the change in pH of guard cells. This is observed by:
(a) Loftfield
(b) Sayre
(c) Von Mohl
(d) Amstrong
Answer:
(b) Sayre

Question 25.
Who did observe that stomata open in light and close in the night:
(a) Unger
(b) Sachs
(c) Boehm
(d) Von Mohl
Answer:
(d) Von Mohl

Question 26.
The phosphorylase enzyme in guard cells supports the starch – sugar inter conversion theory. The above reaction is:
(a) oxidation reaction
(b) hydrolyses reaction
(c) reduction reaction
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) hydrolyses reaction

Question 27.
Low pH and a shortage of water in the guard cell activate the stress hormone namely:
(a) Ascorbic acid
(b) Malic acid
(c) Abscisic acid
(d) Salisilic acid
Answer:
(c) Abscisic acid

Question 28.
Accumulation of CO2 in plant cell during dark:
(a) increases the pH level
(b) decreases the pH level
(c) does not alter pH
(d) decreases in H+ ion concentration
Answer:
(b) decreases the pH level

Question 29.
Phenyl Mercuric Acetate (PMA), when applied as a foliar spray to plants:
(a) induces partial stomatal closure for two weeks.
(b) induces partial stomatal opening for two weeks.
(c) induces partial stomatal closure for four weeks.
(d) induces stomatal closure permanently
Answer:
(a) induces partial stomatal closure for two weeks.

Question 30.
The transpiration in plants is a “necessary evil” as stated by:
(a) Steward
(b) Sayre
(c) Curtis
(d) Meyer
Answer:
(c) Curtis

Question 31.
Sink in plants, which receives food from source is:
(a) tubers
(b) developing fruits
(c) roots
(d) all the three above
Answer:
(d) all the three above

Question 32.
Activated diffusion theory was first proposed by:
(a) Fenson and Spanner
(b) Mason and Masked
(c) Crafts and Munch
(d) Hanes and Robert
Answer:
(b) Mason and Masked

Question 33.
From sieve elements sucrose is translocated into sink organs such as root, tubers etc and this process is termed as:
(a) Xylem unloading
(b) Xylem uploading
(c) Phloem unloading
(d) Phloem uploading
Answer:
(c) Phloem unloading

Question 34.
In which plant, the petioles are flattened and widened, to become phyllode:
(a) Asparagus
(b) Acacia melanoxylon
(c) Vinca rosea
(d) Delonix regia
Answer:
(b) Acacia melanoxylon

Question 35.
Match the following:

(i) Opuntia(a) Cladode
(ii) Acacia(b) Guttation
(iii) Asparagus(c) Phyllode
(iv) Alocasia(d) Phylloclade

(a) i – b; ii – d; iii – a; iv – c
(b) i – b; ii – c; iii – d; iv – a
(c) i – d; ii – c; iii – a; iv – b
(d) i – c; ii – b; iii – d; iv – a
Answer:
(c) i – d; ii – c; iii – a; iv – b

Question 36.
Hydathodes are generally present in plants that grow in:
(a) dry places
(b) moist and shady places
(c) sunny places
(d) deserts
Answer:
(b) moist and shady places

Question 37.
Ganongs potometer is used to measure:
(a) the rate of photosynthesis
(b) the rate of gaseous exchange
(c) the rate of water transport
(d) the rate of transpiration
Answer:
(d) the rate of transpiration

Question 38.
Indicate the correct statement:
(a) Anti – transpirants increases the loss of water by transpiration.
(b) Anti – transpirants do not alter the rate of transpiration.
(c) Anti – transpirants do not decrease the loss water by transpiration in cross plants.
(d) Anti – transpirants reduce the enormous loss of wafer by transpiration in crop plants.
Answer:
(d) Anti – transpirants reduce the enormous loss of wafer by transpiration in crop plants.

Question 39.
The liquid coming out of hydathode of grasses is:
(a) pure water
(b) not pure water
(c) a solution containing a number of dissolved substances
(d) salt water
Answer:
(c) a solution containing a number of dissolved substances

Question 40.
A dry cobalt chloride strip, when hydrated, turns:
(a) white
(b) red
(c) green
(d) pink
Answer:
(d) pink

II. Answer the following (2 Marks)

Question 1.
What is the need for transport of materials in plants?
Answer:
Water absorbed from roots must travel up to leaves by xylem for food preparation by photosynthesis. Likewise, food prepared from leaves has to travel to all parts of the plant including roots.

Question 2.
What are the types of transport based on the distance travelled by the materials?
Answer:
Based on the distance travelled by water (sap) or food (solute) they are classified as

  1. Short distance (cell to cell transport)
  2. Long distance transport.

Question 3.
Define the term diffusion.
Answer:
The net movement of molecules from a region of their higher concentration to a region of their lower concentration along a concentration gradient until an equilibrium is attained.

Question 4.
Define the term semipermeable.
Answer:
Semipermeable allow diffusion of solvent molecules but do not allow the passage of solute molecule. eg: Parchment paper.

Question 5.
What is meant by Porin?
Answer:
Porin is a large transporter protein found in the outermembrane of plastids, mitochondria and bacteria which facilitates smaller molecules to pass through the membrane.

Question 6.
Define symport or co – transport?
Answer:
The term symport is used to denote an integral membrane protein that simultaneously transports two types of molecules across the membrane in the same direction.

Question 7.
Explain the term counter transport.
Answer:
An antiport is an integral membrane transport protein that simultaneously transports two different molecules, in opposite directions, across the membrane.

Question 8.
What is the difference between co – transport and counter transport?
Answer:
In co – transport, two molecules are transported together whereas, in counter transport two molecules are transported in opposite direction to each other.

Question 9.
Define the term Imbibition.
Answer:
Colloidal systems such as gum, starch, proteins, cellulose, agar, gelatin when placed in water, will absorb a large volume of water and swell up. These substances are called imbibants and the phenomenon is imbibition.

Question 10.
Give two examples for the phenomenon of Imbibition.
Answer:
two examples for the phenomenon of Imbibition:

  1. The swelling of dry seeds.
  2. The swelling of wooden windows, tables, doors due to high humidity during the rainy season.

Question 11.
Define the term osmotic potential.
Answer:
Osmotic potential is defined as the ratio between the number of solute particles and the number of solvent particles in a solution.

Question 12.
What is transpiration?
Answer:
The loss of excess of water in the form of vapour from various aerial parts of the plant is called transpiration.

Question 13.
What is meant by osmotic pressure?
Answer:
When a solution and its solvent (pure water) are separated by a semipermeable membrane, a pressure is developed in the solution, due to the presence of dissolved solutes. This is called osmotic pressure (OP).

Question 14.
Explain the term wall pressure exerted by the cell wall.
Answer:
The cell wall reacts to this turgor pressure with equal and opposite force, and the counter – pressure exerted by the cell wall towards cell membrane is wall pressure (WP).

Question 15.
Define the term osmosis.
Answer:
Osmosis (Latin: Osmos – impulse, urge) is a special type of diffusion. It represents the movement of water or solvent molecules through a selectively permeable membrane from the place of its higher concentration (high water potential) to the place of its lower concentration (low water potential).

Question 16.
What is meant by isotonic solution?
Answer:
Isotonic (Iso = identical; tonic = soute): It refers to two solutions having same concentration. In this condition the net movement of water molecule will be zero.

Question 17.
What are the three types of plasmolysis?
Answer:
Three types of plasmolysis occur in plants:

  1. Incipient plasmolysis
  2. Evident plasmolysis
  3. Final plasmolysis.

Question 18.
Explain briefly about root hairs.
Answer:
Root hairs are unicellular extensions of epidermal cells without cuticle. Root hairs are extremely thin and numerous and they provide a large surface area for absorption.

Question 19.
Define active absorption of water.
Answer:
The mechanism of water absorption due to forces generated in the root itself is called active absorption. Active absorption may be osmotic or non – osmotic.

Question 20.
Explain briefly the term stomatal transpiration.
Answer:
Stomata are microscopic structures present in high number on the lower epidermis of leaves. This is the most dominant form of transpiration and being responsible for most of the water loss (90 – 95%) in plants.

Question 21.
Give any two objections to starch – sugar inter conversion theory.
Answer:
Two objections to starch – sugar inter conversion theory:

  1. In monocots, guard cell does not have starch.
  2. There is no evidence to show the presence of sugar at a time when starch disappears and stomata open.

Question 22.
Briefly explain plant anti – transpirants.
Answer:
The term anti – transpirant is used to designate any Material applied to plants for the purpose of retarding transpiration. An ideal anti – transpirant checks the transpiration process without disturbing the process of gaseous exchange.

Question 23.
Mention any two uses of anti – transpirants.
Answer:
Two uses of anti – transpirants:

  1. Anti – transpirants reduce the enormous loss of water by transpiration in crop plants.
  2. Useful for seedling transplantations in nurseries.

Question 24.
What is meant by translocation of organic solutes.
Answer:
The phenomenon of food transportation from the site of synthesis to the site of utilization is known as translocation of organic solutes. The term solute denotes food material that moves in a solution.

Question 25.
Define the term Ion – Exchange.
Answer:
Ions of external soil solution are exchanged with same charged (anion for anion or cation for cation) ions of the root cells.

III. Answer the following (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Briefly explain the term aquaporin.
Answer:
Aquaporin Is a water channel protein embedded in the plasma membrane. It regulates the massive amount of water transport across the membrane. Plants contain a variety of aquaporins. Over 30 types of aquaporins are known from maize.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 2
Currently, they are also recognised to transport substrates like glycerol, urea, CO2, NH3, rhetalloids, and reactive oxygen species (ROS) in addition to water. They increase the permeabi lity of the membrane to water. They confer drought and salt stress tolerance.

Question 2.
What is carrier protein? Mention the. three types of carrier proteins?
Answer:
Carrier protein acts as a vehicle to carry molecules from outside of the membrane to inside the cell and vice versa. Due to association with molecules to be transported, the structure of carrier protein gets modified until the dissociation of the molecules.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 3
There are three types of carrier proteins classified on the basis of handling of molecules and direction of transport. They are:

  1. Uniport
  2. Symport
  3. Antiport.

Question 3.
Explain osmotic potential.
Answer:
Solute potential, otherwise known as osmotic potential denotes the effect of dissolved solute on water potential. In pure water, the addition of solute reduces its free energy and lowers the water potential value from zero to negative. Thus the value of solute potential is always negative. In a solution at standard atmospheric pressure, water potential is always equal to solute potential (Ψw = Ψs).

Question 4.
What are the types of osmosis based on the direction of the movement of water? Explain briefly.
Answer:
Based on the direction of movement of water or solvent in an osmotic system, two types of osmosis can occur, they are Endosmosis and Exosmosis:

  1. Endosmosis: Endosmosis is defined as the osmotic entry of solvent into a cell or a system when it is placed in a pure water or hypotonic solution. eg: dry raisins (high solute and low solvent) placed in the water, it swells up due to turgidity.
  2. Exosmosis: Exosmosis is defined as the osmotic withdrawal of water from a cell or system when it is placed in a hypertonic solution. Exosmosis in a plant cell leads to plasmolysis.

Question 5.
Describe the method of demonstration of endo – osmosis by potato Osmoseope.
Answer:
The method of demonstration of endo – osmosis by potato Osmoscope:

  1. Take a peeled potato tuber and make a cavity inside with the help of a knife.
  2. Fill the cavity with concentrated sugar solution and mark the initial level.
  3. Place this setup in a beaker of pure water.
  4. After 10 minutes observe the sugar solution level and record your findings.
  5. With the help of your teacher discuss the results.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 4

Instead of potato use beetroot or bottleguard and repeat the above experiment. Compare and discuss the results.

Question 6.
Explain the term reverse osmosis.
Answer:
Reverse Osmosis follows the same principles of osmosis, but in the reverse direction. In this process movement of water is reversed by applying pressure to force the water against a concentration gradient of the solution.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 5
In regular osmosis, the water molecules move from the higher concentration (pure water = hypotonic) to lower concentration (salt water = hypertonic). But in reverse osmosis, the water molecules move from the lower concentration (salt water = hypertonic) to higher concentration (pure water = hypotonic) through a selectively permeable membrane.

Uses:  Reverse osmosis is used for purification of drinking water and desalination of seawater.

Question 7.
Give details of symplast route of water movement.
Answer:
The symplast (Greek: sym = within; plast = cell) consists of the entire mass of cytosol of all the living cells in a plant, as well as the plasmodesmata, the cytoplasmic channel that interconnects them. In the symplastic route, water has to cross plasma membrane to enter the cytoplasm of outer root cell; then it will move within adjoining cytoplasm through plasmodesmata around the vacuoles without the necessity to cross more membrane, till it reaches xylem.

Question 8.
Describe the non – osmotic active absorption theory proposed by Bennet – Clark in 1936.
Answer:
Bennet – Clark (1936), Thimann (1951) and Kramer (1959) observed absorption of water even if the concentration of cell sap in the root hair is lower than that of the soil water. Such a movement requires an expenditure of energy released by respiration (ATP). Thus, there is a link between water absorption and respiration. It is evident from the fact that when respiratory inhibitors like KCN, Chloroform are applied there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and also the rate of absorption of water.

Question 9.
Mention the objections to vital force theory of Ascent of sap.
Answer:
The objections to vital force theory of Ascent of sap:

  1. Strasburger (1889) and Overton (1911) experimentally proved that living cells are not mandatory for the ascent of sap. For this, he selected an old oak tree trunk which when immersed in picric acid and subjected to excessive heat killed all the living cells of the trunk. The trunk when dipped in water, the ascent of sap took place.
  2. Pumping action of living cells should be in between two xylem elements (vertically) and not on lateral sides.

Question 10.
Explain the capillary theory of Boehm (1809).
Answer:
Capillary theory: Boehm (1809) suggested that the xylem vessels work like a capillary tube. This capillarity of the vessels under normal atmospheric pressure is responsible for the ascent of sap. This theory was rejected because the magnitude of capillary force can raise water level only up to a certain height. Further, the xylem vessels are broader than the tracheid which actually conducts more water and against the capillary theory.

Question 11.
Give a brief account of Lenticular transpiration.
Answer:
In stems of woody plants and trees, the epidermis is replaced by periderm because of secondary growth. In order to provide gaseous exchange between the living cells and outer atmosphere, some pores which looks like lens – shaped raised spots are present on the surface of the stem called Lenticels. The loss of water from lenticels is very insignificant as it amounts to only 0.1% of the total.

Question 12.
Explain the theory of photosynthesis in guard cells observed by Von Mohl with its demerits.
Answer:
Von Mohl (1856) observed that stomata open in light and close in the night. According to him, chloroplasts present in the guard cells photosynthesize in the presence of light resulting in the production of carbohydrate (Sugar) which increases osmotic pressure in guard cells. It leads to the entry of water from other cell and stomatal aperture opens. The above process vice versa in night leads to closure of stomata.

Demerits:

  1. Chloroplast of guard cells is poorly developed and incapable of performing photosynthesis.
  2. The guard cells already possess much amount of stored sugars.

Question 13.
What are the three types of wilting in plants? Explain them briefly.
Answer:
In general, there are three types of wilting as follows:

  1. Incipient wilting: Water content of plant cell decreases but the symptoms are not visible.
  2. Temporary wilting: On hot summer days, the freshness of herbaceous plants reduces turgor pressure at the day time and regains it at night.
  3. Permanent wilting: The absorption of water virtually ceases because the plant cell does not get water from any source and the plant cell passes into a state of permanent wilting.

Question 14.
Define guttation. Explain it with examples.
Answer:
During high humidity in the atmosphere, the rate of transpiration is much reduced. When plants absorb water in such a condition root pressure is developed due to excess water within the plant. Thus excess water exudates as liquid from the edges of the leaves and is called guttation. eg: Grasses, tomato, potato, brinjal and Alocasia.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 6
Guttation occurs through stomata like pores called hydathodes generally present in plants that grow in moist and shady places. Pores are present over a mass of loosely arranged cells with large intercellular spaces called epithem. This mass of tissue lies near vein endings (xylem and Phloem). The liquid coming out of hydathode is not pure water but a solution containing a number of dissolved substances.

Question 15.
What is the significance of transpiration in plants?
Answer:
Transpiration leads to loss of water, as 95% of absorbed water is lost in transpiration. It seems to be an evil process to plants. However, number of process like absorption of water, ascent of sap and mineral absorption – directly relay on the transpiration. Moreover plants withstand against scorching sunlight due to transpiration. Hence the transpiration is a “necessary evil” as stated by Curtis.

Question 16.
What do you understand by the source and sink organ of plant?
Answer:
The source organ: Source is defined as any organ in plants which are capable of exporting food materials to the areas of metabolism or to the areas of storage. eg: Mature leaves, germinating seeds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 7
Sink organ: Sink is defined as any organ in plants which receives food from source. eg: Roots, tubers, developing fruits and immature leaves.

Question 17.
Why plants transport sugars as sucrose and not as starch or glucose or fructose?
Answer:
Glucose and Fructose are simple monosaccharides, whereas, Sucrose is a disaccharide composed of glucose and fructose. Starch is a polysaccharide of glucose. Sucrose and starch are more efficient in energy storage when compared to glucose and fructose, but starch is insoluble in water. So it cannot be transported via phloem and the next choice is sucrose, being water soluble and energy efficient, sucrose is chosen as the carrier of energy from leaves to different parts of the plant.

Sucrose has low viscosity even at high concentrations and has no reducing ends which makes it inert than glucose or fructose. During photosynthesis, starch is synthesized and stored in the chloroplast stroma and sucrose is synthesized in the leaf cytosol from which it diffuses to the rest of the plant.

Question 18.
What is meant by phloem unloading?
Answer:
From sieve elements sucrose is translocated into sink organs such as roots, tubers, flowers and fruits and this process is termed as phloem unloading. It consists of three steps:

  1. Sieve element unloading: Sucrose leave from sieve elements.
  2. Short distance transport: Movement of sucrose to sink cells.
  3. Storage and metabolism: The final step when sugars are stored or metabolized in sink cells.

Question 19.
Explain the term Donnam equilibrium.
Answer:
Within the cell, some of the ions never diffuse out through the membrane. They are trapped within the cell and are called fixed ions. But they must be balanced by the ions of opposite charge. Assuming that a concentration of fixed anions is present inside the membrane, more cations would be absorbed in addition to the normal exchange to maintain the equilibrium. Therefore, the cation concentration would be greater in the internal than in the external solution. This electrical balance or equilibrium controlled by electrical as well as diffusion phenomenon is known as the Donnan equilibrium.

IV. Answer the following (5 Marks)

Question 1.
Define the term osmosis. Give details of the types of osmosis in plants.
Answer:
1. Osmosis (Latin: Osmos – impulse, urge) is a special type of diffusion. It represents the movement of water or solvent molecules through a selectively permeable membrane from the place of its higher concentration (high water potential) to the place of its lower concentration (low water potential). Types of Solutions based on concentration:

  • Hypertonic (Hyper = High; tonic = solute): This is a strong solution (low solvent / high solute / low Ψ) which attracts solvent from other solutions.
  •  Hypotonic (Hypo – low; tonic = solute): This is a weak solution (high sol vent / low or zero solute/ high Ψ) and it diffuses water out to other solutions.
  • Isotonic (Iso = identical; tonic = soute): It refers to two solutions having same concentration. In this condition the net movement of water molecule will be zero.

The term hyper, hypo and isotonic are relative terms which can be used only in comparison with another solution.

2. Types of osmosis: Based on the direction of movement of water or solvent in an osmotic system, two types of osmosis can occur, they are Endosmosis and Exosmosis.

  • Endosmosis: Endosmosis is defined as the osmotic entry of solvent into a cell or a system when it is placed in a pure water or hypotonic solution. eg: dry raisins . (high solute and low solvent) placed in the water, it swells up due to turgidity.
  • Exosmosis: Exosmosis is defined as the osmotic withdrawal of water from a cell or system when it is placed in a hypertonic solution. Exosmosis in a plant cell leads to plasmolysis.

Question 2.
Give an account of active absorption theories with their demerits.
Answer:
The mechanism of water absorption due to forces generated in the root itself is called active absorption. Active absorption may be osmotic or non – osmotic.
1. Osmotic active absorption: The theory of osmotic active absorption was postulated by Atkins (1916) and Preistley (1923). According to this theory, the first step in the absorption is soil water imbibed by cell wall of the root hair followed by osmosis. The soil water is hypotonic and cell sap is hypertonic. Therefore, soil water diffuses into root hair along the concentration gradient (endosmosis).

When the root hair becomes fully turgid, it becomes hypotonic and water moves osmotically to the outer most cortical cell. In the same way, water enters into inner cortex, endodermis, pericycle and finally reaches protoxylem. As the sap reaches the protoxylem a pressure is developed known as root pressure. This theory involves the symplastic movement of water.

2. Objections to osmotic theory:

  • The cell sap concentration in xylem is not always high
  • Root pressure is not universal in all plants especially in trees.

3. Non – Osmotic active absorption: Bennet – Clark (1936), Thimann (1951) and Kramer (1959) observed absorption of water even if the concentration of cell sap in the root hair is lower than that of the soil water. Such a movement requires an expehditure of energy released by respiration (ATP). Thus, there is a link between water absorption and respiration. It is evident from the fact that when respiratory inhibitors like KCN, Chloroform are applied there is a decrease in the rate of respiration and also the rate of absorption of water.

Question 3.
Explain in detail about the cohesion tension theory proposed by Dixon and Jolly (1894).
Answer:
(i) Strong cohesive force or tensile strength of water: Water molecules have the strong mutual force of attraction called cohesive mutual force of attraction called cohesive force due to which they cannot be easily separated from one another. Further, the attraction between a water molecule and the wall of the xylem element is called adhesion. These cohesive and adhesive force works together to form an unbroken continuous water column in the xylem. The magnitude of the cohesive force is much high (350 atm) and is more than enough to ascent sap in the tallest trees.

(ii) Continuity of the water column in the plant: An important factor which can break the water column is the introduction of air bubbles in the xylem. Gas bubbles expanding and displacing water within the xylem element is called cavitation or embolism. However, the overall continuity of the water column remains undisturbed since water diffuses into the adjacent xylem elements for continuing ascent of sap.

(iii) Transpiration pull or Tension in the unbroken water column: The unbroken water column from leaf to root is just like a rope. If the rope is pulled from the top, the entire rope will move upward. In plants, such a pull is generated by the process of transpiration which is known as transpiration pull. Water vapour evaporates from mesophyll cells to the intercellular spaces near stomata as a result of active transpiration.

The water vapours are then transpired through the stomatal pores. Loss of water from mesophyll cells causes a decrease in water potential. So, water moves as a pull from cell to cell along the water potential gradient. This tension, generated at the top (leaf) of the unbroken water column, is transmitted downwards from petiole, stem and finally reaches the roots. The cohesion theory is the most accepted among the plant physiologists today.

Question 4.
Describe the theory of K+ transport theory of stomatal opening.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 10
This theory was proposed by Levit (1974) and elaborated by Raschke (1975). According to this theory, the following steps are involved in the stomatal opening:
In light:

  1. In guard cell, starch is converted into organic acid (malic acid).
  2. Malic acid in guard cell dissociates to malate anion and proton (H+).
  3. Protons are transported through the membrane into nearby subsidiary cells with the exchange of K+ (Potassium ions) from subsidiary cells to guard cells. This process involves an electrical gradient and is called ion exchange.
  4. This ion exchange is an active process and consumes ATP for energy.
  5. Increased K+ ions in the guard cell are balanced by Cl ions. Increase in solute concentration decreases the water potential in the guard cell.
  6. Guard cell becomes hypertonic and favours the entry of water from surrounding cells.
  7. Increased turgor pressure due to the entry of water opens the stomatal pore.

In Dark:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 9

  1. In dark photosynthesis stops and respiration continues with accumulation of CO2 in the sub-stomatal cavity.
  2. Accumulation of CO2 in cell lowers the pH level.
  3. Low pH and a shortage of water in the guard cell activate the stress hormone Abscisic acid (ABA).
  4. ABA stops further entry of K+ ions and also induce K+ ions to leak out to subsidiary cells from guard cell.
  5. Loss of water from guard cell reduces turgor pressure and causes closure of stomata.

Question 5.
Give an account of external factors, which affect the rate of transpiration.
Answer:
External or Environmental factors:
1. Atmospheric humidity: The rate of transpiration is greatly reduced when the atmosphere is very humid. As the air becomes dry, the rate of transpiration is also increased proportionately.

2. Temperature: With the increase in atmospheric temperature, the rate of transpiration also increases. However, at very high – temperatures stomata closes because of flaccidity and transpiration stop.

3. Light: Light intensity increases the temperature. As in temperature, transpiration is increased in high light intensity and is decreased in low light intensity. Light also increases the permeability of the cell membrane, making it easy for water molecules to move out of the cell.

4. Wind velocity: In still air, the surface above the stomata get saturated with water vapours and there is no need for more water vapour to come out. If the wind is breezy, water vapour gets carried away near leaf surface and DPD is created to draw more vapour from the leaf cells enhancing transpiration. However, high wind velocity creates an extreme increase in water loss and leads to a reduced rate of transpiration and stomata remain closed.

5. Atmospheric pressure: In low atmospheric pressure, the rate of transpiration increases. Hills favour high transpiration rate due to low atmospheric pressure. However, it is neutralized by low temperature prevailing in the hills.

6. Water: Adequate amount of water in the soil is a pre – requisite for optimum plant growth. Excessive loss of water through transpiration leads to wilting.

Question 6.
Describe the method of Ganongs potometer to measure the rate of transpiration.
Answer:
Ganongs potometer is used to measure the rate of transpiration indirectly. In this, the amount of water absorbed is measured and assumed that this amount is equal to the amount of water transpired. Apparatus consists of a horizontal graduated tube which is bent in opposite directions at the ends. One bent end is wide and the other is narrow. A reservoir is fixed to the horizontal tube near the wider end. The reservoir has a stopcock to regulate water flow. The apparatus is filled with water from reservoir.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 8
A twig or a small plant is fixed to the wider arm through a split cock. The other bent end of the horizontal tube is dipped into a beaker containing coloured water. An air bubble is introduced into the graduated tube at the narrow end. Keep this apparatus in bright sunlight and observe. As transpiration takes place, the air bubble will move towards the twig. The loss is compensated by water absorption through the xylem portion of the twig. Thus, the rate of water absorption is equal to the rate of transpiration.

Question 7.
Explain Munch Mass Flow Hypothesis with its merits and objections.
Answer:
Mass flow theory was first proposed by Munch (1930) and elaborated by Crafts (1938). According to this hypothesis, organic substances or solutes move from the region of high osmotic pressure (from mesophyll) to the region of low osmotic pressure along the turgor pressure gradient. The principle involved in this hypothesis can be explained by a simple physical system as shown in figure.

Two chambers “A” and “B” made up of semipermeable membranes are connected by tube “T” immersed in a reservoir of water. Chamber “A” contains highly concentrated sugar solution while chamber “B” contains dilute sugar solution. The following changes were observed in the system.

  1. The high concentration sugar solution of chamber “A” is in a hypertonic state which draws water from the reservoir by endosmosis.
  2. Due to the continuous entry of water into chamber “A”, turgor pressure is increased.
  3. Increase in turgor pressure in chamber “A” force, the mass flow of sugar solution to chamber “B” through the tube “T” along turgor pressure gradient.
  4. The movement of solute will continue till the solution in both the chambers attains the state of isotonic condition and the system becomes inactive.
  5. However, if new sugar solution is added in chamber “A”, the system will start to run again.

A similar analogous system as given in the experiment exists in plants:
Chamber “A” is analogous to mesophyll cells of the leaves which contain a higher concentration of food material in soluble form. In short “A” is the production point called “source”. Chamber “B” is analogous to cells of stem and roots where the food material is utilized. In short “B” is consumption end called “sink”. Tube “T” is analogous to the sieve tube of phloem.

Mesophyll cells draw water from the xylem (reservoir of the experiment) of the leaf by endosmosis leading to increase in the turgor pressure of mesophyll cell. The turgor pressure in the cells of stem and the roots are comparatively low and hence, the soluble organic solutes begin to flow en masse from mesophyll through the phloem to the cells of stem and roots along the gradient turgor pressure.

In the cells of stem and roots, the organic solutes are either consumed or converted into insoluble form and the excess water is released into xylem (by turgor pressure gradient) through cambium.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 12
Merits:

  1. When a woody or herbaceous plant is girdled, the sap contains high sugar containing exudates from cut end.
  2. Positive concentration gradient disappears when plants are defoliated.

Objections:

  1. This hypothesis explains the unidirectional movement of solute only. However, bidirectional movement of solute is commonly observed in plants.
  2. Osmotic pressure of mesophyll cells and that of root hair do not confirm the requirements.
  3. This theory gives passive role to sieve tube and protoplasm, while some workers demonstrated the involvement of ATP.

Question 8.
Write an essay on Lunde – gardh’s cytochrome pump theory of mineral transport.
Answer:
Lundegardh and Burstrom (1933) observed a correlation between respiration and anion absorption. When a plant is transferred from water to a salt solution the rate of respiration increases which is called,as anion respiration or salt respiration. Based on this observation Lundegardh (1950 and 1954) proposed cytochrome pump theory which is based on the following assumptions:

  1. The mechanism of anion and cation absorption are different.
  2. Anions are absorbed through cytochrome chain by an active process, cations are absorbed passively.
  3. An oxygen gradient responsible for oxidation at the outer surface of the membrane and reduction at the inner surface.

According to this theory, the enzyme dehydrogenase on inner surface is responsible for the formation of protons (H+) and electrons (e). As electrons pass outward through electron transport chain there is a corresponding inward passage of anions.

Anions are picked up by oxidized cytochrome oxidase and are transferred to other members of chain as they transfer the electron to the next component. The theory assumes that cations (C+) move passively along the electrical gradient created by the accumulation of anions (A) at the inner surface of the membrane.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 13
Main defects of the above theory are:

  1. Cations also induce respiration.
  2. Fails to explain the selective uptake of ions.
  3. It explains absorption of anions only.

Solution To Activity
Textbook Page No: 63

Question 1.
Imbibition experiment: Collect 5 gm of gum from Drumstick tree or Babool tree or Almond tree. Immerse in 100 ml of water. After 24 hours observe the changes and discuss the results with your teacher.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 11 Transport in Plants 11
The gum will absorb large amount of water and swells. The phenomenon is called imbibition.

Textbook Page No: 65

Question 1.
Find the role of turgor pressure in sudden closing of leaves when we touch the ‘touch me not’ plant.
Answer:
When touched, this sensitive leaf reacts to stimulus as there is a higher pressure at that point and water in the vacuoles of the cells of the leaf lose water to the adjacent cell. This causes the leaves to close. If the leaves are left undisturbed for a few seconds, they slowly open up again and regain turgidity.

Textbook Page No: 75

Question 1.
Select a leafy twig of fully grown plant in your school campus. Cover the twig with a transparent polythene bag and tie the mouth of the bag at the base of the twig. Observe the changes after two hours and discuss with your teacher.
Answer:
Two hours and discuss with your teacher:

  1. Select a leafy twig of a fully grown plant.
  2. Cover the twig in a transparent polythene bag.
  3. Tie the mouth of the bag.
  4. Observe the bag after two hours.
  5. Observation: Moisture will be observed inside the plastic bag because of transpiration of water from the plant twig.

Textbook Page No: 79

Question 1.
What will happen if an indoor plant is placed under fan and AC?
Answer:
When an indoor plant is placed under fan and AC, the transpiration of water from the plant may increase, because the wind from fan and the humidity from AC will increase transpiration of water from the plant.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 11 Transport in Plants textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 10 Secondary Growth from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 10 Secondary Growth Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 10 Secondary Growth Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 10 Secondary Growth Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Secondary Growth Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Consider the following statements In spring season vascular cambium:
(i) is less active
(ii) produces a large number of xylary elements
(iii) forms vessels with wide cavities of these

(a) (i) is correct but (ii) and (iii) are not correct
(b) (i) is not correct but (ii) and (iii) are correct
(c) (i) and (ii) are correct but (iii) is not correct
(d) (i) and (ii) are not correct but (iii) is correct
Answer:
(b) (i) is not correct but (ii) and (iii) are correct

Question 2.
Usually, the monocotyledons do not increase their girth, because:
(a) They possess actively dividing cambium
(b) They do not possess actively dividing cambium
(c) Ceases activity of cambium
(d) All are correct
Answer:
(b) They do not possess actively dividing cambium

Question 3.
In the diagram of lenticel identify the parts marked as A,B,C,D.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth 1
(a) A. Phellem, B. Complementary tissue, C. Phelloderm, D. Phellogen.
(b) A. Complementary tissue, B. Phellem, C. Phellogen, D. Phelloderm.
(c) A. Phellogen, B. Phellem, C. Pheiloderm, D. complementary tissue
(d) A. Phelloderm, B. Phellem, C. Complementary tissue, D. Phellogen
Answer:
(a) A. Phellem, B. Complementary tissue, C. Phelloderm, D. Phellogen.

Question 4.
The common bottle cork is a product of:
(a) Dermatogen
(b) Phellogen
(c) Xylem
(d) Vascular cambium
Answer:
(b) Phellogen

Question 5.
What is the fate of primary xylem in a dicot root showing extensive secondary growth?
(a) It is retained in the center of the axis
(b) It gets crushed
(c) May or may not get crushed
(d) It gets surrounded by primary phloem
Answer:
(b) It gets crushed

Question 6.
In a forest, if the bark of a tree is damaged by the horn of a deer, How will the plant overcome the damage?
Answer:
When the bark is damaged, the phellogem forms a complete cylinder around the stem and it gives rise to ring barks.

Question 7.
In which season the vessels of angiosperms are larger in size, why?
Answer:
In spring season the vessels are larger in size, because the cambium cells are very active during spring season.

Question 8.
Continuous state of dividing tissue is called meristem. In connection to this, what is the role of lateral meristem?
Answer:
Apical meristems produce the primary plant body. In some plants, the lateral meristem increase the girth of a plant. This type of growth is secondary because the lateral meristem are not directly produced by apical meristems. Woody plants have two types of lateral meristems: a vascular cambium that produces xylem, phloem tissues and cork cambium that produces the bark of a tree.

Question 9.
A timber merchant bought 2 logs of wood from a forest & named them A & B, The log A was 50 year old & B was 20 years old. Which log of wood will last longer for the merchant? Why?
Answer:
The wood of 50 years old will last longer than 20 years old wood, because timber from hard wood is more durable and more resistant to the attack of micro organisms and insect than the timber from sap wood.

Question 10.
A transverse section of the trunk of a tree shows concentric rings which are known as growth rings. How are these rings formed? What are the significance of these rings?
Answer:
The annual ring denotes the combination of early wood and late wood and the ring becomes evident to our eye due to the high density of late wood. Sometimes annual rings are called growth rings but it should be remembered all the growth rings are not annual. In some trees more than one growth ring is formed with in a year due to climatic changes. Additional growth rings are developed within a year due to adverse natural calamities like drought, frost, defoliation, flood, mechanical injury and biotic factors during the middle of a growing season, which results in the formation of more than one annual ring.

Such rings are called pseudo – or false – annual rings. Each annual ring corresponds to one year’s growth and on the basis of these rings, the age of a particular plant can easily be calculated. The determination of the age of a tree by counting the annual rings is called dendrochronology.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Secondary Growth Other Important Questions & Answers

I. Choose the correct answer. (I Marks)
Question 1.
The roots and stems grow in length with the help of:
(a) cambium
(b) secondary growth
(c) apical meristem
(d) vascular parenchyma
Answer:
(c) apical meristem

Question 2.
The increase in the girth of plant is called:
(a) primary growth
(b) tertiary growth
(c) longitudinal growth
(d) secondary growth
Answer:
(d) secondary growth

Question 3.
The secondary vascular tissues include:
(a) secondary xylem and secondary phloem
(b) secondary xylem, cambium strip and secondary phloem
(c) secondary phloem and fascicular cambium
(d) secondary xylem and primary phloem
Answer:
(a) secondary xylem and secondary phloem

Question 4.
Choose the correct statements.
(i) A strip of vascular cambium is present between xylem and phloem of the vascular bundle.
(ii) Vascular cambium is believed originate from fusiform initials.
(iii) The vascular cambium is originated from procambium of vascular bundle
(iv) Vascular cambium is present between fusiform initials and ray initials

(a) (i) and (iv)
(b) (i) and (iii)
(c) (ii) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iv)
Answer:
(b) (i) and (iii)

Question 5.
Match the following:

A. Xylem(i) Treachery elements
B. Secondary xylem(ii) Water transport
C. Phloem(iii) Sieve elements
D. Secondary phloem(iv) Food transport

(a) B – (i); A – (ii); C – (iii); D – (iv)
(b) B – (ii); A – (iii); C – (i); D – (iv)
(c) A – (ii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (iii)
(d) A – (i); B – (ii); C – (iii); D – (iv)
Answer:
(c) A – (ii); B – (i); C – (iv); D – (iii)

Question 6.
The axial system of the secondary xylem includes:
(a) treachery elements, sieve elements, fibers and axial parenchyma
(b) treachery elements, fibers and axial parenchyma
(c) treachery elements and fibers
(d) sieve elements and axial parenchyma
Answer:
(b) treachery elements, fibers and axial parenchyma

Question 7.
The study of wood by preparing sections for microscopic observation is termed as:
(a) histology
(b) xylotomy
(c) phoemtomy
(d) anatomy
Answer:
(b) xylotomy

Question 8.
Ray cells are present between:
(a) primary xylem and phloem
(b) primary xylem and secondary xylem
(c) secondary xylem and phloem
(d) secondary phloem and cambium
Answer:
(c) secondary xylem and phloem

Question 9.
The axial system Consists of vertical files of:
(a) treachery elements and sieve elements
(b) treachery elements and apical parenchyma
(c) sieve elements are fibers
(d) treachery elements, fibers and wood parenchyma
Answer:
(d) treachery elements, fibers and wood parenchyma

Question 10.
Morus rubra has:
(a) porous wood
(b) soft wood
(c) spring wood
(d) sap wood
Answer:
(a) porous wood

Question 11.
Which of the statement is not correct?
(a) In temperate regions, the cambium is very active in winter season.
(b) In temperate regions, the cambium is very active in spring season.
(c) In temperate regions, cambium is less active in winter season.
(d) In temperate regions early wood is formed in spring season.
Answer:
(a) In temperate regions, the cambium is very active in winter season.

Question 12.
Usually more distinct annual rings are formed:
(a) in tropical plants
(b) in seashore plants
(c) in temperate plants
(d) in desert plants
Answer:
(c) in temperate plants

Question 13.
False annual rings are formed due to:
(a) rain
(b) adverse natural calamities
(c) severe cold
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) adverse natural calamities

Question 14.
determination of the age of a tree by counting the annual rings is called:
(a) chronology
(b) dendrochronology
(c) palaeology
(d) histology
Answer:
(c) palaeology

Question 15.
The age of American sequoiadendron tree is about:
(a) 350 years
(b) 3,000 years
(c) 3400 years
(d) 3500 years
Answer:
(d) 3500 years

Question 16.
The wood of Acer plant has:
(a) ring porous
(b) diffuse porous
(c) central porous
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) diffuse porous

Question 17.
In fully developed tyloses:
(a) only starchy crystals are present
(b) resin and gums only are present
(c) oil and tannins are present
(d) starchy crystals, resins, gums, oils, tannins or colored substances are present
Answer:
(d) starchy crystals, resins, gums, oils, tannins or colored substances are present

Question 18.
In bombax:
(a) the sieve tubes are blocked by tylose like outgrowths
(b) the resin ducts are blocked by tylose like outgrowths
(c) the phloem tube is blocked by tylose like out growths
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(a) the sieve tubes are blocked by tylose like outgrowths

Question 19.
Which of the statement is not correct?
(a) Sap wood and heart wood can be distinguished in the secondary xylem
(b) Sap wood is paler in colour
(c) Heart wood is darker in colour
(d) The sap wood conducts minerals, while the heart wood conduct water
Answer:
(d) The sap wood conducts minerals, while the heart wood conduct water

Question 20.
Timber from heart wood is:
(a) more fragile and resistant to the attack of insects
(b) more durable and more resistant to the attack of micro organism and insects
(c) more hard and less resistant to the attack of micro organism
(d) less durable and more resistant to the attack of micro organism and insects
Answer:
(b) more durable and more resistant to the attack of micro organism and insects

Question 21.
The dye, haematoxylin is obtained from:
(a) the heart wood of haematoxylum campechianum
(b) the sap wood of haematoxylum campechianum
(c) cambium cells of haematoxylum campechianum
(d) the seeds of haematoxylum campechianum
Answer:
(a) the heart wood of haematoxylum campechianum

Question 22.
Canada balsam is produced from:
(a) Pisum sativum
(b) resin of Arjuna plant
(c) Abies balsamea
(d) the root of Vinca rosea
Answer:
(c) Abies balsamea

Question 23.
Some commercially important phloem or bast fibres are obtained from:
(a) banana
(b) bamboo
(c) vinca rosea
(d) cannabis sativa
Answer:
(d) cannabis sativa

Question 24.
Phellogen comprises:
(a) homogeneous sclerenchyma cells
(b)homogeneous meristamatic cells
(c) homogeneous collenchyma cells
(d) none of the above cells
Answer:
(b)homogeneous meristamatic cells

Question 25.
Phelloderm is otherwise called as:
(a) primary cortex
(b) cork wood
(c) secondary cortex
(d) rhytidome
Answer:
(c) secondary cortex

Question 26.
Lenticel is helpful in:
(a) transportation of food
(b) photosynthesis
(c) exchanges of gases and transpiration
(d) transportation of water
Answer:
(c) exchanges of gases and transpiration

Question 27.
The antimalarial compound quinine is, extracted from:
(a) seeds of cinchona
(b) bark of cinchona
(c) leaves of cinchona
(d) flowers of cinchona
Answer:
(b) bark of cinchona

Question 28.
Gum Arabic is obtained from:
(a) Hevea brasiliensis
(b) Acacia Senegal
(c) Pinus
(d) Dilonix regia
Answer:
(b) Acacia Senegal

Question 29.
Turpentine used as thinner of paints is obtained from:
(a) Acacia Senegal
(b) Vinca rosea
(c) Hevea brasiliensis
(d) Pinus
Answer:
(d) Pinus

Question 30.
Rubber is obtained from:
(a) Bombax mori
(b) Hevea brasiliensis
(c) Quercus suber
(d) Morus rubra
Answer:
(b) Hevea brasiliensis

II. Answer the following. (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Define primary growth?
Answer:
The roots and stems grow in length with the help of apical meristems. This is called primary growth or longitudinal growth.

Question 2.
Mention the two lateral meristem responsible for secondary growth.
Answer:
The secondary growth in dicots and gymnosperms is brought about by two lateral meristems.

  1. Vascular Cambium and
  2. Cork Cambium

Question 3.
What is meant by vascular cambium?
Answer:
The vascular cambium is the lateral meristem that produces the secondary vascular tissues. i.e., secondary xylem and secondary phloem.

Question 4.
Define intrafascicular or fascicular cambium?
Answer:
A strip of vascular cambium that is believed to originate from the procambium is present between xylem and phloem of the vascular bundle. This cambial strip is known as intrafascicular or fascicular cambium.

Question 5.
Define interfascicular cambium?
Answer:
In between the vascular bundles, a few parenchymatous cells of the medullary rays that are in line with the fascicular cambium become meristematic and form strips of vascular cambium. It is called interfascicular cambium.

Question 6.
What is vascular cambial ring?
Answer:
This interfascicular cambium joins with the intrafascicular cambium on both sides to form a continuous ring. It is called a vascular cambial ring.

Question 7.
What is meant by stratified cambium?
Answer:
If the fusiform initials are arranged in horizontal tiers, with the end of the cells of one tier appearing at approximately the same level, as seen in Tangential Longitudinal Section (TLS), it is called storied (stratified) cambium.

Question 8.
Explain non – stratified cambium.
Answer:
In plants with long fusiform initials, they strongly overlap at the ends, and this type of cambium is called non – storied (non – startified) cambium.

Question 9.
Give a brief note on ray initials.
Answer:
These are horizontally elongated cells. They give rise to the ray cells and form the elements of the radial system of secondary xylem and phloem.

Question 10.
How does secondary xylem or wood form?
Answer:
The secondary xylem, also called wood, is formed by a relatively complex meristem, the vascular cambium, consisting of vertically (axial) elongated fusiform initials and horizontally (radially) elongated ray initials.

Question 11.
What is meant by spring wood?
Answer:
In the spring season, cambium is very active and produces a large number of xylary elements having vessels / tracheids with wide lumen. The wood formed during this season is called spring wood or early wood.

Question 12.
How does the autumn wood form?
Answer:
In winter, the cambium is less active and forms fewer xylary elements that have narrow vessels /  tracheids and this wood is called autumn wood or late wood.

Question 13.
Define growth rings?
Answer:
The annual ring denotes the combination of early wood and late wood and the ring becomes evident to our eye due to the high density of late wood. Sometimes annual rings are called growth rings.

Question 14.
Define dendroclimatology?
Answer:
It is a branch of dendrochronology concerned with constructing records of past climates and climatic events by analysis of tree growth characteristics, especially growth rings.

Question 15.
Explain diffuse porous woods with an example.
Answer:
Diffuse porous woods are woods in which the vessels or pores are rather uniform in size and distribution throughout an annual ring. eg: Acer

Question 16.
What is meant by ring porous woods?
Answer:
The pores of the early wood are distinctly larger than those of the late wood. Thus rings of wide and narrow vessels occur.

Question 17.
Define tyloses?
Answer:
In many dicot plants, the lumen of the xylem vessels is blocked by many balloon like ingrowths from the neighbouring parenchymatous cells. These balloons like structure are called tyloses.

Question 18.
Mention two plants from which bast fibres are obtained.
Answer:
Two plants from which bast fibres are obtained:

  1. Flax – Linum ustitaissimum
  2. Hemp – Cannabis sativa

Question 19.
Define Rhytidome?
Answer:
Rhytidome is a technical term used for the outer dead bark which consists of periderm and isolated cortical or phloem tissues ? formed during successive secondary growth, eg: Quercus.

Question 20.
What is polyderm? Explain briefly.
Answer:
Polyderm is found in the roots and underground stems. eg: Rosaceae. It refers to a special type of protective tissues consisting of uniseriate suberized layer alternating with multiseriate nonsuberized cells in periderm.

Question 21.
Define’bark’?
Answer:
The term ‘bark’ is commonly applied to all the tissues outside the vascular cambium of stem (i.e., periderm, cortex, primary phloem and secondary phloem).

Question 22.
What are the functions of lenticel?
Answer:
Lenticel is helpful in exchange of gases and transpiration called lenticular transpiration.

Question 23.
Explain briefly phelloderm.
Answer:
It is a tissue resembling cortical living parenchyma produced centripetally (inward) from the phellogen as a part of the periderm of stems and roots in seed plants.

Question 24.
What is the function of secondary phloem?
Answer:
Secondary phloem is a living tissue that transports soluble organic compounds made during photosynthesis to various parts of plant.

Question 25.
what is periderm?
Answer:
Whenever stems and roots increase in thickness by secondary growth, the periderm, a protective tissue of secondary origin replaces the epidermis and Often primary cortex. The periderm consists of phellem, phellogen, and phelloderm.

III. Answer the following. (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Distinguish between primary and secondary growth.
Answer:
1. Primary growth: The plant organs originating from the apical meristems pass through a period of expansion in length and width. The roots and stems grow in length with the help of apical meristems. This is tailed primary growth or longitudinal growth.

2. Secondary growth: The gymnosperms and most angiosperms, including some monocots, show an increase in thickness of stems and roots by means of secondary growth or latitudinal growth.

Question 2.
Explain fusiform initials.
Answer:
These are vertically elongated cells. They give rise to the longitudinal or axial system of the secondary xylem (treachery elements, fibers, and axial parenchyma) and phloem (sieve elements, fibers, and axial parenchyma).

Question 3.
Explain briefly about false annual rings.
Answer:
Additional growth rings are developed within a year due to adverse natural calamities like drought, frost, defoliation, flood, mechanical injury and biotic factors during the middle of a growing season, which results in the formation of more than one annual ring. Such rings are called pseudo – or false – annual rings.

Question 4.
Write down the differences between spring wood and autumn wood.
Answer:
The differences between spring wood and autumn wood:

Spring wood or Early wood

Autumn wood or Late wood

1. The activity of cambium is faster.1. Activity of cambium is slower.
2. Produces large number of xylem elements.2. Produces fewer xylem elements.
3. Xylem vessels /  trachieds have wider lumen.3. Xylem vessels / trachieds have narrow lumen.
4. Wood is lighter in colour and has lower density.4. Wood is darker in colour and has a higher density.

Question 5.
How do you distinguish between sap wood and heart wood?
Answer:

Sap wood (Alburnum)

Heart wood (Duramen)

1. Living part of the wood.1. Dead part of the wood.
2. It is situated on the outer side of wood.2.It is situated in the certre part of wood.
3. It is less in coloured.3. It is dark in coloured.
4. Very soft in nature.4. Hard in nature.
Tyloses are absent. Tyloses are present.
5. It is not durable and not resistant to microorganisms.5. It is more durable and resists microorganisms.

Question 6.
What are fossil resins? Explain with an example.
Answer:
Plants secrete resins for their protective benefits. Amber is a fossilized tree resinespecially from the wood, which has been appreciated for its colour and natural beauty since neolithic times. Much valued from antiquity to the present as a gemstone, amber is made into a variety of decorative objects. Amber is used in jewellery. It has also been used as a healing agent in folk medicine.

Question 7.
Write briefly about Cork cambium.
Answer:
It is a secondary lateral meristem. It comprises homogenous meristematic cells unlike vascular cambium. It arises from epidermis, cortex, phloem or pericycle (extrastelar in origin). Its cells divide periclinally and produce radially arranged files of cells. The cells towards the outer side differentiate into phellem (cork) and those towards the inside as phelloderm (secondary cortex).

Question 8.
Explain the term lenticel.
Answer:
Lenticel is raised opening or pore on the epidermis or bark of stems and roots. It is formed during secondary growth in stems. When phellogen is more active in the region of lenticels, a mass of loosely arranged thin – walled parenchyma cells are formed. It is called complementary tissue or filling tissue. Lenticel is helpful in exchange of gases and transpiration called lenticular transpiration.

Question 9.
Mention the benefits of bark in a tree.
Answer:
Bark protects the plant from parasitic fungi and insects, prevents water loss by evaporation and guards against variations of external temperature. It is an insect repellent, decay proof, fireproof and is used in obtaining drugs or spices. The phloem cells of the bark are involved in conduction of food while secondary cortical cells involved in storage.

Question 10.
Distinguish between Intrafascicular Interfascicular cambium.
Answer:
Between Intrafascicular Interfascicular cambium:

Intrafascicular cambium

Interfascicular cambium

1. Present inside the vascular bundles1. Present in between the vascular bundles.
2. Originates from the procambium.2. Originates from the medullary rays.
3. Initially it forms a part of the primary meristem.3. From the beginning it forms a part of the secondary meristem.

IV. Answer In detail
Question 1.
Describe the activity of vascular with the help of diagram.
Answer:
Activity of Vascular Cambium:
The vascular cambial ring, when active, cuts off new cells both towards the inner and outer side. The cells which are produced outward form secondary phloem and inward secondary xylem. At places, cambium forms some narrow horizontal bands of parenchyma which passes through secondary phloem and xylem. These are the rays. Due to the continued formation of secondary xylem and phloem through vascular cambial activity, both the primary xylem and phloem get gradually crushed.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth 6

Question 2.
Describe the formation of sap wood and heart wood with suitabie diagram.
Answer:
Sap wood and heart wood can be distinguished in the secondary xylem. In any tree the outer part of the wood, which is paler in colour, is called sap wood are alburnum. The centre part of the wood, which is darker in colour is called heart wood or duramen. The sap wood conducts water while the heart wood stops conducting water. As vessels of the heart wood are blocked by tyloses, water is not conducted through them.

Due to the presence of tyloses and their contents the heart wood becomes coloured, dead and the hardest part of the wood. From the economic point of view, generally the heartwood is more useful than the sapwood. The timber form the heartwood is more durable and more resistant to the attack of microorganisms and insects than the timber from sapwood.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth 4

Question 3.
Draw and label the transverse section of dicot stem showing the secondary growth.

Answer:
The transverse section of dicot stem showing the secondary growth:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth 5

Question 4.
Distinguish between Phellem and Phelloderm.
Answer:
Phellem (Cork):

  1. It is formed on the outer side of phellogen.
  2. Cells are compactly arranged in regular tires and rows without intercellular spaces.
  3. Protective in function.
  4. Consists of nonliving cells with suberized walls.
  5. Lenticels are present.

Phelloderm (Secondary cortex):

  1. It is formed on the inner side of phellogen.
  2. Cells are loosely arranged with intercellular spaces.
  3. As it contains chloroplast, it synthesises and stores food.
  4. Consists of living cells, parenchymatous in nature and does not have suberin.
  5. Lenticels are absent.

Question 5.
Write down the economic importance of tree bark.
Answer:
The economic importance of tree bark:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth 3

Question 5.
Draw the different stages of secondary growth in a dicot root and label the parts.
Answer:
Stages of secondary growth in a dicot root and label the parts:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 10 Secondary Growth 2

Solution To Activity
Textbook Page No: 38
Question 1.
Generally monocots do not have secondary growth, but palms and bamboos have woody stems. Find the reason.
Answer:
Some of the monocots like palm and bamboos show an increase in thickness of stems by means of secondary growth or latitudinal growth.

Textbook Page No: 48
Question 2.
Be friendly with your environment (Eco friendly) Why should not we use the natural products which are made by plant fibres like rope, fancy bags, mobile pouch, mat and gunny bags etc., instead of using plastics or nylon?
Answer:
We should not use the natural products, which are made by plants fibres, because, if we use more of plant products the greedy people will exploit the plant resources for making plant products and thereby depleting the tree cover, which in turn causes reduction in rain fall.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 10 Secondary Growth textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Body Fluids and Circulation Text Book Back Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Question 1.
What is the function of lymph?
(a) Transport of O2 into brain
(b) Transport of CO2 into lungs
(c) Bring interstitial fluid in blood
(d) Bring RBC and WBC in lymph node
Answer:
(c) Bring interstitial fluid in blood

Question 2.
Which one of the following plasma proteins is involved in the coagulation of blood?
(a) Globulin
(b) Fibrinogen
(c) Albumin
(d) Serum amylase
Answer:
(b) Fibrinogen

Question 3.
Which of the following WBCs are found in more numbers?
(a) Eosinophil
(b) Neutrophil
(c) Basophil
(d) Monocyte
Answer:
(b) Neutrophil

Question 4.
Which of the following is not involved in blood clotting?
(a) Fibrin
(b) Calcium
(c) Platelets
(d) Bilirubin
Answer:
(d) Bilirubin

Question 5.
Lymph is colourless because ………….
(a) WBC are absent
(b) WBC are present
(c) Haemoglobin is absent
(d) RBC are absent
Answer:
(c) Haemoglobin is absent

Question 6.
Blood group is due to the presence or absence of surface
(a) Antigens on the surface of WBC
(b) Antibodies on the surface of RBC
(c) Antigens on the surface of RBC
(d) Antibodies on the surface of WBC
Answer:
(c) Antigens on the surface of RBC

Question 7.
A person having both antigen A and antigen B on the surface of RBCs belongs to blood group
(a) A
(b) B
(c) AB
(d) O
Answer:
(c) AB

Question 8.
Erythroblastosis foetalis is due to the destruction of …………..
(a) Foetal RBCs
(b) Foetus suffers from atherosclerosis
(c) Foetal WBCs
(d) Foetus suffers from mianmata
Answer:
(a) Foetal RBCs

Question 9.
Dub sound of heart is caused by
(a) Closure of atrio-ventricular valves
(b) Opening of semi-lunar valves
(c) Closure of semi-lunar valves
(d) Opening of atrio-ventricular valves
Answer:
(c) Closure of semi-lunar values

Question 10.
Why is the velocity of blood flow the lowest in the capillaries?
(a) The systemic capillaries are supplied by the left ventricle, which has a lower cardiac output than the right ventricle.
(b) Capillaries are far from the heart, and blood flow slows as distance from the heart increases.
(c) The total surface area of the capillaries is larger than the total surface area of the arterioles.
(d) The capillary walls are not thin enough to- allow oxygen to exchange with the cells.
(e) The diastolic blood pressure is too low to deliver blood to the capillaries at a high flow rate.
Answer:
(c) The total surface area of the capillaries is larger than the total surface area of the arterioles.

Question 11.
An unconscious patient is rushed into the emergency room and needs a fast blood transfusion. Because there is no time to check her medical history or determine her blood type, which type of blood should you as her doctor, give her?
(a) A+
(b) AB
(c) O+
(d) O
Answer:
(c) O+

Question 12.
Which of these functions could or could not be carried out by a red blood cell?
(a) Protein synthesis
(b) Cell division
(c) Lipid synthesis
(d) Active transport
Answer:
(a) Protein synthesis: RBCs do not have ribosomes which are important for protein synthesis, They are concerned with transport of respiratory gases alone. Hence protein synthesis
could not take place in RBCs.

(b) Cells division: RBCs do not have numbers. They are produced in the bone marrow. They do not involve in cell division.

(c) Lipid Synthesis: Lipid synthesis occurs in endoplasmic reticulum (ER) and golgi complex. The ER is absent in RBCs. Hence lipid synthesis does not take place in RBCs.

(d) Active transport: Transport of respiratory gases between the alveoli to the blood vessels, blood vessel to the cells and vice versa take place due to difference in the partial pressure of O2 and CO2., Active transport of materials against concentration gradient does not take place in RBCs.

Question 13.
At the venous end of the capillary bed, the osmotic pressure is …………….
(a) Greater than the hydrostatic pressure
(b) Result in net outflow of fluids
(c) Results in net absorption of fluids
(d) No change occurs
Answer:
(a) Greater than the hydrostatic pressure

Question 14.
A patient’s chart reveals that he has a cardiac output of 7500mL per minute and a stroke volume of 50 mL. What is his pulse rate (in beats / min)
(a) 50
(b) 100
(c) 150
(d) 400
Answer:
(c) 150

Question 15.
At any given time there is more blood in the venous system than that of the arterial system. Which of the following features of the veins allows this?
(a) relative lack of smooth muscles
(b) presence of valves
(c) proximity of the veins to lymphatic’s
(d) thin endothelial lining
Answer:
(a) relative lack of smooth muscles

II. Short Answer Questions

Question 16.
Distinguish between arteries and veins?
Answer:

ArteriesVeins
1. Arteries are the blood vessels that carry blood away from the heart.1. Veins are the blood vessels that carry blood to the heart.
2. Arteries carry oxygenated blood except pulmonary artery.2. Veins carry deoxygenated blood except pulmonary veins.
3. Arteries usually lie deep inside the body.3. Veins are usually located superficially.
4.  These are thick walled.4. These are thin walled.
5. These do not have valves.5. These have semilunar valves.
6. Blood pressure is high.6.  Blood pressure is low.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 17.
Distinguish between open and closed circulation?
Answer:

Open circulationClosed circulation
1. Open circulation, haemolymph is pumped by the heart which flows through blood vessels into the haemocoel.1.In closed circulation, blood is pumped by the heart and flows through blood vessels
2. It is seen in arthropods and most molluscs.2. It is seen in annelids, cephalopods and vertebrates

Question 18.
Distinguish between mitral valve and semi lunar valve?
Answer:

Mitral valve

Semilunar vales

1. The valve present between the left atrium left ventricle is called mitral valve.1. The valves present at the openings of right and left ventricles into the pulmonary artery and aorta are semilunar valves.
2. It is made of two flaps.2. These are of three half moon shaped cusps.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 19.
Right ventricular wall is thinner than the left ventricular wall. Why?
Answer:
The right ventricle pumps deoxygenated blood, to the lungs through pulmonary artery. The left ventricle pumps the oxygenated blood to all parts of the body through the aorta. Hence, left ventricle has to exert more pressure. Hence right ventricular wall is thinner but the left ventricular walls is thicker.

Question 20.
What might be the effect on a person whose diet has less iron content?
Answer:
A person whose diet has less iron content will become anaemic. The haemoglobin content of the blood will be less. The volume of oxygen carried by RBCs gets reduced. He/she may experience tiredness, weakness, fatigue etc. In order to overcome this deficiency one has to take iron rich diet.

Question 21.
Describe the mechanism by which the human heart beat is initiated and controlled?
Answer:
The rhythmic contraction and expansion of heart is called heart beat. The contraction of the heart is called systole and the relaxation of the heart is called diastole. The human heart is myogenic. The pacemaker cells are located in the right sinoatrial (SA) node.

On the left side of the right atrium, there is a mode called auriculo ventricular node (AV). Two special cardiac muscle fibres which originate from the AV node are called the bundle of His. It runs down into the interventricular spectrum and the fibres spread into the ventricle as the Purkinje fibres.

The pacemaker cells produce excitation through depolarization of their cell membrane. Early depolarization is slow and takes place by sodium influx and reduction in potassium efflux. Minimum potential is required to activate voltage gated calcium (Ca+) channels that cause rapid depolarization which results in action potential. The pace maker cells repolarise slowly via K+ efflux.

Question 22.
What is lymph? Write its function?
Answer:
About 90% of fluid that leaks from capillaries eventually seeps back into the capillaries and the remaining 10% is collected and returned to blood system by me of a series of tubules known as lymph vessels or lymphatics.

The fluid inside the lymphatics is called lymph. The lymphatic system consists of a complex network of thin walled ducts (lymphatic vessels), filtering bodies (lymph nodes) and a large number of lymphocytic cell concentrations in various lymphoid organism.

The lymphatic vessels have smooth walls that run parallel to the blood vessels, in the skin, along the respiratory and digestive tracts. These vessels serve as return ducts for the fluids that are continually diffusing out of the blood capillaries into the body tissues.

Lymph fluid must pass through the lymph nodes before it is returned to the blood. The lymph nodes that filter the fluid from the lymphatic vessels of the skin are highly concentrated in the neck, inguinal, axillaries, respiratory and digestive tracts.

The lymph fluid flowing out of the lymph nodes flow into large collecting duct which finally drains into larger veins that runs beneath the collar bone, the subclavian vein and is emptied into the blood stream. The narrow passages in the lymph nodes are the sinusoids that are lined with macrophages.

The lymph nodes successfully prevent the invading microorganisms from reaching the blood stream. Cells found in the lymphatics are the lymphocytes. Lymphocytes collected in the lymphatic fluid are carried via the arterial blood and are recycled back to the lymph. Fats are absorbed through lymph in the lacteals present in the villi of the intestinal wall.

Question 23.
What are the heart sounds? When and how are these sounds produced?
Answer:
Rhythmic contraction and expansion of heart is called heart beat. The contraction of the heart is called systole and the relaxation of the heart is called diastole. The heart normally beats 70-72 times per minute in a human adult. During each cardiac cycle two sounds are produced that can be heard through a stethoscope.

The first heart sound (lub) is associated with the closure of the tricuspid and bicuspid valves whereas Second heart sound (dub) is associated with the closure of the semilunar valves. These sounds are of clinical diagnostic significance. An increased heart rate is called tachycardia and decreased heart rate is called bradycardia.

Question 24.
Select the correct biological term. Lymphocytes, red cells, leucocytes, plasma, erythrocytes, white cells, haemoglobin, phagocyte, platelets, blood clot?

Question (a)
Disc shaped cells which are concave on both sides?
Answer:
Red blood cells

Question (b)
Most of these have a large, bilobed nucleus?
Answer:
Leucocytes

Question (c)
Enable red cells to transport blood?
Answer:
Haemoglobin

Question (d)
The liquid part of the blood?
Answer:
plasma

Question (e)
Most of them move and change shape like an amoeba?
Answer:
phagocyte

Question (f)
Consists of water and important dissolved substances?
Answer:
plasma

Question (g)
Destroyed in the liver and spleen after circulating in the blood for four months?
Answer:
RBCs

Question (h)
The substances which gives red colour to their cells?
Answer:
haemoglobin

Question (i)
Another name for red blood cells?
Answer:
Erythrocytes

Question (j)
Blood that has been changed to a jelly?
Answer:
Blood clot

Question (k)
A word that me cell eater?
Answer:
Phagocyte

Question (l)
Cells without nucleus?
Answer:
Red blood cells

Question (m)
White cells made in the lymphatic tissue?
Answer:
Lymphocytes

Question (n)
Blocks wound and prevent excessive bleeding?
Answer:
Platelets

Question (o)
Fragment of cells which are made in the bone marrow?
Answer:
Erythrocytes

Question (p)
Another name for white blood cells?
Answer:
Leucocytes

Question (q)
Slowly releases oxygen to blood cells?
Answer:
Red cells

Question (r)
Their function is to help blood clot in wounds?
Answer:
Platelets

Question 25.
Select the correct biological term?
Answer:
Cardiac muscle, atria, tricuspid valve, systole, auricles, arteries, diastole, ventricles, bicuspid valve, pulmonary artery, cardiac cycle, semi lunar valve, veins, pulmonary vein, capillaries, vena cava, aorta?

Question (a)
The main artery of the blood?
Answer:
Aorta

Question (b)
Valves between the left atrium and ventricle?
Answer:
Bicuspid valve

Question (c)
Technical name for relaxation of the heart?
Answer:
Diastole

Question (d)
Another name for atria?
Answer:
Arteries

Question (e)
The main vein?
Answer:
Vena cava

Question (f)
Vessels which carry blood away from the heart?
Answer:
Arteries

Question (g)
Two names for the upper chambers of the heart?
Answer:
Atria

Question (h)
Thick walled chambers of the heart?
Answer:
Atria

Question (i)
Carries blood from the heart to the lungs?
Answer:
Pulmonary Artery

Question (j)
Takes about 0.8 sec to complete?
Answer:
Cardiac cycle

Question (k)
Valves situated at the point where blood flows out of the heart?
Answer:
Semilunar values

Question (l)
Vessels which carry blood towards the heart?
Answer:
Veins

Question (m)
Carries blood from the lungs to the heart?
Answer:
Pulmonary veins

Question (n)
The two lower chambers of the heart?
Answer:
Ventricles

Question (o)
Prevent blood from re-entering the ventricles after entering the aorta?
Answer:
Semilunar valves

Question (p)
Technical name for one heart beat?
Answer:
Cardiac cycle

Question (q)
Valves between right atrium and ventricles?
Answer:
Tricuspid valve

Question (r)
Technical name for contraction of the heart?
Answer:
Systole

Question (s)
Very narrow blood vessels?
Answer:
Capillaries

Question 26.
Name and label the given diagram to show A, B, C, D, E, F, and G?
(A) Aorta
(B) Pulmonary trunk
(C) Left pulmonary veins
(D) Blocking the action of vasoconstrictor lowers the blood pressure. Give reasons.
(E) What is the role of ACH inhibitor in reducing blood pressure?
(F) What conditions one might expect if the blood pressure is not controlled?
Answer:
(A) Aortic arch
(B) Left pulmonary artery
(C) Left pulmonary veins
(D) Pulmonary trunk
(E) Left ventricle
(F) Right ventricle
(G) Inferior vena cava
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 1-1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Body Fluids and Circulation Additional Questions & Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose The Correct Answer

Question 1.
Which of the following is not the function of circulatory system?
(a) Transport of respiratory gases
(b) Carrying of digested food materials
(c) Transport of hormones to target organism
(d) Removal of nitrogenous wastes from the body
Answer:
(d) Removal of nitrogenous wastes from the body

Question 2.
Which is known as liquid connective tissue?
(a) Plasma
(b) Blood
(c) Serum
(d) lymph
Answer:
(b) blood

Question 3.
What is the function of albumin?
(a) Transport of hormones
(b) Blood clothing
(c) Maintenance of osmotic pressure
(d) Immunity
Answer:
(c) Maintenance of osmotic pressure

Question 4.
Fibrinogen is concerned with ………….
(a) Transport of ions
(b) Tranport of liquids
(c) Transport of hormones
(d) Coagulaltion of blood
Answer:
(d) Coagulation of blood

Question 5.
The red colour of the RBC is due to the presence of a respiratory pigment ……………
(a) Haemoerythrin
(b) Haemoglobin
(c) Haemocyanin
(d) Chlorocronin
Answer:
(b) Haemoglobin

Question 6.
Which of the following are non-nucleated cells?
(a) WBCs
(b) Nerve cell
(c) RBCs
(d) Muscle cell
Answer:
(c) RBCs

Question 7.
What is haematocrit/packed cells volume?
(a) The ratio of WBCs to blood plasma
(b) The ratio of RBCs to blood plasma
(c) The ratio of platelets to blood plasma
(d) The ratio of plasma and blood cells
Answer:
(b) The ratio of RBCs to blood plasma

Question 8.
Which of the following is abundant in blood?
(a) Neutrophils
(b) Eosinophils
(c) Basophils
(d) Lymphocytes
Answer:
(a) Neutrophils

Question 9.
…………… are the blood cells which have two lobes which are joined by thin strands.
(a) Neutrophils
(b) Basophils
(c) Eosinophils
(d) Lymphocytes
Answer:
(c) Eosinophils

Question 10.
What is the percentage of lymphocytes among WBCs?
(a) 0.5 to 1.0%
(b) 1-3%
(c) 65%
(d) 28%
Answer:
(d) 28%

Question 11.
The macrophages in the sinusoids of the liver are called ………….
(a) Microglia
(b) Kupffer cells
(c) Alveolar macrophages
(d) Lymphocytes
Answer:
(b) Kupffer cells

Question 12.
‘A’ blood group has ………………….. antigen and …………………. antibody
(a) A, anti B
(b) AB, no antibodies
(c) No antigen, anti A, Anti B
(d) B, Anti A
Answer:
(d) B, Anti A

Question 13.
Erythroblastosis foetalis is a condition of incompatibility related to ……………..
(a) Rh antigen and Rh antibodies
(b) Anti A and antigen B
(c) Anti B and antigen A
(d) Antigens A and B
Answer:
(a) Rh antigen and Rh antibodies

Question 14.
The conversion of prothrombin into thrombin occurs in the presence of ……………..
(a) Potassium and vitamin D
(b) Sodium and vitamin B,2
(c) Calcium and vitamin K
(d) Iodine and vitamin E
Answer:
(c) Calcium and vitamin K

Question 15.
………………….. is the exceptional artery which carries deoxygenated blood.
(a) Pulmonary artery
(b) Corotid artery
(c) Coronary artery
(d) Femoral artery
Answer:
(a) Pulmonary artery

Question 16.
Pulmonary veins carry ………………. blood from lungs to ……………….
(a) Oxygenated, right auricle
(b) Deoxygenated, right auricle
(c) Deoxygenated, left auricle
(d) Oxygenated, left auricle
Answer:
(c) Deoxygenated, left auricle

Question 17.
The blood vessels that supply blood to the cardiac muscles with all nutrients are
(a) Coronary arteries
(b) Cerebral arteries
(c) Aorta
(d) Pulmonary veins
Answer:
(a) Coronary arteries

Question 18.
The opening between the left atrium and left ventricle is guarded by …………….
(a) Semilunar valves
(b) Mitral valve
(c) Tricuspid valve
(d) Flaps
Answer:
(b) Mitral valve

Question 19.
The heart normally beats times …………………. per minute in a human adult.
(a) 60-62
(b) 50-52
(c) 70-72
(d) 90-92
Answer:
(c) 70-72

Question 20.
Which wave shape occurs from the start of depolarisation of the atria to the beginning of ventricular depolarisation?
(a) P wave
(b) ST segment
(c) QRS complex
(d) PQ interval
Answer:
(d) PQ interval

Question 21.
In systemic circulation, blood from the …………………. ventricle is carried by a network of arteries, arterioles and capillaries to the tissues.
(a) Deoxygenated right
(b) Oxygenated left
(c) Oxygenated right
(d) Deoxygenated left
Answer:
(b) Oxygenated, left

Question 22.
Which hormone increases the heart beat?
(a) Acetylcholine
(b) Gastrin
(d) Epinephrine
(d) Oxytocin
Answer:
(c) Epinephrine

Question 23.
Thrombus in a coronary artery results in ………….
(a) Heart attack
(b) Stroke
(c) Hypertension
(d) Heart failure
Answer:
(a) Heart attack

Question 24.
Cerebral infarction is called ……….
(a) Heart attack
(b) Hypertension
(c) Heart failure
(d) Stroke
Answer:
(d) Stroke

Question 25.
The failure of the heart to pump out the normal stroke volume is a condition called ………….
(a) Cerebral thrombosis
(b) Hypertension
(c) Myocardial infarction
(d) Rheumatoid heart disease
Answer:
(c) Myocardial infarction

Question 26.
In which condition the heart muscles do not get oxygen supply?
(a) Stroke
(b) Ischemic heart disease
(c) Hypertension
(d) Heart attack
Answer:
(b) Ischemic heart disease

Question 27.
Which of the following is the autoimmune disease that damages the heart?
(a) Ischemic heart disease
(b) Myocardial infarction
(c) Cerebral thrombosis
(d) Rheumatic fever
Answer:
(d) Rheumatic fever

Question 28.
The life saving procedure, CPR was first used by ……………
(a) William Harvey
(b) Carl Landsteiner
(c) James Elam and Peter Safar
(d) Raymond de Viessens
Answer:
(c) James Elam and Peter Safar

II. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
The tissue fluid that surrounds the cell is ………..
Answer:
Interstitial fluid.

Question 2.
The fluid component of the blood is …………
Answer:
Plasma

Question 3.
The blood flowing into the capillary from an arteriole has a high …………. pressure.
Answer:
Hydrostatic

Question 4.
………….. is the plasma protein that facilitates the transport of ions, hormones, lipids and assists in immune function.
Answer:
Globulin

Question 5.
………….. is the respiratory pigment that facilitates the transport of gases.
Answer:
Haemoglobin

Question 6.
The RBCs are destroyed in the liver and ………….
Answer:
Spleen

Question 7.
………….. is the hormone that helps in differentiation of stem cells of bone marrow into erythrocytes.
Answer:
Erythropoietin

Question 8.
The ratio of red blood cells to blood plasma is expressed is …………
Answer:
Haematocrit

Question 9.
The granulocytes have in the cytoplasm.
Answer:
Granules

Question 10.
Neutrophils are also called …………
Answer:
Heterophils/polymorpho nuclear cells

Question 11.
…………… have distinctly dilobed nucleus and the lobes are joined by thin strands.
Answer:
Eosinophils

Question 12.
Basophils secrete substances such as ……………… serotonin and histones.
Answer:
Heparin

Question 13.
The macrophages of the central nervous system are the ………….
Answer:
Microglia

Question 14.
Platelets are produced from ………….
Answer:
Megakaryocytes

Question 15.
Surface antigens of RBCs are called …………..
Answer:
Agglutinogens

Question 16.
The ………………… acting on agglutinogen B is called anti B.
Answer:
Agglutinin

Question 17.
The condition called erythroblastosis foetalis can be avoided by administration of anti D antibodies called …………..
Answer:
Rhocum.

Question 18.
………………….. helps in the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin threads.
Answer:
Thrombin

Question 19.
The plasma without fibrinogen is called …………
Answer:
Serum

Question 20.
The fluid inside lymphatics is called ………….
Answer:
Lymph

Question 21.
Lymphocytes collected in the lymphatic fluid are carried via the arterial blood and are recycled back to the ………….
Answer:
Lymph

Question 22.
Fats are absorbed through lymph in the present in the villi of the intestinal wall.
Answer:
Lacteals

Question 23.
The middle layer of the artery is composed of smooth muscles and an extra cellular matrix which contains a protein ……………
Answer:
Elastin

Question 24.
The tunica adventitia of the artery is composed of ………………………. fibres.
Answer:
Collagen

Question 25.
The blood vessels that carry blood away from the heart are called …………..
Answer:
Arteries

Question 26.
All arteries carry oxygenated blood except …………..
Answer:
Pulmonary artery

Question 27.
……………………….. are small, narrow, and thin walled which are connected to the capillaries.
Answer:
Arterioles.

Question 28.
The …………………….. are the site for exchange of materials between blood and tissues.
Answer:
Capillaries

Question 29.
The unidirectional flow of blood in veins is due to the presence of that prevents back flow of blood.
Answer:
Semi lunar valves

Question 30.
Blood vessels that supply blood to the cardiac muscles are …………..
Answer:
Coronary arteries

Question 31.
…………………….. circulatory system is seen in Arthropoda and most molluscs.
Answer:
Open

Question 32.
The right atrium receives blood.
Answer:
Oxygenated.

Question 33.
The left atrium receives ………………….. blood.
Answer:
Deoxygenated

Question 34.
The crocodile has a ……………………. chambered heart.
Answer:
Four

Question 35.
…………………….. guards the opening between the left atrium and left ventricle.
Answer:
Bicuspid valve/mitral valve

Question 36.
The myocardium of the ventricle is thrown into irregular muscular ridges called ……………
Answer:
Trabeculae cornea

Question 37.
The heart wall is made up of outer epicardium, middle myocardium and the inner …………..
Answer:
Endocardium

Question 38.
The heart is covered by a double membrane called ……………
Answer:
Pericardium

Question 39.
On the left side of the right atrium there is a node called ………….
Answer:
Auriculo ventricular node

Question 40.
The rhythmic contraction and expansion of heart is called ……………
Answer:
Heart beat

Question 41.
The contraction of the chambers of the heart is called ……………
Answer:
Systole

Question 42.
The relaxation of the chambers of the heart is called …………..
Answer:
Diastole

Question 43.
The ‘lub’ sound is associated with the closure of the ………………….. valves.
Answer:
Tricuspid and bicuspid

Question 44.
The ‘dub’ sound is associated with the closure of ……………………… valves.
Answer:
Semilunar

Question 45.
An increased heart beat is called ………….
Answer:
Tachycardia

Question 46.
The decreased heart beat is called ………….
Answer:
Bradycardia

Question 47.
The phase I of the cardiac cycle is called …………..
Answer:
Ventricular diastole

Question 48.
The ventricular systole is the …………………….. phase of the cardiac cycle.
Answer:
Third

Question 49.
The amount of blood pumped out by each ventricle per minute is called …………
Answer:
Cardiac output

Question 50.
……………………. is the number of beats of the heart per minute.
Answer:
Heart rate/pulse rate

Question 51.
………………………. is the volume of blood pumped out by one ventricle with each beat.
Answer:
Stroke volume

Question 52.
If the right side of the heart fails, it results in …………………… congestion.
Answer:
Peripheral

Question 53.
Frank-Startling effect protects the heart from abnormal increase in …………..
Answer:
Blood volume

Question 54.
………………………. is the pressure exerted on the surface of blood vessels by the blood.
Answer:
Blood pressure

Question 55.
……………………. is the pressure in the arteries as the chambers of the heart contracts.
Answer:
Systolic pressure

Question 56.
……………………… is the pressure in the arteries when the heart chambers relax.
Answer:
Diastolic pressure

Question 57.
Blood pressure is measured using a ………………………… and a stethoscope.
Answer:
Sphygmomanometer

Question 58.
The decrease in blood pressure upon standing is known as ……………………….. hypertension.
Answer:
Orthostatic

Question 59.
Orthostatic reflex triggers baroreceptor reflex and increases the mean …………
Answer:
Arterial pressure

Question 60.
Circulation of the blood was first described by …………..
Answer:
William Harvey

Question 61.
In …………………….. circulation, the blood from heart is taken to the lungs by pulmonary artery and the oxygenated blood from the lungs is emptied into the left auricle by the pulmonary vein.
Answer:
Pulmonary

Question 62.
Vasopressin and ………………………… are involved in the regulation of the kidneys results in vasoconstriction.
Answer:
Angiotensin II

Question 63.
Coronary heart disease occurs when the arteries are lined by …………..
Answer:
Atheroma

Question 64.
Uncontrolled hypertension may damage the heart, brain and ………….
Answer:
Kidneys

Question 65.
The cholesterol rich atheroma forms …………………… in the inner lining of the arteries making them less elastic.
Answer:
Plaques

Question 66.
………………………. in a caronary artery results in heart attack.
Answer:
Thrombus

Question 67.
Brain haemorrhage is a condition known as ………….
Answer:
Stroke.

Question 68.
The condition in which the part of the brain tissue that is supplied by damaged artery dies due to lack of oxygen is …………….
Answer:
Cerebral infarction

Question 69.
Ischemic pain in the heart muscles is called ………….
Answer:
Angina pectoris

Question 70.
Atheroma may partially block the ……………………….. and reduce the blood supply to the heart.
Answer:
Coronary artery

Question 71.
The common sites of varicose veins are legs, rectal-anal regions, oesophagus and the …………
Answer:
Spermatic cord

Question 72.
The prime defect in heart failure is a decrease in cardiac muscle …………..
Answer:
Contractility

Question 73.
Prolonged angina leads to death of the heart muscle resulting in …………
Answer:
Heart failure

Question 74.
The death of the muscle fibres of the heart due to reduced blood supply to the heart muscle is called …………..
Answer:
Myocardial infarction

Question 75.
……………………… is an autoimmune disease which occurs 2-4 weeks after streptococcal throat infection.
Answer:
Rheumatic heart disease

Question 76.
………………….. me a brief electric shock given to the heart to recover the function of the heart.
Answer:
Defibrillation

III. Answer The Following Questions

Question 1.
What are the two types of body fluids?
Answer:
The intra-cellular fluid present inside the cells and the extracellular fluid present outside the cells are the two types of body fluids.

Question 2.
What are the three types of extra-cellular fluids?
Answer:
The three types of extra-cellular fluids are the interstitial fluid, the plasma and lymph.

Question 3.
Explain the composition of blood?
Answer:
Blood is the most common body fluid that transports substances from one part of the body to the other. Blood is a connective tissue consisting of plasma (fluid matrix) and formed elements.

The plasma constitutes 55% of the total blood volume. The remaining 45% is the formed elements that consist of blood cells. The average blood volume is about 5000 ml (5L) in an adult weighing 70 Kg.

Plasma:
Plasma mainly consists of water (80 – 92%) in which the plasma proteins, inorganic constituents (0.9%), organic constituents (0.1%) and respiratory gases are dissolved.

The four main types of plasma proteins synthesized in the liver are albumin, globulin, prothrombin and fibrinogen. Albumin maintains the osmotic pressure of the blood. Globulin facilitates the transport of ions, hormones, lipids and assists in immune function.

Both Prothrombin and Fibrinogen are involved in blood clotting. Organic constituents include urea, amino acids, glucose, fats and vitamins; and the inorganic constituents include chlorides, carbonates and phosphates of potassium, sodium, calcium and magnesium.

The composition of plasma is always constant Immediately after a. meal, the blood in the hepatic portal vein has a very high concentration of glucose as it is transporting glucose from the intestine to the liver where it is stored.

The concentration of the glucose in the blood gradually falls after sometime as most of the glucose is absorbed. If too much of protein is consumed, the body cannot store the excess amino acids formed from the digestion of proteins.

The liver breaks down the excess amino acids and produces urea. Blood in the hepatic vein has a high concentration of urea than the blood in other vessels namely, hepatic portal vein and hepatic artery.

Formed elements:
Red blood cells/corpuscles (erythrocytes), white blood cells/corpuscles (Leucocytes) and platelets are collectively called formed elements.

Red blood cells:
Red blood cells are abundant than the other blood cells. There are about 5 million to 5.5 millions of RBC mnr3 of blood in a healthy man and 4.5-5.0 millions of RBC mm ° in healthy women.

The RBCs are very small with the diameter of about 7 pm (micrometer). The structure of RBC is shown in Figure. The red colour of the RBC is due to the presence of a respiratory pigment, haemoglobin dissolved in the cytoplasm.

Flaemoglobin plays an important role in the transport of respiratory gases and facilitates the exchange of gases with the fluid outside the cell (tissue fluid). The biconcave shaped RBCs increases the surface area to volume ratio, hence oxygen diffuses quickly in and out of the cell.

The RBCs are devoid of nucleus, mitochondria, ribosomes and endoplasmic reticulum. The absence of these organelles accommodates more haemoglobin thereby maximising the oxygen carrying capacity of the cell.

The average life span of RBCs in a healthy individual is about 120 days after which they are destroyed in the spleen (graveyard/cemetery of RBCs) and the iron component returns to the bone marrow for reuse.

Erythropoietin is a hormone secreted by the kidneys in response to low oxygen and helps in differentiation of stem cells of the bone marrow’ to erythrocytes (erythropoiesis) in adults. The ratio of red blood cells to blood plasma is expressed as Haematocrit (packed cell volume).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 3-3

White blood cells:
(leucocytes) are colourless, amoeboid, nucleated cells devoid of haemoglobin and other pigments. Approximately 6000 to 8000 per cubic mm of WBCs are seen in the blood of an average healthy individual.

Depending on the presence or absence of granules, WBCs are divided into two types, granulocytes and agranulocytes. Granulocytes are characterised by the presence of granules in the cytoplasm and are differentiated in the bone marrow. The granulocytes include neutrophils, eosinophils and basophils.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 4

Neutrophils are also called heterophils or polymorphonuclear (cells with 3-4 lobes of nucleus connected with delicate threads) cells which constitute about 60%-65% of the total WBCs. They are phagocytic in nature and appear in large numbers in and around the infected tissues.

Eosinophils have distinctly bilobed nucleus and the lobes are joined by thin strands. They are non-phagocytic and constitute about 2-3% of the total WBCs. Eosinophils increase during certain types of parasitic infections and allergic reactions.

Basophils are less numerous than any other type of WBCs constituting 0.5%-1.0% of the total number of leucocytes. The cytoplasmic granules are large sized, but fewer than eosinophils.

Nucleus is large sized and constricted into several lobes but not joined by delicate threads. Basophils secrete substances such as heparin, serotonin and histamines. They are also involved in inflammatory reactions.

Agranulocvtes are characterised by the absence of granules in the cytoplasm and are differentiated in the lymph glands and spleen. These are of two types, lymphocytes and monocytes. Lymphocytes constitute 28% of WBCs. These have large round nucleus and small amount of cytoplasm.

The two types of lymphocytes are B and T cells. Both B and T cells are responsible for the immune responses of the body. B cells produce antibodies to neutralize the harmful effects of foreign substances and T cells are involved in cell mediated immunity.

Monocytes (Macrophages) are phagocytic cells that are similar to mast cells and have kidney shaped nucleus. They constitute 1-3% of the total WBCs. The macrophages of the central nervous system are the ‘microglia’, in the sinusoids of the liver they are called ‘Kupffer cells’ and in the pulmonary region they are the ‘alveolar macrophages’.

Platelets are also called thrombocytes that are produced from megakaryocytes (special cells in bone marrow) and lack nuclei. Blood normally contains 1,50,000 – 3,50,000 platelets mm-3 of blood. They secrete substances involved in coagulation or clotting of blood. The reduction in platelet number can lead to clotting disorders that result in excessive loss of blood from the body.

Question 4.
Explain the ABO blood groups?
Answer:
Depending on the presence or absence of surface antigens on the RBCs, blood group in individual belongs to four different types namely, A, B, AB and O. The plasma of A, B and O individuals have natural antibodies (agglutinins) in them.

Surface antigens are called agglutinogens. The antibodies (agglutinin) acting on agglutinogen A is called anti A and the agglutinin acting on agglutinogen B is called anti B.

Agglutinogens are absent in O blood group. Agglutinogens A and B are present in AB blood group and do not contain anti A and anti B in them. A, B and O are major allelic genes in ABO systems.

All agglutinogens contain sucrose, D-galactose, N-acetyl glucosamine and 11 terminal amino acids. The attachments of the terminal amino acids are dependent on the gene products of A and B. The reaction is catalysed by glycosyl transferanse.

Question 5.
Tabulate the distribution of antigens and antibodies is different blood groups?
Answer:
Distribution of antigens and antibodies in different blood groups:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 5

Question 6.
Explain the role of Rh factor?
Answer:
Rh factor is a protein (D antigen) present on the surface of the red blood cells in majority (80%) of hum. This protein is similar to the protein present in Rhesus monkey, hence the term Rh. Individuals who carry the antigen D on the surface of the red blood cells are Rh+ (Rh positive) and the individuals who do not carry antigen D, are Rh (Rh negative). Rh factor compatibility is also checked before blood transfusion.

When a pregnant women is Rh+ and the foetus is Rh+ incompatibility (mismatch) is observed. During the first pregnancy, the Rh antigens of the foetus does not get exposed to the mother’s blood as both their blood are separated by placenta. However, small amount of the foetal antigen becomes exposed to the mother’s blood during the birth of the first child.

The mother’s blood starts to synthesize D antibodies. But during subsequent pregnancies the Rh antibodies from the mother (Rh) enters the foetal circulation and destroys the foetal RBCs. This becomes fatal to the foetus because the child suffers from anaemia and jaundice. This condition is called erythroblastosis foetalis. This condition can be avoided by administration of anti D antibodies (Rhocum) to the mother immediately after the first child birth.

Question 7.
Explain the process of coagulation of blood?
Answer:
If you cut your finger or when you get yourself hurt, your wound bleeds for some time after which it stops to bleed. This is because the blood clots or coagulates in response to trauma.

The mechanism by which excessive blood loss is prevented by the formation of clot is called blood coagulation or clotting of blood. The clotting process begins when the endothelium of the blood vessel is damaged and the connective tissue in its wall is exposed to the blood.

Platelets adhere to collagen fibres in the connective tissue and release substances that form the platelet plug which provides emergency protection against blood loss.

Clotting factors released from the clumped platelets or damaged cells mix with clotting factors in the plasma. The protein called prothrombin is converted to its active form called thrombin in the presence of calcium and vitamin K.

Thrombin helps in the conversion of fibrinogen to fibrin threads. The threads of fibrins become interlinked into a patch that traps blood cell and seals the injured vessel until the wound is healed.

After sometime fibrin fibrils contract, squeezing out a straw-coloured fluid through a meshwork called serum (Plasma without fibrinogen is called serum). Heparin is an anticoagulant produced in small quantities by mast cells of connective tissue which prevents coagulation in small blood vessels.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 8

Question 8.
Explain the structure of blood vessels?
Answer:
The vessels carrying the blood are of three types; they are the arteries, veins and capillaries. These vessels are hollow structures and have complex walls surrounding the lumen. The blood vessels in hum are composed of three layers, tunica intima, tunica media and tunica externa.

The inner layer, tunica intima or tunica interna supports the vascular endothelium, the middle layer, tunica media is composed of smooth muscles and an extra cellular matrix which contains a protein, elastin. The contraction and relaxation of the smooth muscles results in vasoconstriction and vasodilation. The outer layer, tunica externa or tunica adventitia is composed of collagen fibres.

Arteries:
The blood vessels that carry blood away from the heart are called arteries. The arteries usually lie deep inside the body. The walls of the arteries are thick, non-collapsible to withstand high pressure. Valves are absent and have a narrow lumen. All arteries carry oxygenated blood, except the pulmonary artery.

The largest artery, the aorta (2.5 cm in diameter and 2 mm thick) branch into smaller arteries and culminates into the tissues as feed arteries. In the tissues the arteries branches into arterioles. As blood enters an arteriole it may have a pressure of 85 mm Hg (11.3 KPa) but as it leaves and flows into the capillary, the pressure drops to 35 mm Hg (4.7 KPa). (Note 1 mm Hg = 0.13 KPa.

SI unit of mm Hg is KiloPascal (KPa)). Arterioles are small, narrow, and thin walled which are connected to the capillaries. A small sphincter lies at the junction between the arterioles and capillaries to regulate the blood supply. Arteries do not always branch into arterioles, they can also form anastomoses.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 9

Capillaries:
Capillary beds are made up of fine networks of capillaries. The capillaries are thin walled and consist of single layer of squamous epithelium. Tunica media and elastin fibres are absent. The capillary beds are the site for exchange of materials between blood and tissues.

The walls of the capillaries are guarded by semilunar valves. The blood volume in the capillaries is high but the flow of blood is slow. Mixed blood (oxygenated and deoxygenated) is present in the capillaries. The capillary bed may be flooded with blood or may be completely bypassed depending on the body conditions in a particular organ.

Veins:
Veins have thinner walls and a larger lumen and hence can be easily stretched. They carry deoxygenated blood except, the pulmonary vein. The blood pressure is low and the lumen has a wide wall which is collapsible.

Tunica media is thinner in veins than in arteries. Unidirectional flow of blood in veins is due to the presence of semilunar valves that prevents backflow of blood. Blood samples are usually taken from the veins rather than artery because of low pressure in the veins.

Question 9.
Write a short note on coronary blood vessels?
Answer:
Blood vessels that supply blood to the cardiac muscles with all nutrients and removes wastes are the coronary arteries and veins. Heart muscle is supplied by two arteries namely right and left coronary arteries.

These arteries are the first branch of the aorta. Arteries usually surround the heart in the manner of a crown, hence called coronary artery (L. Corona – crown). Right ventricle and posterior portion of left ventricle are supplied by the right coronary artery. Anterior and lateral part of the left ventricle is supplied by the left coronary arteries.

Question 10.
Compare the chambers of heart and the methods of circulation in fishes, amphibians, reptiles, crocodiles, birds and mammals?
Answer:
All vertebrates have muscular chambered heart. Fishes have two chambered heart. The heart in fishes consists of sinus venosus, an atrium, one ventricle and bulbus arteriosus or conus arteriosus.

Single circulation is seen in fishes. Amphibian have two auricles and one ventricle and no inter ventricular septum whereas reptiles except crocodiles have two auricles and one ventricle and an incomplete inter ventricular septum.

Thus mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood takes place in the ventricles. This type of circulation is called incomplete double circulation. The left atrium receives oxygenated blood and the right atrium receives deoxygenated blood. Pulmonary and systemic circuits are seen in Amphibianand Reptiles.

The Crocodiles, Birds and Mammals have two auricles or atrial chambers and two ventricles, the auricles and ventricles are separated by inter auricular septum and inter ventricular septum. Hence there is complete separation of oxygenated blood from the deoxygenated blood. Pulmonary and systemic circuits are evident. This type of circulation is called complete double circulation.

Question 11.
Explain the structure of human heart?
Answer:
The structure of the heart was described by Raymond de Viessens, in 1706. Human heart is made of special type of muscle called the cardiac muscle. It is situated in the thoracic cavity and its apex portion is slightly tilted towards left. It weighs about 300g in an adult.

The size of our heart is roughly equal to a closed fist. Heart is divided into four chambers, upper two small auricles or atrium and lower two large ventricles.

The walls of the ventricles are thicker than the auricles due to the presence of papillary muscles. The heart wall is made up of three layers, the outer epicardium, middle myocardium and inner endocardium. The space present between the membranes is called pericardial space and is filled with pericardial fluid.

The two auricles are separated by inter auricular septum and the two ventricles are separated by inter ventricular septum. The separation of chambers avoids mixing of oxygenated and deoxygenated blood. The auricle communicates with the ventricle through an opening called auriculo ventricular aperture which is guarded by the auriculo ventricular valves.

The opening between the right atrium and the right ventricle is guarded by the tricuspid valve (three flaps or cusps), whereas a bicuspid (two flaps or cusps) or mitral valve guards the opening between the left atrium and left ventricle. The valves of the heart allows the blood to flow only in one direction, i.e., from the atria to the ventricles and from the ventricles to the pulmonary’ artery or the aorta. These valves prevent backward flow of blood.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 10
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 11

The opening of right and left ventricles into the pulmonary artery and aorta are guarded by aortic and pulmonary valves and are called semilunar valves. Each semilunar valve is made of three half-moon shaped cusps. The myocardium of the ventricle is thrown into irregular muscular ridges called trabeculae comeae. The trabeculae comeae are modified into chordae tendinae. The opening and closing of the semilunar valves are achieved by the chordae tendinae.

The chordae tendinae are attached to the lower end of the heart by papillary muscles. Heart receives deoxygenated blood from various parts of the body through the inferior venacava and superior venacava which open into the right auricle. Oxygenated blood from lungs is drained into the left auricle through four pulmonary veins.

Question 12.
Explain the cardiac cycle?
Answer:
The events that occur at the beginning of heart beat and lasts until the beginning of next beat is called cardiac cycle. It lasts for 0.8 seconds. The series of events that takes place in a cardiac cycle.

PHASE 1:
Ventricular diastole- The pressure in the auricles increases than that of the ventricular pressure. AV valves are open while the semi lunar valves are closed. Blood flows from the auricles into the ventricles passively.

PHASE 2:
Atrial systole – The atria contracts while the ventricles are still relaxed. The contraction of the auricles pushes maximum volume of blood to the ventricles until they reach the end diastolic volume (EDV). EDV is related to the length of the cardiac muscle fibre. More the muscle is stretched, greater the EDV and the stroke volume.

PHASE 3:
Ventricular systole (isovolumetric contraction) – The ventricular contraction forces the AV valves to close and increases the pressure inside the ventricles. The blood is then pumped from the ventricles into the aorta without change in the size of the muscle fibre length and ventricular chamber volume (isovolumetric contraction).

PHASE 4:
Ventricular systole (ventricular ejection) – Increased ventricular pressure forces the semilunar valves to open and blood is ejected out of the ventricles without backflow of blood. This point is the end of systolic volume (ESV).

PHASE 5:
(Ventricular diastole) -The ventricles begins to relax, pressure in the arteries exceeds ventricular pressure, resulting in the closure of the semilunar valves. The heart returns to phase 1 of the cardiac cycle.

Question 13.
Explain cardiac output in man?
Answer:
The amount of blood pumped out by each ventricle per minute is called cardiac output (CO). It is a product of heart rate (HR) and stroke volume (SV). Heart rate or pulse is the number of beats per minute. Pulse pressure = systolic pressure – diastolic pressure. Stroke volume (SV) is the volume of blood pumped out by one ventricle with each beat. SV depends on ventricular contraction.

CO = HR x SV. SV represents the difference between EDV (amount of blood that collects in a ventricle during diastole) and ESV (volume of blood remaining in the ventricle after contraction). SV = EDV – ESV. According to Frank – Starling law of the heart, the critical factor controlling SV is the degree to which the cardiac muscle cells are stretched just before they contract.

The most important factor stretching cardiac muscle is the amount of blood returning to the heart and distending its ventricles, venous return.
During vigorous exercise, SV may double as a result of venous return.

Heart’s pumping action normally maintains a balance between cardiac output and venous return. Because the heart is a double pump, each side can fail independently of the other. If the left side of the heart fails, it results in pulmonary congestion and if the right side fails, it results in peripheral congestion. Frank – Starling effect protects the heart from abnormal increase in blood volume.

Question 14.
Explain the importance of blood pressure?
Answer:
Blood pressure is the pressure exerted on the surface of blood vessels by the blood. This pressure circulates the blood through arteries, veins and capillaries.

There are two types of pressure, the systolic pressure and the diastolic pressure. Systolic pressure is the pressure in the arteries as the chambers of the heart contracts. Diastolic pressure is the pressure in the arteries when the heart chambers relax.

Blood pressure is measured using a sphygmomanometer (BP apparatus). It is expressed as systolic pressure / diastolic pressure. Normal blood pressure in man is about 120/80mm Hg. Mean arterial pressure is a function of cardiac output and resistance in the arterioles. The primary reflex pathway for homeostatic control of mean arterial pressure is the baroreceptor reflex.

The baroreceptor reflex functions every morning when you get out of bed. When you are lying flat the gravitational force is evenly distributed. When you stand up, gravity causes blood to pool in the lower extremities.

The decrease in blood pressure upon standing is known as orthostatic hypotension. Orthostatic reflex normally triggers baroreceptor reflex. This results in increased cardiac output and increased peripheral resistance which together increase the mean arterial pressure.

Question 15.
Explain the recording of electrocardiogram?
Answer:
An electrocardiogram (ECG) records the electrical activity of the heart over a period of time using electrodes placed on the skin, arms, legs and chest. It records the changes in electrical potential across the heart during one cardiac cycle. The special flap of muscle which initiates the heart beat is called as sinu-auricular node or SA node in the right atrium.

It spreads as a wave of contraction in the heart. The waves of the ECG are due to depolarization and not due to contraction of the heart. This wave of depolarisation occurs before the beginning of contraction of the cardiac muscle. A normal ECG shows 3 waves designated as P wave, QRS complex and T wave.

P Wave (atrial depolarisation): It is a small upward wave and indicates the depolarisation of the atria. This is the time taken for the excitation to spread through atria from SA node. Contraction of both atria lasts for around 0.8-1.0 sec.

PQ Interval (AV node delay): It is the onset of P wave to the onset of QRS complex. This is from the start of depolarisation of the atria to the beginning of ventricular depolarisation. It is the time taken for the impulse to travel from the atria to the ventricles (0.12-0.21 sec). It is the measure of AV conduction time.

QRS Complex: (ventricular depolarisation) No separate wave for atrial depolarisation in the ECG is visible. Atrial depolarisation occurs simultaneously with the ventricular depolarisation.

The normal QRS complex lasts for 0.06-0.09 sec. QRS complex is shorter than the P wave, because depolarisation spreads through the Purkinjie fibres. Prolonged QRS wave indicates delayed conduction through the ventricle, often caused due to ventricular hypertrophy or due to a block in the branches of the bundle of His.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 12
repolarisation. In the heart muscle, the prolonged depolarisation is due to retardation of K+ efflux and is responsible for the plateau.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation img 13

The ST segment lasts for 0.09 sec. T wave (ventricular depolarisation): It represents ventricular depolarisation. The duration of the T wave is longer than QRS complex because repolarisation takes place simultaneously throughout the ventricular depolarisation.

Question 16.
Explain the regulation of cardiac activity?
Answer:
The type of heart in human is myogenic because the heart beat originates from the muscles of the heart. The nervous and endocrine systems work together with paracrine signals (metabolic activity) to influence the diameter of the arterioles and alter the blood flow.

The neuronal control is achieved through autonomic nervous system (sympathetic and parasympathetic). Sympathetic neurons release nor-epinephrine and adrenal medulla releases epinephrine.

The two hormones bind to p – adrenergic receptors and increase the heart rate. The parasympathetic neurons secrete acetylcholine that binds to muscarinic receptors and decreases the heart beat.

Vasopressin and angiotensin II, involved in the regulation of the kidneys, results in vasoconstriction while natriuretic peptide promotes vasodilation. Vagus nerve is a parasympathetic nerve that supplies the atrium especially the SA and the AV nodes.

Question 17.
What is hypertension?
Answer:
Hypertension is the most common circulatory disease. The normal blood pressure in man is 120/80 mmHg. In cases when the diastolic pressure exceeds 90 mm Hg and the systolic pressure exceeds 150 mm Hg persistently, the condition is called hypertension. Uncontrolled hypertension may damage the heart, brain and kidneys.

Question 18.
Explain the disorder of coronary heart disease?
Answer:
Coronary heart disease occurs when the arteries are lined by atheroma. The build-up of atheroma contains cholesterol, fibres, dead muscle and platelets and is termed Atherosclerosis.

The cholesterol rich atheroma forms plaques in the inner lining of the arteries making them less elastic and reduces the blood flow. Plaque grows within the artery and tends to form blood clots, forming coronary thrombus. Thrombus in a coronary artery results in heart attack.

Question 19.
Explain the disorder stroke?
Answer:
Stroke is a condition when the blood vessels in the brain bursts (Brain haemorrhage) or, when there is a block in the artery that supplies the brain, (atherosclerosis) or thrombus. The part of the brain tissue that is supplied by this damaged artery dies due to lack of oxygen (cerebral infarction).

Angina pectoris (ischemic pain in the heart muscles) is experienced during early stages of coronary heart disease. Atheroma may partially block the coronary artery and reduce the blood supply to the heart. As a result, there is tightness or choking with difficulty in breathing. This leads to angina or chest pain. Usually it lasts for a short duration of time.

Question 20.
Explain the disorder of myocardial infarction?
Answer:
The prime defect in heart failure is a decrease in cardiac muscle contractility. The Frank – Starling curve shifts downwards and towards the right such that for a given EDV, a failing heart pumps out a smaller stroke volume than a normal healthy heart. When the blood supply to the heart muscle or myocardium is remarkably reduced it leads to death of the muscle fibres.

This condition is called heart attack or myocardial infarction. The blood clot or thrombosis blocks the blood supply to the heart and weakens the muscle fibres. It is also called Ischemic heart disease due to lack of oxygen supply to the heart muscles. If this persists it leads to chest pain or angina. Prolonged angina leads to death of the heart muscle resulting in heart failure.

Question 21.
Explain the disorder of rheumatoid heart disease?
Answer:
Rheumatic fever is an autoimmune disease which occurs 2-4 weeks after throat infection usually a streptococcal infection. The antibodies developed to combat the infection cause damage to the heart. Effects include fibrous nodules on the mitral valve, fibrosis of the connective tissue and accumulation of fluid in the pericardial cavity.

Question 22.
Explain Cardio Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)?
Answer:
In 1956, James Elam and Peter Safar were the first to use mouth to mouth resuscitation. CPR is a life saving procedure that is done at the time of emergency conditions such as when a person’s breath or heart beat has stopped abruptly in case of drowning, electric shock or heart attack.

CPR includes rescue of breath, which is achieved by mouth to mouth breathing, to deliver oxygen to the victim’s lungs by external chest compressions which helps to circulate blood to the vital organiser.

CPR must be performed within 4 to 6 minutes after cessation of breath to prevent brain damage or death. Along with CPR, defibrillation is also done. Defibrillation me a brief electric shock is given to the heart to recover the function of the heart.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Tissue and Tissue System Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Question 1.
Refer to the given figure and select the correct statement:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 4
(i) A, B, and C are histogen of shoot apex
(ii) A Gives rise to medullary rays
(iii) B Gives rise to cortex
(iv) C Gives rise to epidermis
(a) (i) and (ii) only
(b) (ii) and (in) only
(c) (i) and (iii) only
(d) (iii) and (iv) only
Answer:
(c) (i) and (iii) only

Question 2.
Read the following sentences and identify the correctly matched sentences.
(i) In exarch condition, the protoxylem lies outside of metaxylem.
(ii) In endarch condition, the protoxylem lie towards the centre.
(iii) In centarch condition, metaxylem lies in the middle of the protoxylem.
(iv) In mesarch condition, protoxylem lies in the middle of the metaxylem.
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) only
(b) (ii), (iii) and (iv) only
(c) (i), (ii) and (iv) only
(d) All of these
Answer:
(c) (i), (ii) and (iv) only

Question 3.
In Gymnosperms, the activity of sieve tubes are controlled by:
(a) Nearby sieve tube members.
(b) Phloem parenchyma cells.
(c) Nucleus of companion cells.
(d) Nucleus of albuminous cells.
Answer:
(c) Nucleus of companion cells.

Question 4.
When a leaf trace extends from a vascular bundle in a dicot stem, what would be the arrangement of vascular tissues in the veins of the leaf?
(a) Xylem would be on top and the phloem on the bottom
(b) Phloem would be on top and the xylem on the bottom
(c) Xylem would encircle the phloem
(d) Phloem would encircle the xylem
Answer:
(a) Xylem would be on top and the phloem on the bottom

Question 5.
Grafting is successful in dicots but not in monocots because the dicots have:
(a) vascular bundles arranged in a ring
(b) cambium for secondary growth
(c) vessels with elements arranged end to end
(d) cork cambium
Answer:
(b) cambium for secondary growth

Question 6.
Why the cells of sclerenchyma and tracheids become dead?
Answer:
The cells of sclerenchyma and tracheids become dead because they lack protoplasm.

Question 7.
Explain sclereids with their types.
Answer:
Sclereids are dead cells, usually these are isodiametric but some are elongated too. The cell wall is very thick due to lignification. Lumen is very much reduced. The pits may simple or branched. Sclereids are mechanical in function. They give hard texture to the seed coats, endosperms etc., Sclereids are classified into the following types.

  1. Branchysclereids or Stone cells: Isodiametric sclereids, with hard cell wall. It is found in bark, pith cortex, hard endosperm and fleshy portion of some fruits. eg: Pulp of Pyrus.
  2. Macrosclereids: Elongated and rod shaped cells, found in the outer seed coat of leguminous plants. eg: Crotalaria and Pisum sativum.
  3. Osteosclereids (Bone cells): Rod shaped with dilated ends. They occur in leaves and seed coats. eg: seed coat of Pisum and Hakea.
  4. Astrosclereids: Star cells with lobes or arms diverging form a central body. They occur in petioles and leaves. eg: Tea, Nymphae and Trochodendron.
  5. Trichosclereids: Hair like thin walled sclereids. Numerous small angular crystals are embedded in the wall of these sclereids, present in stems and leaves of hydrophytes. eg: Nymphaea leaf and Aerial roots of Monstera

Question 8.
What are sieve tubes? Explain.
Answer:
Sieve tubes are long tube like conducting elements in the phloem. These are formed from a series of cells called sieve tube elements. The sieve tube elements are arranged one above the other and form vertical sieve tube. The end wall contains a number of pores and it looks like a sieve. So it is called as sieve plate. The sieve elements show nacreous thickenings on their lateral walls. They may possess simple or compound sieve plates.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 1
The function of sieve tubes are believed to be controlled by campanion cells In mature sieve tube, Nucleus is absent. It contains a lining layer of cytoplasm. A special protein (P. Protein = Phloem Protein) called slime body is seen in it. In mature sieve tubes, the pores in the sieve plate are blocked by a substance called callose (callose plug). The conduction of food material takes lace through cytoplasmic strands. Sieve tubes occur only in Angiosperms.

Question 9.
Distinguish the anatomy of dicot root from monocot root.
Answer:
The anatomy of dicot root from monocot root:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 2

Question 10.
Distinguish the anatomy of dicot stem from monocot stem.
Answer:
The anatomy of dicot stem from monocot stem:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Tissue and Tissue System Other Important Questions & Answers

I. Choose the correct answer. (1 Mark)
Question 1.
Who is the father of plant anatomy?
(a) David Muller
(b) Katherine Esau
(c) Nehemiah Grew
(d) Hofmeister
Answer:
(c) Nehemiah Grew

Question 2.
The study of internal structure and organisation of plant is called:
(a) plant taxonomy
(b) plant anatomy
(c) plant physiology
(d) plant ecology
Answer:
(b) plant anatomy

Question 3.
The book “Anatomy of seed plants” is written by:
(a) Hanstein
(b) Schmidt
(c) Nicholsen
(d) Katherine Esau
Answer:
(d) Katherine Esau

Question 4.
The term meristem is coined by:
(a) Nageli
(b) Robert
(c) Stevers
(d) Clowes
Answer:
(a) Nageli

Question 5.
Which of the statement is not correct?
(a) Meristematic cells are self perpetuating
(b) Meristematic cells are most actively dividing cells
(c) Meristematic cells have large vacuoles
(d) Meristematic cells have dense cytoplasm with prominent nucleus
Answer:
(c) Meristematic cells have large vacuoles

Question 6.
Apical cell theory is proposed by:
(a) David brown
(b) Hofmeister
(c) Land mark
(d) Clowes
Answer:
(b) Hofmeister

Question 7.
The tunica is:
(a) the peripheral zone of shoot apex, that forms cortex
(b) the inner zone of shoot apex, that forms stele
(c) the peripheral zone of shoot apex, that forms epidermis
(d) the inner zone of shoot apex, that forms cortex and stele
Answer:
(c) the peripheral zone of shoot apex, that forms epidermis

Question 8.
Which of the histogens gives rise to root cap?
(a) Plerome
(b) Periblem
(c) Dermatogen
(d) Calyptrogen
Answer:
(d) Calyptrogen

Question 9.
Quiescent centre concept was proposed by:
(a) Lindall
(b) Clowes
(c) Holstein
(d) Sanio
Answer:
(b) Clowes

Question 10.
Parenchyma cells which stores resin, tannins, calcium carbonate and calcium oxalate are termed as:
(a) critoblast
(b) chromoblasts
(c) idioblasts
(d) astroblasts
Answer:
(c) idioblasts

Question 11.
Petioles of banana is composed of:
(a) storage parenchyma
(b) stellate parenchyma
(c) angular collenchyma
(d) prosenchyma
Answer:
(b) stellate parenchyma

Question 12.
Which of the following statement is not correct?
(a) Sclerenchyma is a dead cell
(b) It lacks protoplasm
(c) The cell walls of these cells are uniformly thickened
(d) Sclerenchyma are actively dividing cells
Answer:
(d) Sclerenchyma are actively dividing cells

Question 13.
The seed coat of ground nut is made up of:
(a) stone cells
(b) osteosclereids
(c) macrosclereids
(d) parenchyma cells
Answer:
(b) osteosclereids

Question 14.
Plant fibers are modified:
(a) sclerenchyma cells
(b) collenchyma cells
(c) parenchyma cells
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(a) sclerenchyma cells

Question 15.
The term xylem was introduced by:
(a) Alexander
(b) Nageli
(c) Holstein
(d) Schemidt
Answer:
(b) Nageli

Question 16.
What type of xylem arrangement is seen in Selaginella sp?
(a) Endarch
(b) Exarch
(c) Centrarch
(d) Mesarch
Answer:
(c) Centrarch

Question 17.
In cross section, the tracheids are:
(a) hexagonal in shape
(b) rectangular in shape
(c) triangular in shape
(d) polygonal in shape
Answer:
(d) polygonal in shape

Question 18.
In grasses the guard cells in stoma are:
(a) bean shaped
(b) irregular shaped
(c) dumbbell shaped
(d) bell shaped
Answer:
(c) dumbbell shaped

Question 19.
Bulliform cells are present in:
(a) mango
(b) grasses
(c) ground nut
(d) potato
Answer:
(b) grasses

Question 20.
The sunken stomata:
(a) reduce water loss by transpiration
(b) increase water loss by transpiration
(c) increase heat loss by evaporation
(d) neither reduce nor increase water loss by transpiration
Answer:
(a) reduce water loss by transpiration

Question 21.
In Ocimum the trichomes are:
(a) non – glandular
(b) fibrous
(c) glandular
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) glandular

Question 22.
In dicot stem, the hypodermis is generally:
(a) parenchymatous
(b) sclerenchymatous
(c) collenchymatous
(d) none of these
Answer:
(c) collenchymatous

Question 23.
Casparian strips contain thickenings of:
(a) calcium carbonate and calcium oxalate
(b) carbohydrate, protein and lignin
(c) crystal of calcium oxalate
(d) lignin, suberin and some other carbohydrates
Answer:
(d) lignin, suberin and some other carbohydrates

Question 24.
Indicate the correct statement:
(a) Albuminous cells in gymnosperms are a nucleated parenchyma cells.
(b) Albuminous cells in gymnosperms are nucleated collenchyma cells.
(c) Albuminous cells in gymnosperms are nucleated, thin walled parenchyma cells.
(d) Albuminous cells in gymnosperms are a nucleated sclerenchyma cells.
Answer:
(c) Albuminous cells in gymnosperms are nucleated, thin walled parenchyma cells.

Question 25.
Secondary phloem is derived from:
(a) apical meritesm
(b) vascular cambium
(c) primary phloem
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) vascular cambium

Question 26.
Which of the following statement is not correct?
(a) The outer most layer of the root is called piliferous layer.
(b) The chief function of piliferous layer is protection.
(c) Piliferous layer is made up of parenchyma cells with intracellular space.
(d) Piliferous layer is made up of parenchyma cells without intracellular space.
Answer:
(d) Piliferous layer is made up of parenchyma cells without intracellular space.

Question 27.
In beans, the metaxylem vessels are generally:
(a) polygonal in shape
(b) circular in shape
(d) rectangular in shape
(d) triangular in shape
Answer:
(a) polygonal in shape

Question 28.
Who discovered the Annular collenchyma?
(a) Clowes
(b) Sanio
(c) Nageli
(d) Duchaigne
Answer:
(d) Duchaigne

Question 29.
The main function of xylem is:
(a) to conduct the minerals to various parts of plants
(b) to conduct oxygen to various parts of plant body
(c) to conduct water and minerals from root to the other parts of the plant body
(d) to conduct stored food to various parts of plant body
Answer:
(c) to conduct water and minerals from root to the other parts of the plant body

Question 30.
In maize the vascular bundles are:
(a) scattered
(b) concentric
(c) excentric
(d) radial
Answer:
(a) scattered

Question 31.
stomata in leaves of a plant are used for:
(a) transpiration
(b) transpiration and gas exchange
(c) gas exchange
(d) none of the above
Answer:
(b) transpiration and gas exchange

Question 32.
Which of the statement is not correct?
(a) Palisade parenchyma cells are seen beneath the upper epidermis
(b) Palisade parenchyma cells contain more chloroplasts
(c) Palisade parenchyma cells are irregularly shaped
(d) The function of palisade parenchyma is photosynthesis
Answer:
(c) Palisade parenchyma cells are irregularly shaped

Question 33.
Spongy parenchyma cells are:
(a) irregularly shaped
(b) elongated cylindrical cells
(c) very lightly arranged cells
(d) with more number of chloroplasts than palisade parenchyma
Answer:
(a) irregularly shaped

Question 34.
The main function of spongy parenchyma is:
(a) photosynthesis
(b) exchange of gases
(c) exchange of minerals
(d) water transport
Answer:
(b) exchange of gases

Question 35.
All mesophyll cells in monocot leaf are nearly:
(a) isodiametric and thick walled
(b) irregular and thick walled
(c) isodiametric and thin walled
(d) irregular and thin willed
Answer:
(c) isodiametric and thin walled

Question 36.
Structurally, hydathodes are modified:
(a) cambium tissue
(b) parenchyma
(c) pith
(d) stomata
Answer:
(d) stomata

Question 37.
Hydathodes occurs in the leaves of:
(a) desert plants
(b) submerged aquatic plants
(c) floating aquatic weeds
(d) forest trees
Answer:
(b) submerged aquatic plants

Question 38.
The process of guttation is seen in:
(a) grasses
(b) dicot plants
(c) desert plants
(d) Nerium
Answer:
(a) grasses

Question 39.
Salt glands are present in:
(a) xerophytes
(b) hydrophytes
(c) halophytes
(d) merophytes
Answer:
(c) halophytes

Question 40.
The term sieve tubes is coined by:
(a) Schleiden
(b) Hanstein
(c) Tsehireh
(d) Hartig
Answer:
(d) Hartig

II. Answer the following. (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Define the tissue?
Answer:
A tissue is a group of cells that are alike in origin, structure and function. The study of tissue is called Histology.

Question 2. What are the different types of plant tissue?
Answer:
The two types of principal groups are:

  1. Meristematic tissues
  2. Permanent tissues.

Question 3.
Mention any, two characters of meriste – matic tissue.
Answer:
Two characters of meriste – matic tissue:

  1. The meristematic cells are isodiametric and they may be, oval, spherical or polygonal in shape.
  2. They have generally dense cytoplasm with prominent nucleus.

Question 4.
Mention the function of apical meristem.
Answer:
Present in apices of root and shoot. It is responsible for increase in the length of the plant, it is called as primary growth.

Question 5.
What is mean by carpus?
Answer:
It is the inner zone of shoot apex,that forms cortex and stele of shoot.

Question 6.
Explain apical cell theory?
Answer:
Apical cell theory is proposed by Nageli. The single apical cell or apical initial composes the root meristem. The apical initial is tetrahedral in shape and produces root cap from one side. The remaining three sides produce epidermis, cortex and vascular tissues. It is found in vascular cryptogams.

Question 7.
What is meant by angular collenchyma?
Answer:
It is the most common type of collenchyma with irregular arrangement and thickening at the angles where cells meet., eg: Hypodermis of Datum and Nicotiana.

Question 8.
Explain briefly Branchysciereids or Stone cells.
Answer:
Isodiametric sclereids, with hard cell wall. It is found in bark, pith cortex, hard endosperm and fleshy portion of some fruits. eg: Pulp of Pyrus.

Question 9.
What is Filiform Sclereids?
Answer:
The sclereids are present in the leaf lamina of Olea europaea. They are very much elongated fibre like and about 1mm length.

Question 10.
Distinguish between Libriform fibres and Fibre tracheids.
Answer:
Between Libriform fibres and Fibre tracheids:

Libriform fibres

Fibre tracheids

1. These fibres have slightly lignified secondary walls with simple pits. These fibres are long and narrow.1. These are shorter than the libriform fibres with moderate secondary thickenings in the cell walls. Pits are simple or bordered.

Question 11.
What are bast fibres?
Answer:
These fibres are present in the phloem. Natural Bast fibres are strong and cellulosic. Fibres obtaining from the phloem or outer bark of jute, kenaf, flax and hemp plants. The so called pericyclic fibres are actually phloem fibres.

Question 12.
What is meant by endarch type of xylem arrangements?
Answer:
Protoxylem lies towards the .centre and meta xylem towards the periphery this condition is called Endarch. It is seen in stems.

Question 13.
What are the types of cells present in phloem?
Answer:
Phloem consists of four types of Cells:

  1. Sieve elements
  2. Companion cells
  3. Phloem parenchyma
  4. Phloem fibres.

Question 14.
Define epiblema?
Answer:
It is made up of single layer of parenchyma cells which are arranged compactly without intercellular spaces. It is devoid of epidermal pores and cuticle. Root hair is always single celled, it absorbs water and mineral salts from the soil. The another important function of piliferous layer is protection.

Question 15.
Explain bulliform cells in grasses.
Answer:
Some cells of upper epidermis (eg: Grasses) are larger and thin walled. They are called bulliform cells or motor cells. These cells are helpful for the rolling and unrolling of the leaf according to the weather change.

Question 16.
What is meant by Sunken Stomata?
Answer:
In some Xerophytic plants (eg: Cycas, Nerium), stomata is sunken beneath the abaxial leaf surface within stomatal crypts. The sunken stomata reduce water loss by transpiration.

Question 1 7.
Mention any two functions of epidermal tissue system in plants.
Answer:
Two functions of epidermal tissue system in plants:

  1. This system in the shoot checks excessive loss of water due to the presence of cuticle.
  2. Epidermis protects the underlying tissues.

Question 18.
Define chlorenchymo?
Answer:
Sometimes in young stem, chloroplasts develop in peripheral cortical cells, which is Called chlorenchyma.

Question 19.
What is meant by casparian strips?
Answer:
In true root endodermis, radial and inner tangential walls of endodermal cells possess thickenings of lignin, suberin and some other carbohydrates in the form of strips they are called casparian strips.

Question 20.
What are albuminous cells?
Answer:
The cytoplasmic nucleated parenchyma, is associated with the sieve cells of Gymnosperms. Albuminous cells in Conifers are analogous to companion cells of Angiosperms. It also called as strasburger cells.

Question 21.
Describe briefly radial types of vascular Bundles.
Answer:
Xylem and phloem are present on different radii alternating with each other. The bundles are separated by parenchymatous tissue. (Monocot and Dicot roots).

Question 22.
Define stele?
Answer:
All the tissues inside the endodermis comprise the stele. This includes pericycle, vascular system and pith.

Question 23.
What is meant by cambium?
Answer:
Cambium consists of brick shaped and thin walled meristematic cells. It is one to four layers in thickness. These cells are capable of forming new cells during secondary growth.

Question 24.
Define silica Cells?
Answer:
Some of the epidermal cells of the grass are filled with silica. They are called silica cells.

Question 25.
Define, hydathode?
Answer:
A hydathode is a type of epidermal pore, commonly found in higher plants. Structurally, hydathodes are modified stomata, usually located at leaf tips or margins, especially at the teeth. Hydathodes occur in the leaves of submerged aquatic plants such as ranunculus fluitans as well as in many herbaceous land plants.

III. Answer the following. (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Explain apical cell theory.
Answer:
Apical cell theory is proposed by Hofmeister (1852) and supported by Nageli (1859). A single apical cell is the structural and functional unit. This apical cell governs the growth and development of whole plant body. It is applicable in Algae, Bryophytes and in some Pteridophytes.

Question 2.
Explain histogen theory.
Answer:
Histogen theory is proposed by Hanstein (1868) and supported by Strassburgur. The shoot apex comprises three distinct zones.

  1. Dermatogen: It is a outermost layer. It gives rise to epidermis.
  2. Periblem: It is a middle layer. It gives rise to cortex.
  3. Plerome: It is innermost layer. It gives rise to stele.

Question 3.
What is meant by quiescent centre concept?
Answer:
Quiescent centre concept was proposed by Clowes (1961) to explain root apical meristem activity. These centre is located between root cap and differentiating cells of the roots. The apparently inactive region of cells in root promeristem is called quiescent centre. It is the site of hormone synthesis and also the ultimate source of all meristematic cells of the meristem.

Question 4.
Explain the term “sclereids”.
Answer:
Sclereids are dead cells, usually these are isodiametric but some are elongated too. The cell wall is very thick due to lignification. Lumen is very much reduced. The pits may simple or branched. Sclereids are mechanical in function. They give hard texture to the seed coats, endosperms etc.

Question 5.
Explain briefly about plant fibres.
Answer:
Fibres are very much elongated sclerenchyma cells with pointed tips. Fibres are dead cells and have lignified walls with narrow lumen. They have simple pits. They provide mechanical strength and protect them from the strong wind. It is also called supporting tissues. Fibres have a great commercial value in cottage and textile industries.

Question 6.
Write briefly about xylem fibres.
Answer:
The fibres of sclerenchyma associated with the xylem are known as xylem fibres. Xylem fibres are dead cells and have lignified walls with narrow lumen. They cannot conduct water but being stronger provide mechanical strength. They are present in both primary and secondary xylem. Xylem fibres are also called libriform fibres.
The fibres are abundantly found in many plants. They occur in patches, in continuous bands and sometimes singly among other cells. Between fibres and normal tracheids, there are many transitional forms which are neither typical fibres nor typical tracheids. The transitional types are designated as fibre – tracheids. The pits of fibre – tracheids are smaller than those of vessels and typical tracheids.

Question 7.
Explain companion cells.
Answer:
The thin walled, elongated, specialized parenchyma cells, which are associated with die sieve elements, are called companion cells. These cells are living and they have cytoplasm and a prominent nucleus. They are connected to the sieve tubes through pits found in the lateral walls. Through these pits cytoplasmic connections are maintained between these elements. These cells are helpful in maintaining the pressure gradient in the sieve tubes. Usually the nuclei of the companion cells serve for the nuclei of sieve tubes as they lack them. The companion cells are present only in Angiosperms and absent in Gymnosperms and Pteridophytes. They assist the sieve tubes in the conduction of food materials.

Question 8.
Distinguish between meristematic tissue and permanent tissue.
Answer:
Between meristematic tissue and permanent tissue:

Meristematic tissue

Permanent tissue

1. Cells divide repeatedly1. Do not divide
2. Cells are undifferentiated2. Cells are fully differentiated
3. Cells are small and Isodiametric3. Cells are variable in shape and size
4. Intercellular spaces are absent4. Intercellular spaces are present
5. Vacuoles are absent5. Vacuoles are present
6. Cell walls are thin6. Cell walls maybe thick or thin
7. Inorganic inclusions are absent7. Inorganic inclusions  are present

Question 9.
Write down the differences between tracheids and fibres.
Answer:
The differences between tracheids and fibres:

Tracheids

Fibres

1. Not much elongated1. Very long cells
2. Posses oblique end walls2. Posses tapering end walls
3. Cell walls are not as thick as fibtres3. Cell wall are thick and lignified
4. Possess various types of thickenings4. Possess only pitted thickenings
5. Responsible for the conduction and also mechanical support5. Provide only mechanical support

Question 10.
Give a brief answer on subsidiary cells in plant leaves.
Answer:
Stomata are minute pores surrounded by two guard cells. The stomata occur mainly in the epidermis of leaves. In some plants addition to guard cells, specialised epidermal cells are present which are distinct from other epidermal cells. They are called Subsidiary cells. Based on the number and arrangement of subsidiary cells around the guard cells, the various types of stomata are recognised, The guard cells and subsidiary cells help in opening and closing of stomata during gaseous exchange and transpiration.

Question 11.
Explain the term trichomes.
Answer:
There are many types of epidermal outgrowths in stems. The unicellular or multicellular appendages that originate from the epidermal cells are called trichomes. Trichomes may be branched or unbranched and one or more one celled thick. They assume many shapes and sizes. They may also be glandular (eg: Rose, Ocimum) or non – glandular.

Question 12.
What do you understand about hypodermis in plant tissue system.
Answer:
One or two layers of continuous or discontinuous tissue present below the epidermis, is called hypodermis. It is protective in function. In dicot stem, hypodermis is generally collenchymatous, whereas in monocot stem, it is generally sclerenchymatous. In many plants collenchyma form the hypodermis.

Question 13.
What is meant by pith?’
Answer:
The central part of the ground tissue is known as pith or medulla. Generally this is made up of thin walled parenchyma cells with intercellular spaces. The cells in the pith generally stores starch, fatty substances, tannins, phenols, calcium oxalate crystals, etc.

Question 14.
Explain the piliferous layer as epiblema.
Answer:
The outermost layer of the root is known as piliferous layer. It consists of single row of thin – walled parenchymatous cells without any intercellular space. Epidermal pores and cuticle are absent in the piliferous layer. Root hairs that are found in the piliferous layer are always unicellular. They absorb waer and mineral salt from the soil. Root hairs are generally short lived. The main function of piliferous layer is protection of the inner tissues.

Question 15.
What is meant by stele in plant stem?
Answer:
The central part of the stem inner to the endodermis is known as stele. It consists of pericyle, vascular bundles and pith. In dicot stem, vascular bundles are arranged in a ring around the pith. This type of stele is called eustele.

Question 16.
Explain the nature of phloem in dicot stem.
Answer:
Primary phloem lies towards the periphery. It consists of protpphloem and metaphloem. Phloem consists of sieve tubes, companion cells and phloem parenchyma. Phloem fibres are absent in primary phloem. Phloem conduct organic foods material from the leaves to other parts of the plant body.

Question 17.
Explain the mesophyll layer of leaf.
Answer:
The ground tissue that is present between the upper and lower epidermis of the leaf is called mesophyll. Here, the mesophyll is not differentiated into palisade and spongy parenchyma. All the mesophyll cells are nearly isodiametric and thin walled. These cells are compactly arranged with limited intercellular spaces. They contain numerous chloroplasts.

Question 18.
Mention any three differences between stomata and hydathodes.
Answer:
Stomata:

  1. Occur in epidermis of leaves, young stems.
  2. Stomatal aperture is guarded by two guard cells.
  3. The two guard cells are generally surrounded by subsidiary cell.

Hydathodes:

  1. Occur at the tip or margin of leaves that are grown in moist shady place.
  2. Aperture of hydathodes are surrounded by a ring of cuticularized cells.
  3. Subsidiary cells are absent.,

Question 19.
What are halophiles? Explain briefly.
Answer:
Halophiles:

  1. Plants that grow in salty environment are called Halophiles.
  2. Plant growth in saline habitat developed numerous adaptations to salt stress. The secretion of ions by salt glands is the best known mechanism for regulating the salt content of plant shoots.
  3. Salt glands typically are found in halophytes. (Plants that grow in saline environments)

IV. Answer in detail.

Question 1.
Explain Histogen theory, Korper Kappe Theory and Quiescent Centre Concept with diagrams.
Answer:
Histogen Theory: Histogen theory is proposed by Hanstein (1868) and supported by Strassburgur. The histogen theory as appilied to the root apical meristem speaks of four histogen in the meristem. They are respectively

  1. Dermatogen: It is a outermost layer. It gives rise to root epidermis.
  2. Periblem: it is a middle layer. It gives rise to cortex.
  3. Plerome: It is innermost layer. It gives rise to stele.
  4. Calyptrogen: it gives rise to root cap.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 9

Korper Kappe Theory: Korper kappe theory is proposed by Schuepp. There are two zones in root apex – Korper and Kappe.

  1. Korper zone forms the body.
  2. Kappe zone forms The cap.

This theory is equivalent to tunica corpus theory of shoot apex.The two divisions are distinguished by the type of T (also called Y divisions). Korper is characterised by inverted T division and kappe by straight T divisions.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 10

Quiescent Centre Concept: Quiescent centre concept was proposed by Clowes (1961) to explain root apical meristem activity. These centre is located between root cap and differentiating cells of the roots. The apparently inactive region of cells in root promeristem is called quiescent centre. It is the site of hormone synthesis and also the ultimate source of all meristematic cells of the meristem.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 11

Question 2.
Describe the structure and function of different kinds of parenchyma tissues?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 12
Parenchyma is generally present in all organs of the plant. It forms the ground tissue in a plant. Parenchyma is a living tissue and made up of thin walled cells. The cell wall is made up of cellulose. Parenchyma cells may be oval, polyhedral, cylindrical, irregular, elongated or armed. Parenchyma tissue normally has prominent intercellular spaces. Parenchyma may store various types of materials like, water, air, ergastic substances. It is usually colourless. The turgid parenchyma cells help in giving rigidity to the plant body. Partial conduction of water is also maintained through parenchymatous cells. Occsionaliy Parenchyma cells which store resin, tannins, crystals of calcium carbonate, calcium oxalate are called idioblasts. Parenchyma is of different types and some of them are discussed as follows. Types of paranchyma:
(i) Aerenchyma: Parenchyma which contains air in its intercellular spaces. It helps in aeration and buoyancy. eg: Nymphae and Hydrilia.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 13

(ii) Storage Parenchyma: parenchyma stores food materials. eg: Root and stem tubers.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 14

(iii) Stellate Parenchyma: Star shaped parenchyma. eg: Petioles of Banana and Canna.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 15

(iv) Chlorenchyma: Parenchyma cells with chlorophyll. Function is photosynthesis, eg: Mesophyll of leaves.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 16

(v) Prosenchyma: parenchyma cells became elongated, pointed and slightly thick walled. It provides mechanical support.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 17

Question 3.
Describe the types of tracheids with diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 18
Types of secondary wall thickenings in tracheids and vessels:
Tracheids are dead, lignified and elongated cells with tapering ends. Its lumen is broader than that of fibres. In cross section, the tracheids are polygonal. There are different types of cell wall thickenings due to the deposition of secondary wall substances. They are annular (ring like), spiral (spring like), scalariform (ladder like) reticulate (net like) and pitted (uniformly thick except at pits). Tracheids are imperforated cells with bordered pits on their side walls. Only through this conduction takes place in Gymnosperms. They are arranged one above the other. Tracheids are chief water conducting elements in Gymnosperms and Pteridophytes. They also offer mechanical support to the plants.

Question 4.
Compare the different types of plant tissues.
Answer:
The different types of plant tissues:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 5

Question 5.
Compare the vascular tissues of plant.
Answer:
The vascular tissues of plant:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 6

Question 6.
Draw and label the various parts of T.S. of dicot root.
Answer:
Draw and label the various parts of T.S. of dicot root:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 8

Question 7.
Explain in detail about the vascular bundles of monocot stem.
Answer:
1. Vascular bundles: Vascular bundles are scattered (atactostele) in the parenchyma ground tissue. Each vascular bundle is surrounded by a sheath of sclerenehymatous fibres called bundle sheath. The vascular bundles are conjoint, collateral, endarch and closed. Vascular bundles are numerous, small and closely arranged in the peripheral portion. Towards the centre, the bundles are comparatively large in size and loosely arranged. Vascular bundles are skull or oval shaped.

2. Phloem: The phloem in the monocot stem consists of sieve tubes and companion cells. Phloem parenchyma and phloem fibres are absent. It can be distinguished into an outer crushed protophloem and an inner metaphloem.

3. Xylem: Xylem vessels are arranged in the form of ‘Y’ the two metaxylem vessels at the base. In a mature bundle, the lowest protowylem disintegrates and forms a cavity known as protoxylem lacuna.

Question 8.
Draw and label the various parts of monocot stem.
Answer:
The various parts of monocot stem:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 7

Question 9.
Explain the various parts of sunflower leaf with neat diagram.
Answer:
1. Anatomy of a Dicot Leaf – sunflower Leaf: Internal structure of dicotyledonous leaves reveal epidermis, mesophyll and vascular tissues.

2. Epidermis: This leaf is generally dorsiventral. It has upper and lower epidermis. The epidermis is usually made up of a single layer of cells that are closely packed. The cuticle on the upper epidermis is thicker than that of lower epidermis. The minute opening found on the epidermis are called stomata. Stomata are more in number on the lower epidermis than on the upper epidermis.

A stomata is surrounded by a pair of bean shaped cells are called guard cells. Each stoma internally opens into an air chamber. These guard cells contain chlotroplasts. The main function of epidermis is to give protection to the inner tissue called mesospyll. The cuticle helps to check transpiration. Stomata are used for transpiration and gas exchange.

3. Mesophyll: The entire tissue between the upper and lower epidermis is called mesophyll (GK meso = in the middle, phyllome = leaf). There are two regions in the mesophyll. They are palisade parenchyma and spongy parenchyma. Palisade parenchyma cells are seen beneath the upper epidermis. It consists of vertically elongated cylindrical cells in one or more layers. These are compactly arranged and are generally without intercellular spaces. Palisade parenchyma cells contain more chloroplasts than the spongy parenchyma cells.

The function of palisade parenchyma is photosynthesis. Spongy parenchyma lies below the palsied parenchyma. Spongy cells are irregularly shaped. These cells are very loosly arranged with numerous airspaces. As compared to palisade cells, the spongy cells contain number of chloroplasts. Spongy cells facilitate the exchange of gases with the help of air spaces. The air space that is found next to the stomata is called respiratory cavity or substomatal cavity. Å

4. Vascular tissue: Vascular tissue are present in the veins of leaf. Vascular bundles are conjoint collateral and closed. Xylem is present towards the upper epidermis, while the phloem towards the lower epidermis. Vascular bundles are surrounded by a compact layer by a parenchymatous cells called bundle sheath or border parenchyma.

Xylem consists of metaxylem and protoxylem elements. Protoxylem is present towards the upper epidermis, while the phloem consists of sieve tubes, companion cells and phloem parenchyma. Phloem fibres are absent. Xylem sonsists of vessels and xylem parenchyma. Tracheids and xylem fibres are absent.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System 19
Solution To Activity
Text Book Page No. 10
Question 1.
Cell lab: Students prepare the slide and identify the different types tissues.
Answer:
Preparing a slide of plant tissue.
Objective:

  1. Using hand cutting method to make thin slice of dicot root.
  2. To make slide and stain of plant sample.
  3. To observe the plant sample under microscope.

Materials:

  1. A young dicot root
  2. Compound microscope
  3. Slide
  4. Cover slip
  5. Eosin stain

Method:

  1. Place 2 cm of young dicot root on a glass slide or plate.
  2. Cut thin slices of the root through the region of maturation.
  3. Stain it with Eosin.
  4. Fix one or two of the sections in a slide and put a cover slip.
  5. To observe the sample under a compound microscope and record the parts of the sample.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 9 Tissue and Tissue System textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Botany exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 8 Biomolecules from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 8 Biomolecules Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Botany Chapter 8 Biomolecules Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 8 Biomolecules Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Botany Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Biomolecules Text Book Back Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the correct answer
Question 1.
The most basic amino acid is …………… .
(a) Arginine
(b) Histidine
(c) Glycine
(d) Glutamine
Answer:
(a) Arginine

Question 2.
An example of feedback inhibition is  …………… .
(a) Cyanide action on cytochrome
(b) Sulpha drug on folic acid synthesiser bacteria
(c) Allosteric inhibition of hexokinase by glucose – 6 – phosphate
(d) The inhibition of succinic dehydrogenase by malonate
Answer:
(c) Allosteric inhibition of hexokinase by glucose – 6 – phosphate

Question 3.
Enzymes that catalyse interconversion of optical, geometrical or positional isomers are …………… .
(a) Ligases
(b) Lyases
(c) Hydrolases
(d) Isomerases
Answer:
(d) Isomerases

Question 4.
Proteins perform many physiological functions. For example some functions as enzymes. One of the following represents an additional function that some proteins discharge …………… .
(a) Antibiotics
(b) Pigment conferring colour to skin
(c) Pigments making colours of flowers
(d) Hormones
Answer:
(d) Hormones

Question 5.
Given below is the diagrammatic representation of one of the categories of small molecular weight organic compounds in the living tissues. Identify the category shown & one blank component “X” in it …………… .
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 1
Answer:
(a) Nucleoside
(b) Uracil.

Question 6.
Distinguish between nitrogenous base and a base found in inorganic chemistry.
Answer:
Nitrogenous Base:

  1. Nitrogenous bases are organic molecules containing the element nitrogen & acts as a base in chemical reaction.
  2. e.g. Adenine, Thymine

Base:

  1. Bases are the substance that release hydroxide (OH ) ions in aqueous solution.
  2. e.g. NaOH and Ca(OH)2

Question 7.
What are the factors affecting the rate of enzyme reaction?
Answer:
(a) Temperature: Heating increases molecular motion. Thus the molecules of the substrate and enzyme move more quickly resulting in a greater probability of occurrence of the reaction. The temperature that promotes maximum activity is referred to as optimum temperature.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 2
(b) pH: The optimum pH is that at which the maximum rate of reaction occurs. Thus the pH change leads to an alteration of enzyme shape, including the active site. If extremes of pH are encountered by an enzyme, then it will be denatured.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 3
(c) Substrate Concentration: For a given enzyme concentration, the rate of an enzyme reaction increases with increasing substrate concentration.

(d) Enzyme Concentration: The rate of reaction is directly proportional to the enzyme concentration.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 4
The Michaelis – Menton Constant (Km) and Its Significance:
When the initial rate of reaction of an enzyme is measured over a range of substrate concentrations (with a fixed amount of enzyme) and the results plotted on a graph. With increasing substrate concentration, the velocity increases – rapidly at lower substrate concentration. However the rate increases progressively, above a certain concentration of the substrate the curve flattened out. No further increase in rate occurs. This shows that the enzyme is working at maximum velocity at this point. On the graph, this point of maximum velocity is shown as VMax.

Question 8.
Briefly outline the classification of enzymes.
Answer:
Enzymes are classified into six groups based on their mode of action.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 5

Question 9.
Write the characteristic feature of DNA.
Answer:
The characteristic feature of DNA.

  1. If one strand runs in the 5′ – 3′ direction, the other runs in 3′ – 5′ direction and thus are antiparallel (they run in opposite direction). The 5′ end has the phosphate group and 3’end has the OH group.
  2. The angle at which the two sugars protrude from the base pairs is about 120°, for the narrow angle and 240° for the wide angle. The narrow angle between the sugars generates a minor groove and the large angle on the other edge generates major groove.
  3. Each base is 0.34 nm apart and a complete turn of the helix comprises 3.4 nm or 10 base pairs per turn in the predominant B form of DNA.
  4. DNA helical structure has a diameter of 20 Å and a pitch of about 3 Å. X – ray crystal study of DNA takes a stack of about 10 bp to go completely around the helix (360°).
  5. Thermodynamic stability of the helix and specificity of base pairing includes
    • (a) The hydrogen bonds between the complementary bases of the double helix
    • (b) stacking interaction between bases tend to stack about each other perpendicular to the direction of helical axis. Electron cloud interactions (\({ \Pi -{ \Pi } }\)) between the bases in the helical stacks contribute to the stability of the double helix.
  6. The phosphodiester linkages gives an inherent polarity to the DNA helix. They form strong covalent bonds, gives the strength and stability to the polynucleotide chain.
  7. Plectonemic coiling – the two strands of the DNA are wrapped around each other in a helix, making it impossible to simply move them apart without breaking the entire structure. Whereas in paranemic coiling the two strands simply lie alongside one another, making them easier to pull apart.
  8. Based on the helix and the distance between each turns, the DNA is of three forms – A DNA, B DNA and Z DNA.

Question 10.
Explain the structure and function of different types of RNA.
Answer:
1. mRNA (messenger RNA): Single stranded, carries a copy of instructions for assembling amino acids into proteins. It is very unstable and comprises 5% of total RNA polymer. Prokaryotic mRNA (Polycistronic) carry coding sequences for many polypeptides. Eukaryotic mRNA (Monocistronic) contains information for only one polypeptide.

2. tRNA (transfer RNA): Translates the code from mRNA and transfers amino acids to the ribosome to build proteins. It is highly folded into an elaborate 3D structure and comprises about 15% of total RNA. It is also called as soluble RNA.

3. rRNA (ribosomal RNA): Single stranded, metabolically stable, makeup the two subunits of ribosomes. It constitutes 80% of the total RNA. It is a polymer with varied length from 120 – 3000 nucleotides and gives ribosomes their shape. Genes for rRNA are highly conserved and employed for phylogenetic studies.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 6

Entrance Examination Questions Solved
Choose the correct answer:
Question 1.
Who invented electron microscope? (2010 AIIMS, 2008 JIPMER)
(a) Janssen
(b) Edison
(c) Knoll and Ruska
(d) Landsteiner
Answer:
(c) Knoll and Ruska

Question 2.
Specific proteins responsible for the flow of materials and information into the cellare called …………… . (2009 AIIMS)
(a) Membrane receptors
(b) carrier proteins
(c) integral proteins
(d) none of these
Answer:
(b) carrier proteins

Question 3.
Omnis – cellula – e – cellula was given by …………… . (2007 AIIMS)
(a) Virchow
(b) Hooke
(c) Leeuwenhoek
(d) Robert Brown
Answer:
(a) Virchow

Question 4.
Which of the following is responsible for the mechanical support, protein synthesis and enzyme transport? (2007 AIIMS)
(a) cell membrane
(b) mitochondria
(c) dictyosomes
(d) endoplasmic reticulum
Answer:
(d) endoplasmic reticulum

Question 5.
Genes present in the cytoplasm of eukaryotic cells are found in …………… . (2006 AIIMS)
(a) mitochondria and inherited via egg cytoplasm
(b) lysosomes and peroxisomes
(c) Golgi bodies and smooth endoplasmic reticulum
(d) Plastids inherited via male gametes
Answer:
(a) mitochondria and inherited via egg cytoplasm

Question 6.
In which one the following would you expect to find glyoxysomes? (2005 AIIMS)
(a) Endosperm of wheat
(b) Endosperm of castor
(c) Palisade cells in leaf
(d) Root hairs
Answer:
(b) Endosperm of castor

Question 7.
A quantosome is present in …………… . (JIPMER 2012)
(a) Mitochondria
(b) Chloroplast
(c) Golgi bodies
(d) ER
Answer:
(b) Chloroplast

Question 8.
In mitochondria the enzyme cytochrome oxidase is present in …………… . (2012 JIPMER)
(a) Outer mitochondrial membrane
(b) inner mitochondrial membrane
(c) Stroma
(d) Grana
Answer:
(b) inner mitochondrial membrane

Question 9.
Which organelle is present in higher number in secretory cell? (2008 JIPMER)
(a) Mitochondria
(b) Chloroplast
(c) Nucleus
(d) Dictyosomes
Answer:
(d) Dictyosomes

Question 10.
Major site for the synthesis of lipids …………… . (2013 NEET)
(a) Rough ER
(b) smooth ER
(c) Centriole
(d) Lysosome
Answer:
(b) smooth ER

Question 11.
Golgi complex plays a major role in …………… . (2013 NEET)
(a) post translational modification of proteins and glycosidation of lipids
(b) translation of proteins
(c) Transcription of proteins
(d) Synthesis of lipid
Answer:
(a) post translational modification of proteins and glycosidation of lipids

Question 12.
Main arena of various types of activities of a cell is …………… . (2010 AIPMT)
(a) Nucleus
(b) Mitochondria
(c) Cytoplasm
(d) Chloroplast
Answer:
(c) Cytoplasm

Question 13.
The thylakoids in chloroplast are arranged in …………… . (2005 JIPMER)
(a) regular rings
(b) linear array
(c) diagonal direction
(d) stacked discs
Answer:
(d) stacked discs

Question 14.
Sequences of which of the following is used to know the phylogeny rRNA? (20022JIPMER)
(a) mRNA
(b) rRNA
(c) tRNA
(d) Hn RNA
Answer:
(b) rRNA

Question 15.
Structures between two adjacent cells which is an effective transport pathway? (2010 AIPMT)
(a) Plasmodesmata
(b) Middle lamella
(c) Secondary wall layer
(d) Primary wall layer
Answer:
(a) Plasmodesmata

Question 16.
In active transport carrier proteins are used, which use energy in the form of ATP to …………… .
(a) transport molecules against concentration gradient of cell wall
(b) transport molecules along concentration gradient of cell membrane
(c) transport molecules against concentration gradient of cell membrane
(d) transport molecules along concentration gradient of cell wall
Answer:
(c) transport molecules against concentration gradient of cell membrane

Question 17.
The main organelle involved in modification and routing of newly synthesised protein to their destinations is …………… . (AIPMT 2005)
(a) Mitochondria
(b) Glyoxysomes
(c) Spherosomes
(d) Endoplasmic reticulum
Answer:
(d) Endoplasmic reticulum

Question 18.
Algae have cell wall made up of …………… . (AIPMT 2010)
(a) Cellulose, galactans and mannans
(b) Cellulose, chitin and glucan
(c) Cellulose, Mannan and peptidoglycan
Answer:
(a) Cellulose, galactans and mannans

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Biomolecules Additional Questions and Answers

Question 1.
The percentage of water in the total cellular mass is …………… .
(a) 50%
(b) 60%
(c) 70%
(d) 80%
Answer:
(c) 70%

Question 2.
The metabolites which does not show any direct function in growth is called …………… metabolite.
(a) Primary
(b) Secondary
(c) Tertiary
(d) Quartemary
Answer:
(b) Secondary

Question 3.
Molecular formula for carbohydrates is …………… .
(a) (CH2O)2
(b) (CH6O)
(C) (C2H2O)n
(d) (CH6O)n
Answer:
(a) (CH2O)2

Question 4.
Number of carbon molecule in glucose is …………… .
(a) 4
(b) 6
(c) 8
(d) 12
Answer:
(b) 6

Question 5.
Number of sugar units in oligo saccharides are …………… .
(a) 6 to 10
(b) 1 to 10
(c) 2 to 8
(d) 2 to 10
Answer:
(d) 2 to 10

Question 6.
Which of the following is a trisaccharide?
(a) Maltose
(b) Stachyose
(c) Ramnose
(d) Aldose
Answer:
(c) Ramnose

Question 7.
…………… are also called as Glycan.
(a) Monosaccharides
(b) Disaccharides
(c) Polysaccharides
(d) Multisaccharides
Answer:
(c) Polysaccharides

Question 8.
Sucrose is a combination of …………… and fructose.
(a) α – glucose
(b) β – glucose
(c) Ketoses
(d) Maltose
Answer:
(a) α – glucose

Question 9.
…………… is also called as animal starch.
(a) Amylose
(b) Glycogen
(c) Glucose
(d) Glycerol
Answer:
(b) Glycogen

Question 10.
…………… reagent is used in starch test.
(a) Potassium permanganate
(b) Potassium iodide
(c) Calcium chloride
(d) Calcium iodide
Answer:
(b) Potassium iodide

Question 11.
Glycogen is not seen in …………… cells.
(a) liver
(b) skeletal
(c) muscle
(d) brain
Answer:
(d) Brain

Question 12.
Benedicts solution is nothing but …………… .
(a) Copper II sulphate
(b) Cuprous sulphate
(c) Cupric sulphate
(d) Copper I sulphate
Answer:
(a) Copper II sulphate

Question 13.
…………… is not a reducing sugar.
(a) Glucose
(b) Fructose
(c) Sucrose
(d) Ketose
Answer:
(c) Sucrose

Question 14.
…………… form the exoskeleton of insects & arthropods.
(a) N – acetyl glucosamine
(b) N – butyl glucosamine
(c) N – phenyl glucosamine
(d) N – methyl glucosamine
Answer:
(a) N – acetyl glucosamine

Question 15.
Number of fatty acids in triglyceride is …………… .
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(c) 3

Question 16.
The major structural component of cell membrane is …………… .
(a) glucolipids
(b) phospholipids
(c) proteolipids
(d) triglycerides
Answer:
(b) phospholipids

Question 17.
There are …………… different amino acids existing naturally.
(a) about 20
(b) about 10
(c) about 25
(d) about 22
Answer:
(a) about 20

Question 18.
A zwitterion also called as …………… ion.
(a) dipolar
(b) monopolar
(c) tripolar
(d) nonpolar
Answer:
(a) dipolar

Question 19.
…………… test is used as an indicator of the presence of protein.
(a) Biuret test
(b) Iodine test
(c) Benedict’s test
(d) Starch test
Answer:
(a) Biuret test

Question 20.
The competitive inhibitor is …………… for succinic dehydrogenase.
(a) malonate
(b) succinate
(c) oxalate
(d) citrate
Answer:
(a) malonate

Question 21.
…………… is the abundant protein in whole biosphere.
(a) RUBP
(b) NAD+
(c) NADPH
(d) RUBISCO
Answer:
(d) RUBISCO

Question 22.
…………… is an active enzyme with its non – protein component.
(a) Apoenzyme
(b) Holoenzyme
(c) Coenzymes
(d) Enzymes
Answer:
(b) Holoenzyme

Question 23.
Flavin adenine dinucleotide contains …………… which helps to accept hydrogen.
(a) ascolac acid
(b) cyanocobalamin
(c) riboflavin
(d) keratinine
Answer:
(c) riboflavin

Question 24.
…………… is a catalytic RNA.
(a) mRNA
(b) Ribozyme
(c) Ribonuclease
(d) rRNA
Answer:
(b) Ribozyme

Question 25.
…………… protects the end of the chromosomes from damage.
(a) Satellite
(b) Kinetochore
(c) Primary constriction
(d) Telomere
Answer:
(d) Telomere

Question 26.
Which is not a pyrimidine base?
(a) Cytosine
(b) Uracil
(c) Guanine
(d) Thymine
Answer:
(c) Guanine

Question 27.
Which type of DNA was described by Watson & Crick?
(a) Z – DNA
(b) α – DNA
(c) B – DNA
(d) A – DNA
Answer:
(c) B – DNA

Question 28.
According to Chargaff’s rule, the hydrogen bonding between Adenine and Thymine is …………… .
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 4
(d) Nil
Answer:
(a) 2

Question 29.
The first clear crystallographic evidence for helical structure of DNA was produced by …………… .
(a) Maurice Wilkins
(b) Rosalind Franklin
(c) Francis Crick
(d) Chargaff
Answer:
(b) Rosalind Franklin

Question 30.
According to Cargaff’s rule, A : T = G : C = …………… .
(a) 0
(b) 1
(c) >1
(d) <1
Answer:
(b) 1

Question 31.
A complete turn of the helix comprises …………… .
(a) 34 nm
(b) 3.4 nm
(c) 20 nm
(d) 2nm
Answer:
(b) 3.4 nm

Question 32.
Diameter of DNA helix is …………… .
(a) 34 Å
(b) 20 nm
(c) 34 nm
(d) 20 Å
Answer:
(d) 20 Å

Question 33.
RNA is …………… .
(a) Single stranded and stable
(b) Single stranded and unstable
(c) Double stranded and stable
(d) Double stranded and unstable
Answer:
(b) Single stranded and unstable

Question 34.
rRNA constitutes …………… of total RNA.
(a) 20%
(b) 70%
(c) 80%
(d) 15%
Answer:
(c) 80%

Question 35.
Shape to the ribosomes is provided by …………… .
(a) rRNA
(b) tRNA
(c) mRNA
(d) DNA
Answer:
(a) rRNA

Question 36.
Which RNA is also called as soluble RNA?
(a) rRNA
(b) tRNA
(c) mRNA
(d) ssRNA
Answer:
(b) tRNA

Question 37.
Which is the left – handed DNA?
(a) B – DNA
(b) A – DNA
(c) Z – DNA
(d) dsDNA
Answer:
(c) Z – DNA

Question 38.
Which of the following does not contain cell wall?
(a) Fungi
(b) Bacteria
(c) Mycoplasma
(d) Algae
Answer:
(c) Mycoplasma

Question 39.
The amino acid which is both an acid and a base is called …………… .
(a) Amphibolic
(b) Amphoteric
(c) Amphipathetic
(d) Anabolic
Answer:
(b) Amphoteric

Question 40.
…………… leads to the loss of 3D structure of protein.
(a) Annealing
(b) Extension
(c) Denaturation
(d) Polymerisation
Answer:
(c) Denaturation

Question 41.
Which of the following polysaccharides is used as solidifying agent in culture medium?
(a) Inulin
(b) Heparin
(c) Agar
(d) Keratan sulphate
Answer:
(c) Agar

Question 42.
Which is an anticoagulant?
(a) Inulin
(b) Heparin
(c) Agar
(d) Keratan sulphate
Answer:
(b) Heparin

Question 43.
Insulin is a polymer of …………… .
(a) sucrose
(b) fructose
(c) glucose
(d) maltose
Answer:
(b) fructose

II. Very Short Answer Type Questions (2 Marks)

Question 1.
Define cell pool and mention its constituents.
Answer:
The cell components are made of collection of molecules called as cellular pool, which consists of both inorganic and organic compounds.

Question 2.
Draw the molecular structure of water.
Answer:
the molecular structure of water:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 7

Question 3.
Point out the percentage of water in human cell & a plant cell.
Answer:
Water makes upto 70% of human cell and upto 95% of mass of a plant cell.

Question 4.
What are metabolites?
Answer:
Metabolites are the organic compounds synthesized by plants, fungi and various microbes. They are the intermediates & products of metabolism.

Question 5.
Write the molecular formula for carbohydrates?
Answer:
(CH2O)n

Question 6.
Give an example for simple sugar with its formula.
Answer:
Glucose – C6H12O6

Question 7.
Which type of sugar does sucrose belongs to? Write its monomer units.
Answer:
Sucrose is a disaccharides composed of α – glucose & fructose.

Question 8.
Classify polysaccharides based on function.
Answer:
Depending on the function, polysaccharides are of two types:

  1. storage polysaccharide and
  2. structural polysaccharide.

Question 9.
What are Glycans?
Answer:
Polysaccharides are also called as Glycans. They are made of hundreds of monosaccharide units.

Question 10.
Which is a common storage polysaccharide? Mention its monomer units.
Answer:
Starch is a storage polysaccharide made up of repeated units of amylose and amylopectin.

Question 11.
Which is an animal starch? Where can we see it in our body?
Answer:
Glycogen. It is found in liver cells & skeletal muscles.

Question 12.
Why oil does not get mixed if added with water?
Answer:
Oil is a lipid. Lipids are long hydrocarbon chains that are non-polar & thus hydrophobic, which avoids the oil to dissolve in water.

Question 13.
How saturated fatty acids differ from unsaturated fatty acids?
Answer:
Saturated factty acids have the hydrocarbon chain with single bond, whereas in unsaturated fatty acids the hydrocarbon chain will have double bonds.

Question 14.
How waxes are formed?
Answer:
Waxes are esters formed between a long chain alcohol and saturated fatty acids.

Question 15.
Why amino acids are amphoteric?
Answer:
The amino acid is both an acid and a base and is called amphoteric.

Question 16.
Name the various groups attached to the 4 valencies of carbon in an amino acid.
Answer:
The 4 valencies of carbon in an amino acid:

  1. (NH2)
  2. an acidic carboxylic group (COOH) and
  3. a hydrogen atom (H)
  4. and side chain or variable R group.

Question 17.
Where the peptide bond is formed?
Answer:
A peptide bond is formed when the amino group of one amino acid reacts with carbonyl group of another amino acid.

Question 18.
Which was the first sequenced protein? Who had done it?
Answer:
First protein is insulin and it was sequenced by Fred Sanger.

Question 19.
Why proteins undergo conformational changes after its synthesis?
Answer:
After synthesis, the protein attains conformational change into a specific 3D form for proper functioning.

Question 20.
Mention the levels of protein organisation based on folding.
Answer:
According to the mode of folding, four levels of protein organisation have been recognised namely primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary.

Question 21.
Define enzymes.
Answer:
Enzymes are globular proteins that catalyse the thousands of metabolic reactions taking place within cells and organism.

Question 22.
Name any four factors that affect enzyme reactions.
Answer:
Four factors that affect enzyme reactions:

  1. pH
  2. temperature
  3. enzyme concentration and
  4. substrate concentration.

Question 23.
What are inhibitors? Mention its types.
Answer:
Certain substances present in the cells may react with the enzyme and lower the rate of reaction. These substances are called inhibitors. It is of two types:

  1. Competitive and
  2. Non – competitive.

Question 24.
Differentiate Apoenzyme from Holoenzyme.
Answer:
Differ Apoenzyme from Holoenzyme:

Apoenzyme

Holoenzyme

1. Active enzyme with its non – protein component1. Inactive enzyme without its non – protein component

Question 25.
What are Prosthetic groups? Give example.
Answer:
Prosthetic groups are organic molecules that assist in catalytic function of an enzyme. Example: Flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD).

Question 26.
Draw a diagram showing the various components of enzymes.
Answer:
Catalytic site, Cofactor and Holoenzyme:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 8

Question 27.
Write a note on Ribozyme.
Answer:
Ribozyme – Non – Protein Enzyme. A Ribozyme, also called as catalytic RNA; is a ribonucleic acid that acts as enzyme. It is found in ribosomes.

Question 28.
Give an example for following enzyme groups.
Answer:
An example for following enzyme groups:

  1. Transferase – Ex: Transaminase
  2. Isomerase – Ex: Isomerase
  3. Oxidoreductase – Ex: Dehydrogenase
  4. Lyase – Ex: Decarboxylase

Question 29.
Write the composition of DNA & RNA.
Answer:
Nitrogen base, pentose sugar and phosphate.

Question 30.
What is a nucleoside?
Answer:
A purine or a pyrimidine and a ribose or deoxyribose sugar is called nucleoside. A nitrogenous base is linked to pentose sugar through n-glycosidic linkage and forms a nucleoside.

Question 31.
What is a nucleotide?
Answer:
When a phosphate group is attached to a nucleoside it is called a nucleotide.

Question 32.
Name the two types of Purines and Pyrimidines.
Answer:
The two types of Purines and Pyrimidines:

  1. Purines: Adenine and guanine
  2. Pyrimidines: Cytosine and thymine (Uracil)

Question 33.
How DNA differs from RNA?
Answer:
DNA has thymine base, whereas RNA has uracil base. DNA has deoxyribose sugar, whereas RNA has ribose sugar.

Question 34.
Draw a simple diagram showing basic components of DNA.
Answer:
Deoxyribose sugar:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 9

Question 35.
Which is the secondary structure of DNA? Who discovered it?
Answer:
B – DNA is the secondary structure of DNA. Watson & Crick discovered B – DNA.

Question 36.
State Chargaff’s rule.
Answer:
Chargaff’s Rule:
A = T; G = C
A + G = T + C,
A : T = G : C = 1.

Question 37.
Name the three forms of DNA.
Answer:
The three forms of DNA:

  1. A – DNA
  2. B – DNA and
  3. Z – DNA.

Question 38.
Which is the soluble forms of RNA. Write its percentage composition of total RNA.
Answer:
tRNA is the soluble RNA which is about 15% of total RNA.

Question 39.
Name the types of RNA?
Answer:
The types of RNA:

  1. mRNA
  2. tRNA and
  3. rRNA.

Question 40.
Draw the structure of transfer RNA.
Answer:
Transfer RNA (tRNA):
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 10

III. Short Answer Type Questions (3 Marks)

Question 1.
Distinguish between Macronutrients & Micronutrients.
Answer:
Macronutrients:

  • Nutrients required in larger quantities for plant growth are called Macronutrients.
  • e.g. Potassium and Calcium

Micronutrients:

  • Nutrients required in trace amount for plant growth are called Micronutrients
  • e.g. Zinc and Bora

Question 2.
Tabulate the various cellular components with their percentage.
Answer:
The various cellular components with their percentage:

Component

% of the total cellular mass

1. Water1. 70
2. Proteins2. 15
3. Carbohydrates3. 3
4. Lipids4. 2
5. Nucleic acids5. 6
6. Ions6. 4

Question 3.
List out the properties of Water.
Answer:
Properties of Water:

  1. Adhesion and cohesion property
  2. High latent heat of vaporisation
  3. High melting and boiling point
  4. Universal solvent
  5. Specific heat capacity

Question 4.
How lattice formation occurs in water molecule?
Answer:
Two electro negative atoms of oxygen share a hydrogen bonds of two water molecule. Thus, they can stick together by cohesion and results in lattice formation.

Question 5.
Distinguish between Primary metabolite & Secondary metabolite.
Answer:
Between Primary metabolite & Secondary metabolite:

  • Primary metabolites are those that are required for the basic metabolic processes like photosynthesis, respiration, etc Example: Lipase, a protein.
  • Secondary metabolites does not show any direct function in growth and development of organisms. Example: Ricin, gums.

Question 6.
Define Polymerization.
Answer:
Polymerization, is a process in which repeating subunits termed monomers are bound into chains of different lengths. These chains of monomers are called polymers.

Question 7.
Explain the bond formation in sucrose molecule.
Answer:
Sucrose is formed from a molecule of α – glucose and a molecule of fructose. This is a condensation reaction releasing water. The bond formed between the glucose and fructose molecule by removal of water is called glycosidic bond. This is another example of strong, covalent bond.

Question 8.
How will you identify the presence of starch in a food sample.
Answer:
The presence of starch is identified by adding a solution of iodine in potassium iodide. Iodine molecules fit nearly into the starch helix, creating a blue – black colour.

Question 9.
Write a note on steroids.
Answer:
Steroids are complex compounds commonly found in cell membrane and animal hormones. e.g. Cholesterol which reinforces the structure of the cell membrane in animal cells and in an unusual group of cell wall deficient bacteria – Mycoplasma.

Question 10.
Draw the structure of basic amino acid.
Answer:
The structure of basic amino acid:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 11

Question 11.
What is a Zwitterion? or What is an isoelectric point?
Answer:
A zwitterion also called as dipolar ion, is a molecule with two or more functional groups, of which at least one has a positive and other has a negative electrical charge and the net charge of the entire molecule is zero. The pH at which this happens is known as the isoelectric point.

Question 12.
Write briefly about protein denaturation.
Answer:
Denaturation is the loss of 3D structure of protein. Exposure to heat causes atoms to vibrate violently, and this disrupts the hydrogen and ionic bonds. Under these conditions, protein molecules become elongated, disorganised strands. Agents such as soap, detergents, acid, alcohol and some disinfectants disrupt the interchain bond and cause the molecule to be non – functional.

Question 13.
Why do some people have curly hair?
Answer:
Human hair is made of protein. The more the distance between the sulphur atoms, the more the proteins bend; the more the hair curls.

Question 14.
Write a note on RUBISCO.
Answer:
Ribulose biphosphate carboxylase oxygenase (RUBISCO) is an enzyme that catalyses the reaction between CO2 and the CO2 acceptor molecule in photosynthesis. It is the most abundant protein in the whole biosphere.

Question 15.
Differentiate Anabolic reaction and Catabolic reaction.
Answer:
Anabolic reaction:

  • Anabolic reaction involves the building up of organic molecules.
  • Ex: Synthesis of protein from amino acids.

Catabolic reaction:

  • Catabolic reaction involves the breaking down of larger molecules.
  • Ex: Breaking down of sugar in respiration.

Question 16.
What are Allosteric inhibitors?
Answer:
Compounds which modify enzyme activity by causing a reversible change in the structure of the enzyme active site. This in turn affects the ability of the substrate to bind to the enzyme. Such compounds are called allosteric inhibitors, e.g. The enzyme hexokinase which catalysis glucose to glucose – 6 phosphate in glycolysis is inhibited by glucose – 6 phosphate. This is an example for feedback allosteric inhibitor.

Question 17.
Explain in brief about End – product inhibitor. (Negative Feedback Inhibition)
Answer:
When the end product of a metabolic pathway begins to accumulate, it may act as an allosteric inhibitor of the enzyme controlling the first step of the pathway. Thus the product starts to switch off its own production as it builds up. The process is self – regulatory. As the product is used up, its production is switched on once again. This is called end – product inhibition.

Question 18.
Draw the structure of Purine & Pyrimidine.
Answer:
The structure of Pyrimidine & Purine:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 12

Question 19.
Why the sugar in DNA is a deoxyribose?
Answer:
The sugar in DNA molecule is called 2’ – deoxyribose because there is no hydroxyl group at 2’ position.

Question 20.
How dinucleotide & polynucleotides are formed?
Answer:
Two nucleotides join to form dinucleotide that are linked through 3′ – 5′ phosphodiester linkage by condensation between phosphate groups of one with sugar of other. This is repeated many times to make polynucleotide.

Question 21.
Compare Plectonemic & Paranemic Coiling.
Answer:
Plectonemic coiling – the two strands of the DNA are wrapped around each other in a helix, making it impossible to simply move them apart without breaking the entire structure. Whereas in Paranemic coiling the two strands simply lie alongside one another, making them easier to pull apart.

Question 22.
Differentiate between Polycistronic & Monocistronic mRNA.
Answer:
Between Polycistronic & Monocistronic mRNA:

Polycistronic mRNA

Monocistronic mRNA

1. Polycistronic mRNA carry coding sequences for many Polypeptides1. Monocistronic mRNA carry coding sequences for only one Polypeptide
2. Prokaryotic mRNA are polycistronic2. Eukaryotic mRNA are monocistronic

Question 23.
What are Proteins?
Answer:
Proteins are polymers of 20 different amino acids, each of which has a distinct side chain with specific chemical properties. Each protein has a unique amino acid sequence which determines its 3D structure.

Question 24.
Herbivores can digest cellulose rich food, Why can’t human beings?
Answer:
Human cannot digest cellulose but herbivores can digest them with the help of bacteria present in the gut which produces enzymes cellulase. This is an example of mutualism.

Question 25.
How will you identify the presence of protein in food samples?
Answer:
The biuret test is used as an indicator of the presence of protein because it gives a purple colour in the presence of peptide bonds (-C- N-). To a protein solution an equal quantity of sodium hydroxide solution is added and mixed. Then a few drops of 0.5% copper (II) sulphate is added with gentle mixing. A distinct purple colour develops without heating.

Question 26.
Write a note on peptide bonds between amino acids.
Answer:
The amino group of one amino acid reacts with carboxyl group of other amino acid, forming a peptide bond. Two amino acids can react together with the loss of water to form a dipeptide. Long strings of amino acids linked by peptide bonds are called polypeptides. In 1953, Fred Sanger first sequenced the Insulin protein.

Question 27.
Which was the first alkaloid discovered? Mentions its uses.
Answer:
Morphine is the first alkaloid to be found. It comes from the plant Opium poppy (Papaver somniferum). It is used as a pain reliever in patients with severe pain levels and cough suppressant.

IV. Long Answer Type Questions (5 Marks)

Question 1.
How will you identify the presence of glucose in a given food sample?
Answer:
Aldoses and ketoses are reducing sugars. This means that, when heated with an alkaline solution of copper (II) sulphate (a blue solution called Benedict’s solution), the aldehyde or ketone group reduces Cu2+ ions to Cu+ ions forming brick red precipitate of copper (I) oxide. In the process, the aldehyde or ketone group is oxidised to a carboxyl group (-COOH).

This reaction is used as test for reducing sugar and is known as Benedict’s test. The results of Benedict’s test depends on concentration of the sugar. If there is no reducing sugar it remains blue. Sucrose is not a reducing sugar The greater the concentration of reducing sugar, the more is the precipitate formed and greater is the colour change.

Question 2.
Write a note on various levels of protein organisation.
Answer:
The primary structure is linear arrangement of amino acids in a polypeptide chain. Secondary structure arises when various functional groups are exposed on outer surface of the molecular interaction by forming hydrogen bonds. This causes the amino acid chain to twist into coiled configuration called α – helix or to fold into a flat β – pleated sheets.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 13
Tertiary protein structure arises when the secondary level proteins fold into globular structure called domains. Quaternary protein structure may be assumed by some complex proteins in which more than one polypeptide forms a large multiunit protein. The individual polypeptide chains of the protein are called subunits and the active protein itself is called a multimer.

Question 3.
Enumerate the properties of Enzyme.
Answer:
The properties of Enzyme:

  • Enzymes are globular proteins.
  • They act as catalysts and effective even in small quantity.
  • They remain unchanged at the end of the reaction.
  • They are highly specific.
  • They have an active site where the reaction takes place.
  • Enzymes lower activation energy of the reaction they catalyse.

Question 4.
Draw a Flow Chart depicting the Carbohydrate Classification
Answer:
Flow Chart depicting the Carbohydrate Classification:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 19

Question 5.
Explain the various types of chemical bonding in proteins.
Answer:
1. Hydrogen Bond: It is formed between some hydrogen atoms of oxygen and nitrogen in polypeptide chain. The hydrogen atoms have a small positive charge and oxygen and nitrogen have small negative charge. Opposite charges attract to form hydrogen bonds. Though these bonds are weak, large number of them maintains the molecule in 3D shape.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 14
2. Ionic Bond: It is formed between any charged groups that are not joined together by peptide bond. It is stronger than hydrogen bond and can be broken by changes in pH and temperature.

3. Disulfide Bond: Some amino acids like cysteine and methionine have sulphur. These form disulphide bridge between sulphur atoms and amino acids.

4. Hydrophobic Bond: This bond helps some protein to maintain structure. When globular proteins are in solution, their hydrophobic groups point inwards away from water.

Question 6.
Explain Lock & Key Mechanism of Enzymatic reaction.
Answer:
Lock and Key Mechanism of Enzyme: In a enzyme catalysed reaction, the starting substance is the substrate. It is converted to the product. The substrate binds to the specially formed pocket in the enzyme – the active site, this is called lock and key mechanism of enzyme action. As the enzyme and substrate form a ES complex, the substrate is raised in energy to a transition state and then breaks down into products plus unchanged enzyme.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 15

Question 7.
Describe the Competitive & Non – Competitive Inhibitors of enzyme.
Answer:
1. Competitive Inhibitor: Molecules that resemble the shape of the substrate and may compete to occupy the active site of enzyme are known as competitive inhibitors. For Example: the enzyme that catalyses the reaction between carbon dioxide and the CO2 acceptor molecule in photosynthesis, known as ribulose biphosphate carboxylase oxygenase (RUBISCO) is competitively inhibited by oxygen / carbon – di – oxide in the chloroplast. The competitive inhibitor is malonate for succinic dehydrogenase.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 16
2. Non – competitive Inhibitors: There are certain inhibitors which may be unlike the substrate molecule but still combines with the enzyme. This either blocks the attachment of the substrate to active site or change the shape so that it is unable to accept the substrate. For example the effect of the amino acids alanine on the enzyme pyruvate kinase in the final step of glycolysis.

Certain non – reversible / irreversible inhibitors bind tightly and permanently to an enzyme and destroy its catalytic properties entirely. These could also be termed as poisons. Example – cyanide ions which blocks cytochrome oxidase in terminal oxidation in cell aerobic respiration, the nerve gas sarin blocks a neurotransmitter in synapse transmission.

Question 8.
Give a detailed account on Enzyme Co – factors.
Answer:
Many enzymes require non – protein components called co – factors for their efficient activity. Co – factors may vary from simple inorganic ions to complex organic molecules.
They are of three types:

  1. Inorganic ions, prosthetic groups and coenzymes.
  2. Holoenzyme – active enzyme with its non – protein component.
  3. Apoenzyme – the inactive enzyme without its non – protein component.

Inorganic ions help to increase the rate of reaction catalysed by enzymes. Example: Salivary amylase activity is increased in the presence of chloride ions. Prosthetic groups are organic molecules that assist in catalytic function of an enzyme. Flavin adenine dinucleotide (FAD) contains riboflavin(vit B2), the function of which is to accept hydrogen. ‘Haem’ is an iron – containing prosthetic group with an iron atom at its centre. Coenzymes are organic compounds which act as cofactors but do not remain attached to the enzyme. The essential chemical components of many coenzymes are vitamins. Eg. NAD, NADP, Coenzyme A, ATP.

Question 9.
Tabulate the various features of different forms of DNA.
Answer:
The various features of different forms of DNA:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 17

Question 10.
Compare DNA with RNA?
Answer:
Compare DNA with RNA:

DNA

RNA

1. Deoxyribose sugar is present1. Ribose sugar is present
2. Thymine is present2. Uracil is present
3. More stable3. Less stable
4. Double stranded4. Single stranded
5. Types: A – DNA, B – DNA, Z – DNA5. Type: mRNA, tRNA, rRNA
6. Genetic material for most of living organism except few viruses6. Genetic material for few viruses only

V. Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Question 1.
In which form does the glucose is stored in animal cells? Specify the cells?
Answer:
Glucose is stored in the form of glycogen. Glycogen is stored in liver cells and skeletal muscles, etc.

Question 2.
State the key differences between DNA & RNA.
Answer:
The key differences between DNA & RNA:

DNA

RNA

1. Double stranded1. Single stranded
2. Thymine is the pyrimidine base2. Uracil is the pyrimidine base

Question 3.
Aminoacids are the monomers of proteins. Similarly mention the monomers of nucleic acids along with its composition.
Answer:
The monomer unit of nucleic acids are nucleotides, which are composed of nitrogen base, pentose sugar and phosphoric acid.

Question 4.
Complete the equations.
(a) Nitrogen base + …………… . = Nucleoside.
(b) …………… + nucleoside = Nucleotide.
(c) Glucose + fructose = …………… .
Answer:
(a) sugar
(b) phosphoric acid and
(c) sucrose.

Question 5.
What happens if the sucrose is hydrolysed?
Answer:
On hydrolysis, the glycosidic bonds in sucrose gets splitted yielding glucose and fructose.

Question 6.
Name the types of bonds.
(a) Between amino acids of protein
(b) Between carboxyl group and glycerol of fatty acids and
(c) Between glucose units of cellulose.
Answer:
(a) Peptide bond
(b) Ester bond
(c) Glycosidic bond

Question 7.
Study the following equation and name the reaction A and B.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Botany Solutions Chapter 8 Biomolecules 18
Answer:
Reaction A is glycogenolysis. Reaction B is glycogenesis.

Question 8.
Whether waxes are found in living organisms?
Answer:
Yes. Fur, feathers, fruits, leaves, skin, and exoskeleton of insects are naturally water – proofed with a coating of wax.

Question 9.
If dsDNA has 40% Guanine. Calculate the percentage of Adenine.
Answer:
According to Chargaff’s rule:
Guanine pairs with cytosine. It Guanine is 40%, then cytosine will also be 40%. Similarly, Adenine pairs with thymine, if guanine is 40%, the remaining 60% will be Adenine. So Thymine will also be 60%.
Thus, A : T = G : C = 1
and 60 : 60 = 40 : 40 = 1.

Question 10.
In an Eukaryotic cell, totally there are 10000 RNA molecules. Calculate the number of mRNA’s and tRNA’s if the count of rRNA is 8000.
Answer:
In a cell, rRNA contributes 80%, tRNA constitutes 15% and mRNA constitutes 5%. If rRNA is 8000 (80%), then tRNA count is 1500 (15%) and mRNA is 500 (5%).

Question 11.
Despite made of two different monomers amylose and amylopectin, starch is a homopolysaccharide – Comment.
Answer:
Starch is made up of amylose and amylopectin. Both are glucose polymers, hence starch is considered as homopolysaccharides.

Question 12.
How do you call a fatty acid as saturated or unsaturated?
Answer:
If the hydrocarbon chain is single bonded, then the fatty acid is said to be saturated. In unsaturated fatty acids, the hydrocarbon chain is double bonded.

Question 13.
Enzymes are biocatalysts – Justify.
Answer:
Enzymes are globular proteins that catalyze thousands of metabolic reactions taking place within cells and organisms. Hence enzymes are called as biological catalysts.

Question 14.
Starch, cellulose, glycogen and chitin are polysaccharides found among the following. Choose the one appropriate and write against each.
(a) Cotton fibre – …………… .
(b) Exoskeleton of ant – …………… .
(c) Liver –  …………… .
(d) Peeled potato – …………… .
Answer:
(a) Cellulose
(b) Chitin
(c) Glycogen and
(d) Starch.

Question 15.
Sucrose is not a reducing sugar. Why?
Answer:
Sucrose is a non – reducing sugar since it does not possess aldehyde or ketone group, which is responsible for reducing the alkaline solutions like copper (II) sulphate.

Question 16.
A DNA segment has a total of 1000 nucleotides, out of which 240 are adenine containing nucleotides. How many pyrimidine bases this DNA segment possess?
Answer:
Pyrimidine = 500.
According to Chargaff’s rule,
A = T,
A = 240, hence T = 240.
A + T = 240 + 240 = 480.
So, G + C = 1000 – 480 = 520.
G = C, Therefore, C = \(\frac {520}{2}\) = 260.
Thus, pyrimidine = C + T = 260 + 240 = 500.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Botany Chapter 8 Biomolecules textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration

Students who are in search of 11th Bio Zoology exam can download this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 6 Respiration from here for free of cost. These cover all Chapter 6 Respiration Questions and Answers, PDF, Notes, Summary. Download the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers by accessing the links provided here and ace up your preparation.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration

Kickstart your preparation by using this Tamilnadu State Board Solutions for 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 6 Respiration Questions and Answers get the max score in the exams. You can cover all the topics of Chapter 6 Respiration Questions and Answers easily after studying the Tamilnadu State Board 11th Bio Zoology Textbook solutions pdf.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Respiration Text Book Back Questions and Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Question 1.
Breathing is controlled by ………..
(a) cerebrum
(b) medulla oblongata
(c) cerebellum
(d) pons
Answer:
(b) medulla oblongata

Question 2.
Intercostal muscles are found between the ………..
(a) vertebral column
(b) sternum
(c) ribs
(d) glottis
Answer:
(c) ribs

Question 3.
The respiratory structures of insects are ………..
(a) tracheal tubes
(b) gills
(c) green glands
(d) lungs
Answer:
(a) tracheal tubes

Question 4.
Asthma is caused due to ………..
(a) inflammation of bronchus and bronchioles
(b) inflammation of branchiole
(c) damage of diaphragm
(d) infection of lungs
Answer:
(d) infection of lungs

Question 5.
The Oxygen Dissociation Curve is ………..
(a) sigmoid
(b) straight line
(c) curved
(d) rectangular hyperbola
Answer:
(a) sigmoid

Question 6.
The Tidal Volume of a normal person is ………..
(a) 800 mL
(b) 1200 mL
(c) 500 mL
(d) 1100- 1200 mL
Answer:
(c) 500 mL

Question 7.
During inspiration, the diaphragm ………..
(a) expands
(b) unchanged
(c) relaxes to become dome-shaped
(d) contracts and flattens
Answer:
(d) contracts and flattens

Question 8.
CO2 is transported through blood to lungs as ………..
(a) carbonic acid
(b) oxyhaemoglobin
(c) carbamino haemoglobin
(d) carboxy haemoglobin
Answer:
(c) carbamino haemoglobin

Question 9.
When 1500 mL air is in the lungs, it is called ………..
(a) vital capacity
(b) tidal volume
(c) residual volume
(d) inspiratory reserve volume
Answer:
(b) tidal volume

Question 10.
Vital capacity is ………..
(a) TV + IRV
(b) TV + ERV
(c) RV + ERV
(d) TV + TRV + ERV
Answer:
(d) TV + TRV + ERV

Question 11.
After a long deep breath, we do not respire for some seconds due to ………..
(a) more CO2 in the blood
(b) more O2 in the blood
(c) less CO2 in the blood
(d) less CL in the blood
Answer:
(b) more O2 in the blood

Question 12.
Which of the following substances in tobacco smoke damage the gas exchange system?
(a) carbon monoxide and carcinogens
(b) carbon monoxide and nicotine
(c) carcinogens and tar
(d) nicotine and tar
Answer:
(d) nicotine and tar

Question 13.
Column I represents diseases and column II represents their symptoms. Choose the correctly paired option

Column I

Column II

(P) Asthma

(i) Recurring  of bronchitis

(Q) Emphysema

(ii) Accumulation of WBCs in alveolus

(R) Pneumonia

(iii) Allergy

(a) P = iii, Q = ii, R = i
(b) P = iii, Q = i, R = ii
(c) P = ii, Q = iii, R = i
(d) P = ii, Q = i, R = iii
Answer:
(a) P = iii, Q = ii, R = i

Question 14.
Which of the following best describes the process of gas exchange in the lungs?
(a) Air moves in and out of the alveoli during breathing.
(b) Carbon dioxide diffuses from deoxygenated blood in capillaries into the alveolar air.
(c) Oxygen and carbon dioxide diffuse down their concentration gradients between blood and alveolar air.
(d) Oxygen diffuses from alveolar air into deoxygenated blood.
Answer:
(c) Oxygen and carbon dioxide diffuse down their concentration gradients between blood and alveolar air.

Question 15.
Make the correct pairs.

Column I

Column II

(P) ICi. maximum volume of air breathe in after forced.
(Q) ECii. Volume of air present after expiration in lungs.
(R) VCiii. Volume of air inhaled after expiration.
(S) FRCiv. Volume of air present after expiration in lungs.

(a) P – i, Q – ii, R – iii, S – iv
(b) P – ii, Q – iii, R – iv , S – i
(c) P – ii, Q – iii , R – i, S – iv
(d) P – iii, Q – iv , R – i, S – ii
Answer:
(d) P – iii, Q – iv , R – i, S – ii

Make the correct pairs.

Column I

Column II

(P) Tidal volume

i. 1000 to 1100 ml

(Q) Residual volume

ii. 500 ml

(R) Expiratory reserve volume

iii. 2500 to 3000 ml

(S) Inspiratory reserve volume

iv. 1100 to 1200 ml

(a) P – ii, Q – iv , R – i, S – iii
(b) P – iii. Q – ii , R – iv , S – i
(c) P – ii, Q – iv , R – iii, S – i
(d) P – iii , Q – iv , R – i, S – ii
Answer:
(a) P – ii, Q – iv , R – i, S – iii

II. Very Short Answer Questions

Question 17.
Name the respiratory organs of flatworm, earthworm, fish, prawn, cockroach and cat.
Answer:
Flatworm – Body surface Earthworm – Moist skin Fish – Gills Prawn – Gills Cockroach – Trachea Cat – Lungs

Question 18.
Name the enzyme that catalyses the bicarbonate formation in RBCs.
Answer:
Carbonic anhydrase.

Question 19.
Air moving from the nose to the trachea passes through a number of structures. List in order of the structures.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration img 1

Question 20.
Which structure seals the larynx when we swallow?
Answer:
Epiglottis.

III. Short Answer Questions

Question 21.
Resistance in the airways is typically low. Why? Give two reasons.
Answer:
The airway resistance is low because:

  • The diameter of most airways is relatively large.
  • For smaller airways there are many in parallel, making their combined diameter large.
  • Air has a low viscosity.

Question 22.
How the body makes long-term adjustments when living in high altitude?
Answer:
When a person lives in higher altitude, the body makes respiratory and hematopoietic . adjustment. Kidneys accelerate the production of the hormone erythropoietin which stimulate the bone marrow to produce more RBCs. This improves the binding of 02 with haemoglobin.

Question 23.
Why is pneumonia considered a dangerous disease?
Answer:
Inflammation of the lungs due to infection caused by bacteria or virus is called pneumonia. The symptoms are sputum production, nasal congestion, shortness of breath, sore throat etc. The alveoli get filled with fluid or pus, making is difficult to breathe (lung abscesses).

Question 24.
Diffusion of gases occurs in the alveolar region only and not in any other part of the respiratory system. Discuss.
Answer:
The alveolar region is highly vascular. Each alveolus is made up of highly permeable and thin layers of squamous epithelial cells. The barrier between the alveoli and the capillaries is thin and diffusion of gases takes place from higher partial pressure to low er partial pressure. Hence, gaseous exchange takes place in the aboral region only but not in any other part of the respiratory system.

Question 25.
Sketch a flow chart to show the path way of air flow during respiration.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration img 2

Question 26.
Explain the conditions which creates problems in oxygen transport.
Answer:
When a person travels quickly from sea level to elevations above 8000 ft, where the atmospheric pressure and partial pressure of oxygen are lowered, the individual responds with symptoms of acute mountain sickness (AMS)- headache, shortness of breath, nausea and dizziness due to poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin. When the person moves on a long-term basis to mountains from sea level his body begins to make respiratory and haematopoietic adjustments.

To overcome this situation kidneys accelerate production of the hormone erythropoietin, which stimulates the bone marrow to produce more RBCs. When a person descends deep into the sea, the pressure in the surrounding water increases which causes the lungs to decrease in volume.

This decrease in volume increases the partial pressure of the gases within the lungs. This effect can be beneficial, because it tends to drive additional oxygen into the circulation, but this benefit also has a risk, the increased pressure can also drive nitrogen gas into the circulation.

This increase in blood nitrogen content can lead to a condition called nitrogen narcosis. When the diver ascends to the surface too quickly a condition called ‘bends’ or decompression sickness occurs and nitrogen comes out of solution while still in the blood forming bubbles. Small bubbles in the blood are not harmful, but large bubbles can lodge in small capillaries, blocking blood flow or can press on nerve endings.

Decompression sickness is associated with pain in joints and muscles and neurological problems including stroke. The risk of nitrogen narcosis and bends is common in scuba divers. During carbon-dioxide poisoning, the demand for oxygen increases. As the 02 level in the blood decreases it leads to suffocation and the skin turns bluish black.

Entrance Examination Questions Solved
Choose the correct answer
Question 1.
The length of human trachea is about ……….. [Gujarat CETQB]
(a) 6 inches
(b) 12 cm
(c) 12 inches
(d) 18 cm
Answer:
(b) 12 cm

Question 2.
Hamburger’s phenomenon is also known as ……….. [CPMT1988,1991, AMU2001, JLPMER 2002]
(a) HCO3 shift
(b) Na+ shift
(c) H+ shift
(d) Chloride shift
Answer:
(d) Chloride shift

Question 3.
Oxygen carrying capacity of blood is ……….. [CPMT1990]
(a) 20%
(b) 30%
(c) 40%
(d) 50%
Answer:
(a) 20%

Question 4.
Respiratory movements are controlled by ……….. [APMEE 1978, CPMT 1998]
(a) Cerebellum
(b) Cerebrum
(c) Medulla oblongata
(d) Crura cerebri
Answer:
(c) Medulla oblongata

Question 5.
At higher CO2 concentration, oxygen dissociation curve of haemoglobin will ……….. [CPMTX 990]
(a) Move to left
(b) Move to right
(c) Become irregular
(d) Move upwardly
Answer:
(b) Move to right

Question 6.
Chloride shift is required for transport of ……….. [CPMT 1990]
(a) Nitrogen
(b) Oxygen
(c) Carbon dioxide
(d) Carbon dioxide and oxygen
Answer:
(c) Carbon dioxide

Question 7.
Volume of air inspired or expired with each normal breath is known ……….. [CMPTl 992, AMU 2000]
(a) Inspiratory capacity
(b) Total Lung capacity
(c) Tidal volume
(d) Residual volume
Answer:
(c) Tidal volume

Question 8.
Oxygen haemoglobin dissociation curve will shift to right on decrease of ……….. [AMU 1992]
(a) Acidity .
(b) Carbon dioxide concentration
(c) Temperature
(d) pH
Answer:
(d) pH

Question 9.
Double membrane pleural sac ……….. [JKCMEE 1992]
(a) Envelops the kidneys
(b) Envelops the brain
(c) Envelops the lungs
(d) Lines the nasal passage
Answer:
(c) Envelops the lungs

Question 10.
Volume of air remaining in lungs after maximum respiratory’ effort is ……….. [JKCMEE 1992, Har. PMT 2003]
(a) Vital capacity
(b) Residual volume
(c) Total lung capacity
(d) Tidal volume
Answer:
(b) Residual volume

Question 11.
In expiration, diaphragm becomes ………..
(a) Flattened
(b) Relaxed
(c) Straightened
(d) Arched
Answer:
(b) Relaxed

Question 12.
Carbon dioxide is transported from tissues to respiratory surface by only ………..
(a) Plasma and erythrocytes
(b) Plasma
(c) Erythrocytes
(d) Erythrocytes and leucocytes
Answer:
(a) Plasma and erythrocytes

Question 13.
Respiratory centre is situated in ……….. [CPMT1980,2002, BHU1995, MPPMT1998, RPAPT2006]
(a) Cerebellum
(b) Medulla oblongata
(c) Hypothalamus
(d) Cerebrum
Answer:
(b) Medulla oblongata

Question 14.
Air is breathed through ……….. [APMEE 1999]
(a) Trachea → lung → laiynx → phaiynx → alveoli
(b) Nose → larynx → pharynx → alveoli → bronchioles
(c) Nostrils → pharynx → larynx → trachea bronchi → bronchioles → alveoli
(d) Nose → mouth → lungs.
Answer:
(c) Nostrils → pharynx → larynx → trachea bronchi → bronchioles → alveoli

Question 15.
Which is false ?
(a) Blood from right side of heart is carried to lungs by pulmonary artery
(b) Pleura is double covering of kidney
(c) Pancreas is both exocrine & endocrine gland
(d) Scurvy is due to vitamin C deficiency
Answer:
(b) Pleura is double covering of kidney

Question 16.
Volume of air breathed in and out during effortless respiration is ………..
(a) residual volume
(b) vital volume
(c) tidal volume
(d) normal volume
Answer:
(c) Tidal volume

Question 17.
Body tissue obtain oxygen from haemoglobin due to its dissociation in tissues is caused by ……….. [MPPMT 1995]
(a) Low oxygen concentration and high carbon dioxide concentration
(b) Low oxygen concentration
(c) Low carbon dioxide concentration
(d) High carbon dioxide concentration
Answer:
(b) Low oxygen concentration

Question 18.
Lungs have a number of alveoli for ………..[MPPMT 1995]
(a) Having spongy texture and proper shape
(b) More surface area for diffusion of gases
(c) More space for increasing volume of inspired air
(d) More nerve supply
Answer:
(b) More surface area for diffusion of gases

Question 19.
Presence of large number of alveoli around alveolar ducts opening into bronchioles in mammalian lungs is ………..
(a) Inefficient system of ventilation with little of residual air
(b) Inefficient system of ventilation with high percentage of residual air
(c) An efficient system of ventilation with no residual air
(d) An efficient system of ventilation with little residual air
Answer:
(d) An efficient system of ventilation with little residual air

Question 20.
During transport of CO2 blood does not become acidic due to ………..
(a) Neutralisation of H2CO2 by Na2CO3
(b) Absorption by leucocytes
(c) Blood buffers
(d) Non-accumulation
Answer:
(c) Blood buffers

Question 21.
At high altitude, RBCs of human blood will ………..
(a) Increase in number
(b) Decrease in number
(c) Decrease in size
(d) increase in size
Answer:
(a) Increase in number

Question 22.
CO2 is transported ………..
(a) as dissolved in blood plasma
(c) as carbamino haemoglobin
Answer:
(d) as carbamino haemoglobin and carbonic acid

Question 23.
Maximum amount 70-75% of carbon dioxide transport occursa. [RPMT1996, 1998, MPPMT1998, CPMT 1998, BV 2002]
(a) Dissolved in plasma
(b) Carbaminohaemoglobin complex
(c) Bicarbonate
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Bicarbonate

Question 24.
Trachea is lined with incomplete rings of ………..
(a) Fibrous cartilage
(b) Calcified cartilage
(c) Elastic cartilage
(d) Hyaline cartilage
Answer:
(d) Hyaline cartilage

Question 25.
Oxygen and carbon dioxide are transported in blood through ………..
(a) Platelets and corpuscles
(b) RBCs and WBCs
(c) WBCs and serum
(d) RBCs and plasma
Answer:
(d) RBCs and plasma

Question 26.
About 1500 ml of air left in lungs is called ………..
(a) Tidal volume
(b) Inspiratory reserve volume
(c) Residual volume
(d) Vital capacity
Answer:
(c) Residual volume

Question 27.
Which one protects the lungs? [BHU1990]
(a) Ribs
(b) Vertebral column
(c) Sternum
(d) All the above
Answer:
(d) All the above

Question 28.
Which one has the lowest value?
(a) Tidal volume
(b) Vital capacity
(c) Inspiratory reserve volume
(d) Expiratory reserve volume
Answer:
(b) Vital capacity

Question 29.
A child was killed through asphyxiation. Post morturm confirmed it because a piece of lung put in water ………..[MPPMT 1996]
(a) Settled down
(b) Kept floating
(c) Had blood spots
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) Kept floating

Question 30.
Amount of oxygen present in one gram of haemoglobin is ……….. [AII MS 1997, Har. PMT, 2000]
(a) 20 ml
(b) 1-34 ml
(c) 13-4 ml
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(b) 1-34 ml

Question 31.
A molecule of haemoglobin carries how many oxygen molecules ……….. [MPPMT 1997, CFMT 2002, JCMEE 2004]
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
Answer:
(d) 4

Question 32.
In carbon monoxide poisoning there is ……….. [AFMC 1997]
(a) Increase in carbon dioxide concentration
(b) Decrease in oxygen availability
(c) Decrease in free haemoglobin
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Decrease in free haemoglobin

Question 33.
Exchange of gases in lung alveoli occurs through ……….. [AFMC 2002]
(a) Active transport
(b) Osmosis
(c) Simple diffusion
(d) Passive transport
Answer:
(c) Simple diffusion

Question 34.
Haemoglobin is …………
(a) Vitamin
(b) Skin pigment
(c) Blood carrier
(d) Respiratory pigmentc
Answer:
(d) Respiratory pigmentc

Question 35.
Vocal cords occur in ………..
(a) Pharynx
(b) Larynx
(c) Glottis
(d) Bronchial tube
Answer:
(b) larynx

Question 36.
The cells which do not respire ……….. [4FMC 2001]
(a) Epidermal cells
(b) Sieve cells
(c) Cortical cells
(d) Erythocytes
Answer:
(d) Erythocytes

Question 37.
Hiccough (hiccup) is due to activity of ………..
(a) Intercostal muscles
(b) Food in air tract
(e) Diaphragm
(d) Inadequate oxygen in environment
Answer:
(c) Diaphragm

Question 38.
Bicarbonate formed inside erythrocytes moves out to plasma while chloride of plasma pass into erythrocytes. The phenomenon is called ………..
(a) Bicarbonate shift
(b) Carbonation
(c) Hamburger phenomenon
(d) None of the above
Answer:
(c) Hamburger phenomenon

Question 39.
Respiratory centre of brain is stimulated by ……….. [AllMS 2000]
(a) Carbon dioxide content in venous blood
(b) Carbon dioxide content in arterial blood
(c) Oxygen content in venous blood
(d) Oxygen content in arterial blood
Answer:
(d) Oxygen content in arterial blood

Question 40.
A higher CO2 concentration of blood causes ……….. [AMU 2001]
(a) Slow diffusion of CO2 from blood
(b) Slow transport of CO2 from blood
(c) Slow diffusion of O, from blood
(d) Both A and B
Answer:
(c) Slow diffusion of O2 from blood

Question 41.
Gases diffuse over the respiratory surface because of ………..
(a) O, is more in alveoli than in blood
(b) 02 is more in blood than in tissues
(c) CO2 is more in alveoli than in blood
(d) PCO2 is more in blood than in tissues
Answer:
(a) 02 is more in alveoli than in blood

Question 42.
Dissociation curve of 02 (which is dissociation from Hb) shifts to the rights ………..
(a) 02 concentration decrease
(b) CO2 concentration decreases
(c) CO2 concentration increase
(d) Chloride concentration increases
Answer:
(c) CO2 concentration increase

Question 43.
Thoracic cage of man is formed of ……….. [MPPMT 2002]
(a) Ribs and sternum
(b) Ribs, sternum and thoracic vertebrae
(c) Ribs,sternum and lumbar vertebrae
(d) Ribs and thoracic vertebrae
Answer:
(b) Ribs, sternum and thoracic vertebrae

Question 44.
Vital capacity of lung is equal to ……….
(a) IRV + ERV + TV
(b) IRV + ERV + TV – RV
(c) IRV + ERV + TV + RV
(d) IRV + ERV
Answer:
(a) IRV + ERV + TV

Question 45.
Dead space is ………….
(a) Upper respiratory tract
(b) Nasal chambers
(c) Alveolar space
(d) Lower respiratory tract
Answer:
(a) Upper respiratory tract

Question 46.
Carbon monoxide contained in Tobacco smoke ……….. [AIEEE 2003]
(a) Is carcinogenic
(b) Causes gastric ulcers
(c) Reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood
(d) Raises blood pressure
Answer:
(c) Reduces oxygen carrying capacity of blood

Question 47 .
What is correct?
(a) Pulmonary ventilation is equal to alveolar ventilation
(b) Alveolar ventilation is less than pulmonary ventilation
(c) Alveolar ventilation is more than pulmonary ventilation
(d) Both are variable
Answer:
(b) Alveolar ventilation is less than pulmonary ventilation

Question 48.
Increase in CO2 concentration shall cause ………..
(a) Slower and shallower breathing
(b) Slower and deeper breathing
(e) Faster and deeper breathing
(d) No effect on breathing
Answer:
(c) Faster and deeper breathing

Question 49.
Alveoli become enlarged and damaged with reduced surface area in heavy smokers. the condition is called ………..
(a) Silicosis
(b) Emphysema
(c) Asthma
(d) Bronchitis
Answer:
(b) Emphysema

Question 50.
SARS is caused by a variant of ……….. [AIIMS 2004]
(a) Pneumococcus pneumonia
(b) Common cold by Corona virus
(c) Asthma
(d) Bronchitis
Answer:
(b) Common cold by Corona virus

Question 51.
During inspiration ……….. [JJPMER 2004, RPMT 20051
(a) Diaphragm and external muscles relax
(b) Diaphragm and internal intercostal muscles relax
(c) Diaphragm and external intercostal muscles contract
(d) Diaphragm and internal intercostal muscles contract
Answer:
(c) Diaphragm and external intercostal muscles contract

Question 52.
Mountain sickness at high altitude is due to ……….. [CPMT 2005]
(a) Excess CO2 in blood
(b) Decreased CO2 in air
(c) Decreased partial pressure of oxygen
(d) Decreased efficiency of haemoglobin
Answer:
(c) Decreased partial pressure of oxygen

Question 53.
Capacity of human lungs for air in a healthy person is ………..
(a) 3000 ml
(b) 1500 ml
(c) 1000 ml
(d) 500 ml
Answer:
(a) 3000 ml

Question 54.
Rate of breathing is controlled by ………….
(a) Amount of freely available oxygen
(b) Carbon dioxide in blood
(c) Muscular functions of body
(d) All the above
Answer:
(b) Carbon dioxide in blood

Question 55.
During strenuous exercise,glucose is converted into ………..
(a) Glycogen
(b) Pyruvic acid
(c) Starch
(d) Lactic acid
Answer:
(d) Lactic acid

Question 56.
How much pulmonary air is expired normally? [ PMT 2005]
(a) 70°io
(b) 20%
(c) 25%
(d) 32%
Answer:
(d) 32%

Question 57.
Which is incorrect?
(a) Presence of non-respiratory air sacs increases efficiency of respiration in birds
(b) In insects, circulation body fluids serve to distribute oxygen to tissues
(c) Principle of counter – current flow facilitates efficient respiration in gills of fishes
(d) Residual air in lungs slightly decreases the efficiency of respiration in mammals
Answer:
(b) In insects, circulation body fluids serve to distribute oxygen to tissues

Question 58.
Percentage of oxygen being carried by blood plasma is ………..
(a) 6-9%
(b) 3-6%
(c) 2-3%
(d) 1-2%
Answer:
(c) 2-3%

Question 59.
Name of the pulmonary disease in which alveolar surface area involved in gas exchange is drastically reduced due to damage in the alveolar walls: [RE-NEET 2015]
(a) Asthma
(b) Pleurisy
(c) Emphysema
(d) Pneumonia
Answer:
(c) Emphysema

Question 60.
Asthma may be attributed to ……….. [AIPMT/NEET 2016]
(a) bacterial infection of the lungs
(b) allergic reaction of the mast cells in the lungs
(c) inflammation of the trachea
(d) accumulation of fluid in the lungs
Answer:
(b) allergic reaction of the mast cells in the lungs

Question 61.
Name the chronic respiratory disorder caused mainly by cigarette smoking: [RE-NEET 2016]
(a) Emphysema
(b) Asthma
(c) Respiratory acidosis
(d) Respiratory alkalosis
Answer:
(a) Emphysema

Question 62.
Lungs are made up of air-filled sacs, the alveoli. They do not collapse even after forceful expiration. [NEET 20171]
(a) Inspiratory Reserve Volume
(b) Tidal Volume
(c) Expiratory Reserve Volume
(d) Residual Volume
Answer:
(d) Residual Volume

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Respiration Additional Questions & Answers

I. Multiple Choice Questions
Choose the correct answer

Question 1.
Insects respire through ………..
(a) body surface
(b) trachea
(c) gills
(d) book lungs
Answer:
(b) trachea

Question 2.
Which of the following does not belong to the conducting zone of the respiratory system?
(a) trachea
(b) bronchioles
(c) larynx
(d) alveoli
Answer:
(d) alveoli

Question 3.
The trachea is supported by the ………..
(a) long structure
(b) cartilage
(c) multiple cartilaginous rings
(d) ligaments
Answer:
(c) multiple cartilaginous rings

Question 4.
Which of the following is right regarding the bronchioles?
(a) trachea divides into bronchioles
(b) bronchioles have cartilaginous rings
(c) bronchioles collapse when the air pressure is more
(d) bronchioles are without cartilaginous rings
Answer:
(d) bronchioles are without cartilaginous rings

Question 5.
The lungs are protected ventrally by ………..
(a) vertebral column
(b) sternum
(c) ribs
(d) diaphragm
Answer:
(b) sternum

Question 6.
The function of pleural fluid is to ………..
(a) keep the lungs intact
(b) protect the lungs from getting firm
(c) maintain the texture of the lungs
(d) reduces friction when lungs expand and contract
Answer:
(d) reduce friction when lungs expand and contract

Question 7.
Which of the following happens during inspiration?
(a) Diaphragm becomes dome shaped
(b) internal intercostal muscles contract
(c) volume of the thoracic chamber increases
(d) ribs are pulled downward
Answer:
(c) volume of the thoracic chamber increases

Question 8.
The amount of air inspired or expired with each normal breath is called the ………..
(a) residual volume
(b) inspiratory reserve volume
(c) dead space
(d) tidal volume
Answer:
(d) tidal volume

Question 9.
The normal value of IRV is ………..
(a) 500 mL
(b) 2500-3000 mL
(c) 1100-1200 mL
(d) 150 mL
Answer:
(b) 2500-3000 mL

Question 10.
UV + RV =
(a) EC
(b) TLC
(c) IC
(d) VC
Answer:
(b) TLC

Question 11.
Which of the following is not involved in gaseous exchange?
(a) expiratory reserve volume
(b) inspiratory reserve volume
(c) residual volume
(d) dead space
Answer:
(d) dead space

Question 12.
Each haemoglobin can combine with molecules of oxygen.
(a) one
(b) four
(c) three
(d) two
Answer:
(b) four

Question 13.
The ferric state of haemoglobin ………..
(a) binds with oxygen
(b) binds with carbon dioxide
(c) does not bind with oxygen
(d) does not bind with carbon dioxide
Answer:
(c) does not bind with oxygen

Question 14.
Which of the following is incorrect with regard to the formation of oxyhaemoglobin in the alveoli?
(a) high pCO2
(b) less H+ concentration
(c) low pCO2
(d) low temperature
Answer:
(a) high pCO2

Question 15.
Carbon dioxide is carried in the RBCs as ………..
(a) bicarbonate ions
(b) carbon dioxide
(c) carbonic acid
(d) carbaminohaemoglobin
Answer:
(d) carbaminohaemoglobin

Question 16.
The formation of is catalysed by the enzyme carbonic anhydrase in RBCs ………..
(a) carbonates
(b) carbaminohaemoglobin
(c) carbonic acid
(d) bicarbonates
Answer:
(c) carbonic acid

Question 17.
The chemosensitive area found close to the rhythm center is highly sensitive to ………..
(a) CO2 alone
(b) H+ alone
(c) O2
(d) CO2 and H+
Answer:
(d) CO2 and H+

Question 18.
Which is known as the respiratory rhythm centre?
(a) cerebellum
(b) pons varoli
(c) medulla oblongata
(d) infundibulium
Answer:
(c) medulla oblongata

Question 19.
When a person travels to higher elevations, he may develop the symptoms of acute mountain sickness. This is because of ………..
(a) nitrogen narcosis
(b) high level of carbon dioxide in blood
(c) low immunity
(d) poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin
Answer:
(d) poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin

Question 20.
Erythropoietin hormone stimulates the bone marrow to produce more ………..
(a) WBCs
(b) RBCs
(c) Platelets
(d) Electrolytes
Ansewer:
(b) RBCs

Question 21.
When a person goes deep into the sea, he/she develops complications due to ………..
(a) increased partial pressure of O2
(b) increase in blood nitrogen content
(c) increased partial pressure of CO2
(d) decrease in the pressure in the surrounding water
Answer:
(b) increase in blood nitrogen content

Question 22.
Scuba divers need to face the problem of ………..
(a) nitrogen narcosis
(b) low oxygen content
(c) high carbon dioxide content
(d) lower pressure
Answer:
(a) nitrogen narcosis

Question 23.
Narrowing and inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles is called as ………..
(a) emphysema
(b) bronchitis
(c) asthma
(d) pneumonia
Answer:
(c) asthma

Question 24.
Gradual break down of the thin walls of the alveoli decreasing the total surface area of the gaseous exchange is ………..
(a) bronchitis
(b) emphysema
(c) asthma
(d) tuberculosis
Answer:
(b) emphysema

Question 25.
What causes bronchitis?
(a) Decrease in the surface area of alveoli
(b) inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles
(c) inflammation of bronchi
(d) collection of fluid in the bronchi
Answer:
(c) inflammation of bronchi

Question 26.
Which of the following is caused by bacteria?
(a) pneumonia
(b) emphysema
(c) silicosis
(d) tuberculosis
Answer:
(d) tuberculosis

Question 27.
Which of the following is the occupational respiratory disease?
(a) tuberculosis
(b) emphysema
(c) silicosis
(d) pneumonia
Answer:
(c) silicosis

Question 28.
Why does smoking affect oxygen supply to the body?
(a) haemoglobin fails to bind with O2
(b) haemoglobin binds with carbon monoxide
(c) Nicotine makes the heart heat faster
(d) Blood vessels are narrowed
Answer:
(b) haemoglobin binds with carbon monoxide

Question 29.
COPD is the ………..
(a) emphysema and chronic bronchitis
(b) asthma and emphysema
(c) emphysema
(d) asthma, chronic bronchitis and emphysema
Answer:
(d) asthma, chronic bronchitis and emphysema

II. Fill in the Blanks

Question 1.
Oxygen is necessary for breakdown of to release energy.
Answer:
Glucose.

Question 2
……………. produce sound in human beings.
Answer:
Larynx/vocal cords.

Question 3.
……………… are the respiratory organs in most of the aquatic arthropods and molasses.
Answer:
Gills.

Question 4.
The ciliated epithelial cells lining the trachea, bronchi and bronchioles secrete …………….
Answer:
Mucus.

Question 5
divides thoracic cavity and abdominal cavity.
Answer:
Diaphragm.

Question 6.
The movement of air between the atmosphere and the lungs is known as …………
Answer:
Ventilation/breathing.

Question 7
……………. is the movement of atmospheric air into the lungs.
Answer:
Inspiration.

Question 8.
……………… In a relaxed stage, the diaphragm is shaped.
Answer:
Dome.

Question 9.
The expulsion of air from the lungs to the atmosphere is known as ……………..
Answer:
Expiration.

Question 10
………….. in an instmment used to measure the volume of air involved in breathing movements.
Answer:
Spirometer.

Question 11.
The volume of air remaining in the lungs after a forceful expiration is ……………
Answer:
Residual volume. .

Question 12.
The maximum volume of air that can be moved out during a single breath following a maximal inspiration is …………..
Answer:
Vital capacity.

Question 13.
The total volume of air a person can inhale after normal inspiration is …………….
Answer:
Inspiratory capacity.

Question 14.
The total volume of air a person can exhale after normal inspiration is ……………..
Answer:
Expiratory capacity.

Question 15.
…………….. is the total volume of air which the lungs can accommodate after forced inspiration.
Answer:
Total lung capacity.

Question 16.
The amount of air that moves into the respiratory passage per minute is called ……………
Answer:
Minute respiratory volume.

Question 17
……………… is the air that is not involved in gaseous exchange.
Answer:
Dead space.

Question 18
………………. is the pressure contributed by an individual gas in a mixture of gases.
Answer:
Partial pressure.

Question 19.
Haemoglobin belongs to the class of …………..
Answer:
Conjugated protein.

Question 20.
Haemoglobin is made up of the iron and the rest colourless protein
Answer:
Haem, globin.

Question 21.
The ferric state of haemoglobin is called …………….
Answer:
Methemoglobin.

Question 22
……………. is the respiratory pigment present in the blood.
Answer:
Haemoglobin.

Question 23.
The blood of human being is red due to the presence of …………….
Answer:
Haemoglobin.

Question 24.
Every 100 mL of oxygenated blood can deliver about mL of O, to the tissues.
Answer:
5.

Question 25.
About 70% of CO2 transport occurs as ions.
Answer:
Bicarbonate.

Question 26.
The reversible reaction of formation of carbonic acid from carbon dioxide and water is catalyzed by the enzyme called …………………
Answer:
Carbonic anhydrase.

Question 27
center present in pons Varoli region of the brain moderates the function of respiratory rhythm center.
Answer:
Pneumotaxic.

Question 28
……………… is the hormone secreted by kidneys to stimulate bone marrow to produce more RBCs.
Answer:
Erythropoietin.

Question 29.
The increase in the nitrogen content in blood heads to a condition called ………………..
Answer:
Nitrogen narcosis.

Question 30.
The skin turns bluish black during poisoning.
Answer:
Carbon dioxide.

Question 31.
Dust, drugs, pollen grains, fish, prawns are common for asthma.
Answer:
Allergens.

Question 32.
Cigarette smoking reduces the respiratory surface of the alveolar walls and it is known as ……………….
Answer:
Emphysema.

Question 33.
Cough, shortness of breath and sputum in the lungs are the symptoms of ………………
Answer:
Bronchitis.

Question 34.
Tuberculosis is caused by ……………….
Answer:
Mycobacterium tuberculae

Question 35.
Collection of fluid between the lungs and the chest wall is the complication of the disease …………..
Answer:
Tuberculosis.

Question 36.
Long exposure to dust gives rise to inflammation leading to ………………
Answer:
Fibrosis.

Question 37
……………… and asbestosis are occupational respiratory diseases resulting from inhalation of particles of silica from sand grinding and asbestos into the respiratory tract.
Answer:
Silicosis.

Question 38
……………… causes narrowing of blood vessels resulting in increase in blood pressure and coronary heart disease.
Answer:
Nicotine.

Question 39.
……………….. Smoking lowers count in men.
Answer:
Sperm.

Question 40
…………….. is the chemical present in the cigarette smoke that causes addiction.
Answer:
Nicotine.

Question 41.
Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease is due to
Answer:
Smoking.

Question 42.
A non-smoker who inhales cigarette smoke involves in smoking.
Answer:
Passive.

Question 43.
Emphysema, chronic bronchitis and asthma, COPD, cancer may be caused due to
Answer:
Smoking.

Question 44.
Cigarette smoke contains thousands of chemicals and even small quantities of
Answer:
Arsenic.

Question 45.
The present in the cigarette smoke damages the gaseous exchange.
Answer:
Tar.

III. Answer the following Questions

Question 1.
What is excretion?
Answer:
The exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide between environment and cells of our body, where organic nutrients are broken down oxygenatically to release energy.

Question 2.
What are the functions of the respiratory system?
Answer:
The five primary functions of the respiratory system are –

  • To exchange O2 and CO2 between the atmosphere and the blood.
  • To maintain homeostatic regulation of body pH.
  • To protect us from inhaled pathogens and pollutants.
  • To maintain the vocal cords for normal communication (vocalization).
  • To remove the heat produced during cellular respiration through breathing.

Question 3.
The rate of breathing in aquatic animals is faster than the terrestrial animals. Give reason.
Answer:
The amount of dissolved oxygen is very low in water compared to the amount of oxygen in the air. Hence the rate of breathing in aquatic animals is faster than the terrestrial animals.

Question 4.
What is the function of hairs and mucus in the nasal cavity?
Answer:
The hairs and mucus filter the dust particles present in the air passing through the nostrils.

Question 5.
What is the function of epiglottis?
Answer:
Epiglottis is a thin elastic flap at the junction of nasopharynx and larynx. It prevents the food from entering into the larynx and avoids choking on food.

Question 6.
What are the layers of the diffusion membrane of the alveolus?
Answer:
The diffusion membrane of the alveolus is made up of three layers. They are:

  • The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli.
  • The endothelium of the alveolar capillaries and
  • The basement substance found in between them.

Question 7.
What are the cells of the squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli?
Answer:
The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli are composed of Type I and Type II cells. Type I cells are very thin so that gases can diffuse rigidly through them. Type II cells are thicker. They synthesize and secrete a substance called surfactant. It lowers the surface tension in the alveoli and prevents pulmonary edema.

Question 8.
How are lungs protected?
Answer:
The lungs are light spongy tissues enclosed in the thoracic cavity surrounded by an air tight space. It is bound dorsally by the vertebral column and ventrally by the sternum, laterally by the ribs and on the lower side by the dome shaped diaphragm.

Question 9.
What is pleura? What is its function?
Answer:
The lungs are covered by double layered pleural membrane containing several layers of elastic connective tissues and capillaries. It encloses the pleural fluid which reduces friction when the lungs expand and contract.

Question 10.
What are the characteristic features of respiratory surface?
Answer:
The surface area of respiratory surface is large and richly supplied with blood vessels.

  • It is extremely thin and kept moist.
  • It is in direct contact with the environment.
  • It is permeable to respiratory gases.

Question 11.
Explain the human respiratory system.
Answer:
The human respiratory system constitutes the conducting zone and the respiratory zone. The conducting zone includes the external nostril, nasal cavity, pharynx, larynx, trachea, bronchi, bronchioles and the lungs which contain alveoli.

The parts from the external nostrils up to the bronchioles conduct the air and hence they are called the conducting zone. This zone humidifies and warms the incoming air. The nasal cavity has fine hairs and mucus which filter dust particles in the incoming air.

At the junction of the pharynx and larynx there is a flap called epiglottis. This closes the respiratory tract while swallowing thus preventing the entry of food particles into the trachea and choking. The ciliated epithelial cells of trachea, bronchi and bronchioles secrete mucus rich in glycoprotein.

Microorganism and dust particles attach in the mucus films and are carried upwards to pass down the gullet during normal swallowing. The trachea is a semi-flexible tube supported by multiple cartilaginous rings which expands upto the mid thoracic cavity.

And the level of the 5th theoretic vertebra, it divides into right and left bronchi which divide into secondary and tertiary bronchi and further divide into terminal bronchioles and respiratory bronchioles. Bronchi have ‘c’ shaped curved Cartilage plates to ensure that the air passage does not collapse as air pressure changes during breathing. The bronchioles do not have cartilaginous rings but they have rigidity to prevent them from collapsing but are surrounded by smooth muscle which contracts or relaxes to adjust the diameter of these airways.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration img 3
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration img 4

The fine respiratory bronchioles terminate into highly vascularised thin-walled-pouch like air sacs called alveoli. It is made up of thin squamous epithelial cells, the endothelium of the alveolar capillaries and the basement substance are found in between them.

The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli, the endothelium of the alveolar capillaries and the basement substance found in between them. The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli are composed of Type I and Type II cells.

Type I cells are very thin so that gases can diffuse rapidly through them. Type II cells are thicker, synthesize and secrete a substance called Surfactant. The lungs are light spongy tissues endorsed in the thoracic cavity bound dorsally by the vertebral column and ventrally by the sternum, laterally by the ribs and on the lower side by the dome shaped diaphragm. The lungs are covered by double walled pleural membrane containing several layers of elastic connective tissues and capillaries. It encloses the pleural fluid. It reduces friction when the lungs expand and contract.

Question 12.
Explain the mechanism of breathing.
Answer:
The movement of air between the atmosphere and the lungs is known as ventilation or breathing. Inspiration and expiration are the two phases of breathing. Inspiration is the movement of atmospheric air into the lungs and expiration is the movement of alveolar air that diffuse out of the lungs.

Lungs do not contain muscle fibres but expands and contracts by the movement of the ribs and diaphragm. The diaphragm is a sheet of tissue which separates the thorax from the abdomen. In a relaxed state, the diaphragm is dome shaped.

Ribs are moved by the intercostal muscles. External and internal intercostal muscles found between the ribs and the diaphragm helps in creating pressure gradients. Inspiration occurs if the pressure inside the lungs (intrapulmonary pressure) is less than the atmospheric pressure; likewise expiration takes place when the pressure within the lungs is higher than the atmospheric pressure.

Inspiration is initiated by the contraction of the diaphragm muscles and external intercostal muscles, which pulls the ribs and sternum upwards and outwards and increases the volume of the thoracic chamber in the dorso-ventral axis, forcing the lungs to expand the pulmonary volume. The increase in pulmonary volume and decrease in the intrapulmonary’ pressure forces the fresh air from outside to enter the air passages into the lungs to equalize the pressure.

This process is called inspiration. Relaxation of the diaphragm allows the diaphragm and sternum to return to its dome shape and the internal intercostal muscles contract, pulling the ribs downward reducing the thoracic volume and pulmonary volume. This results in an increase in the intrapulmonary pressure slightly above the atmospheric pressure causing the expulsion of air from the lungs. This process is called expiration.

Question 13.
Write short note on respiratory volumes.
Answer:
Tidal Volume (TV) Tidal volume is the amount of air inspired or expired with each normal breath. It is approximately 500 mL., i.e. a normal human adult can inspire or expire approximately 6000 to 8000 mL of air per minute. During vigorous exercise, the tidal volume is about 4-10 times higher.

Inspiratory Reserve volume (IRV) Additional volume of air a person can inspire by forceful inspiration is called Inspiratory Reserve Volume. The normal value is 2500-3000 mL.

Expiratory Reserve volume (ERV) Additional volume of air a person can forcefully exhale by forceful expiration is called Expiratory Reserve Volume. The normal value is 1000-1100 mL. Residual Volume (RV) The volume of air remaining in the lungs after a forceful expiration. It is approximately 1100 – 1200 mL.

Question 14.
Write a short note on respiratory capacities.
Answer:
Vital capacity (VC) the maximum volume of air that can be moved out during a single breath following a maximal inspiration. A person first inspires maximally then expires maximally. VC = ERV + TV + IRV

1. Inspiratory capacity (IC) The total volume of air a person can inhale after normal expiration. It includes tidal volume and inspiratory reserve volume. IC = TV + IRV

2. Expiratory capacity (EC) The total volume of air a person can exhale after normal inspiration. It includes tidal volume and expiratory reserve volume. EC = TV + ERV

3. Total Lung Capacity (TLC) The total volume of air which the lungs can accommodate after forced inspiration is called Total Lung Capacity. This includes the vital capacity and the residual volume. It is approximately 6000 mL. TLC = VC+ RV

4. Minute Respiratory Volume The amount of air that moves into the respiratory passage per minute is called minute respiratory volume.

Question 15.
What is dead space?
Answer:
Some of the inspired air never reaches the gas exchange areas but fills the respiratory passages where exchange of gases does not occur. This air is called dead space. Dead space is not involved in gaseous exchange. It amounts to approximately 150mL.

Question 16.
How does gaseous exchange take place in the alveoli?
Answer:
The primary site for the exchange of gases is the alveoli. The uptake of 02 and the release of CO2 occur between the blood and tissues by simple diffusion driven by partial pressure gradient of O2 and CO2. Partial pressure is the pressure contributed by an individual gas in a mixture of gases.

It is represented as pO2 for oxygen and pCO2 for carbon- dioxide. Due to pressure gradients, O2 from the alveoli enters into the blood and reaches the tissues. CO2 enters into the blood from the tissues and reaches alveoli for elimination. As the solubility of CO2 is 20-25 times higher than that of O2, the partial pressure of CO2 is much higher than that of O2.

Question 17.
Write the note on respiratory pigments.
Answer:
Haemoglobin Haemoglobin belongs to the class of conjugated protein. The iron containing pigment portion haem constitutes only 4% and the rest colourless protein of the histone class globin. Haemoglobin has a molecular weight of 68,000 and contains four atoms of iron, each of which can combine with a molecule of oxygen.

Methaemoglobin If the iron component of the haem moieties is in the ferric state, than the normal ferrous state, it is called methaemoglobin. Methaemoglobin does not bind O2. Normally RBC contains less than 1% methaemoglobin.

Question 18.
Explain the transport of oxygen In blood.
Answer:
Molecular oxygen is carried in blood in two ways: bound to haemoglobin within the red blood cells and dissolved in plasma. Oxygen is poorly soluble in water, so only 3% of the oxygen is transported in the dissolved form. 97% of oxygen binds with haemoglobin in a reversible manner to form oxyhaemoglobin (Hb02). The rate at which haemoglobin binds with O2 is regulated by the partial pressure of O2.

Each haemoglobin carries maximum of four molecules of oxygen. In the alveoli high pO2, low pCO2, low temperature and less H+ concentration, favours the formation of oxyhaemoglobin, whereas in the tissues low p02, high pCO2, high H+ and high temperature favours the dissociation of oxygen from oxyhaemoglobin.

A sigmoid curve (S-shaped) is obtained when percentage saturation of haemoglobin with oxygen is plotted against pO2. This curve is called oxygen haemoglobin dissociation curve. This S-shaped curve has a steep slope for pO2 values between 10 and 50 mm Hg and then flattens between 70 and 100 mm Hg. Under normal physiological conditions, every 100 mL of oxygenated blood can deliver about 5 mL of O2 to the tissues.

Question 19.
Explain the transport of carbon dioxide.
Answer:
Blood transports CO2 from the tissue cells to the lungs in three ways:
1. Dissolved in plasma :
About 7 – 10% of CO2 is transported in a dissolved form in the plasma.

2. Bound to haemoglobin :
About 20 – 25% of dissolved CO2 is bound and carried in the RBCs as carbaminohaemoglobin (Hb CO2)
CO2 + Hb → Hb CO2 .

3. As bicarbonate ions in plasma about 70% of CO2 is transported as bicarbonate ions. This is influenced by pC02 and the degree of haemoglobin oxygenation. RBCs contain a high concentration of the enzyme, carbonic anhydrase, whereas small amounts of carbonic anhydrase is present in the plasma.

→ At the tissues the pCO2 is high due to catabolism and diffuses into the blood to form HCO2 and H+ ions. When CO2 diffuses into the RBCs, it combines with water forming carbonic acid (H2CO2) catalyzed by carbonic anhydrase. Carbonic acid is unstable and dissociates into hydrogen and bicarbonate ions.

Carbonic anhydrase facilitates the reaction in both directions.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration img 5
The HCO3 moves quickly from the RBCs into the plasma, where it is carried to the lungs. At the alveolar site where pCO2 is low, the reaction is reversed leading to the formation of CO2 and water. Thus CO2 trapped as HCO3 at the tissue level is transported to the alveoli and released out as CO2. Every 100 mL of deoxygenated blood delivers 4 mL of CO2 to the alveoli for elimination.

Question 20.
How is respiration regulated?
Answer:
A specialised respiratory center present in the medulla oblongata of the hind brain called respiratory rhythm center is responsible for this regulation. Pneumotaxic centre present in ponsvaroli region of the brain moderates the function of the respiratory rhythm centre to ensure normal breathing.

The chemosensitive area found close to the rhythm centre is highly sensitive to CO2 and H+. And H+ are eliminated out by respiratory process. Receptors associated with the aortic arch and carotid artery send necessary signals to the rhythm center for remedial action. The role of O2 is insignificant in the regulation of respiratory rhythm.

Question 21.
Write the flow chart of the events during inspiration and expiration.
Answer:
Events in inspiration and expiration
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Solutions Chapter 6 Respiration img 6

Question 22.
What is nitrogen narcosis? What is its effect?
Answer:
When a person descends deep into the sea, the pressure in the surrounding water increases which causes the lungs to decrease in volume. This decrease in volume increases the partial pressure of the gases within the lungs. This effect can be beneficial, because it tends to drive additional oxygen into the circulation, but this benefit also has a risk, the increased pressure can also drive nitrogen gas into the circulation. This increase in blood nitrogen content can lead to a condition called nitrogen narcosis.

When the diver ascends to the surface too quickly a condition called ‘bends’ or decompression sickness occurs and nitrogen comes out of solution while still in the blood forming bubbles. Small bubbles in the blood are not harmful, but large bubbles can lodge in small capillaries, blocking blood flow or can press on nerve endings. Decompression sickness is associated with pain in joints and muscles and neurological problems including stroke.

The risk of nitrogen narcosis and bends is common in scuba divers. During carbon-dioxide poisoning, the demand for oxygen increases. As the O2 level in the blood decreases it leads to suffocation and the skin turns bluish black.

Question 23.
Explain the disorders of the respiratory system.
Answer:
Asthma – It is characterized by narrowing and inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles and difficulty in breathing. Common allergens for asthma are dust, drugs, pollen grains, certain food items like fish, prawn and certain fruits etc. Emphysema – Emphysema is chronic breathlessness caused by gradual breakdown of the thin walls of the alveoli decreasing the total surface area of a gaseous exchange, i.e., widening of the alveoli is called emphysema. The major cause for this disease is cigarette smoking, which reduces the respiratory surface of the alveolar walls.

Bronchitis- The bronchi when it gets inflated due to pollution smoke and cigarette smoking, causes bronchitis. The symptoms are cough, shortness of breath and sputum in the lungs. Pneumonia- Inflammation of the lungs due to infection caused by bacteria or virus is called pneumonia. The common symptoms are sputum production, nasal congestion, shortness of breath, sore throat, etc.

Tuberculosis- Tuberculosis is caused by Mycobacterium tuberculae. This infection mainly occurs in the lungs and bones. Collection of fluid between the lungs and the chest wall is the main complication of this disease. Occupational respiratory disorders- The disorders due to one’s occupation of working in industries like grinding or stone breaking, construction sites, cotton industries, etc.

Dust produced affects the respiratory tracts. Long exposure can give rise to inflammation leading to fibrosis. Silicosis and asbestosis are occupational respiratory diseases resulting from inhalation of particle of silica from sand grinding and asbestos into the respiratory tract. Workers, working in such industries must wear protective masks.

Question 24.
What are the effects of smoking?
Answer:
Smoking is inhaling the smoke from burning tobacco. There are thousands of known chemicals which includes nicotine, tar, carbon monoxide, ammonia, sulphur- dioxide and even small quantities of arsenic. Carbon monoxide and nicotine damage the cardiovascular system and tar damages the gaseous exchange system.

Nicotine is the chemical that causes addiction and is a stimulant which makes the heart beat faster and the narrowing of blood vessels results in raised blood pressure and coronary heart diseases. Presence of carbon monoxide reduces oxygen supply. Lung cancer, cancer of the mouth and larynx is more common in smokers than non-smokers.

Smoking also causes cancer of the stomach, pancreas and bladder and lowers sperm count in men. Smoking can cause lung diseases by damaging the airways and alveoli and results in emphysema and chronic bronchitis. These two diseases along with asthma are often referred as Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD). When a person smokes, nearly 85% of the smoke released is inhaled by the smoker himself and others in the vicinity, called passive smokers, are also affected. Guidance or counselling should be done in such users to withdraw this habit.

Believing that the Samacheer Kalvi 11th Biology Book Solutions Questions and Answers learning resource will definitely guide you at the time of preparation. For more details about Tamilnadu State 11th Bio Zoology Chapter 6 Respiration textbook solutions, ask us in the below comments and we’ll revert back to you asap.